He Just Has to Complete Quests to Gain Stats, Even If the Quest Is...!? - Manhwa Recap

A weakling who's been bullied at school for years, suddenly sees a quest powerup system pop-up appear before his eyes during class one day. Just as he's about to activate the quest, his hand accidentally clicks on Beck Chay Rang, who's walking past. Displeased, she slaps Kimu Hian across the face, then orders Kimu Hyun to buy her a sandwich, using the sexual harassment excuse to avoid paying him. This is Kimu Hyun's pathetic state right now. Even when things are unreasonable, he's too scared to resist. Even when mocked by others, he can only vow in his heart to

pay them back a hundfold, then shamefully apologize to those who bully him. The spineless Kimu Hyun only acts tough toward his mom. He strongly demands that his mom let him take a leave from school since he can't learn anything there. Anyway, Kim Su Hyun is more interested in running a YouTube Channel, but his mom ignores this unreasonable request. Kim Deun mocks this good for nothing, saying he thinks his life is a fighting live stream and wants to run YouTube. Desperate, Kimu Hyun doesn't understand why he has to live like this. At this moment, the quest

powerup system pop-up appears again. Kimu Hun still decides to try it out and see what this is. After the system activates, it shows that completing quests can earn cards, and The current one is a tutorial quest. Just apologize to his mom and he can get a gold card. Kim Su Hyun's first thought is, "Can this gold card be sold?" The system explains that card levels are currently ranked by rarity, gold, silver, bronze. Kimu Hyun doesn't want to think about it too much for now. He loudly apologizes to his mom for his bad tone earlier. Kim

Deun thinks he's finally lost his mind. After Kimu Hun's continuous mumbling, the quest is Finally complete. He thinks the gold card should sell for 10,0001, right? But he still opens the gold card first to see what it is. To his surprise, it's a consumable card that increases height by 3 cm. Kim Su Hun is dumbfounded. After hesitating, he still chooses to use it directly. Moments later, his mom cooking in the kitchen is startled by a shout because Kim Su Hyun really grew 3 cm taller. His height increased from 168 cm to 171. Only now does

Kimu Hyun truly Believe that this sudden quest pop-up is real. At this moment, his mom apologizes to him instead. Kimu Hyun suddenly realizes that over the years at school, he's gotten used to apologizing to everyone, but never notice the people around him who truly care about him. The next day, Kim Su Hyun comes to school with an excited heart. After all, going from 168 to 171 is a qualitative leap. Even female classmates passing by notice his change. At this moment, the quest Pop-up appears again. Completing the quest will earn one gold card and one silver

card. Just as Kimu Hyune gets distracted, he bumps into someone, and it's none other than this quest's target, Bake Chay Ryong. Kimu Hyun is completely bewildered because this quest actually requires him to kiss Bake Chay Ryong. She raises her hand to slap Kimu Hyun for not watching where he's going. But suddenly, Bake Chay Ryong remembers something. She's heard that being hit by Her, someone with many admirers, is also a kind of reward, so she can't hit those perverts. Kim Su Hyun is about to give up on this impossible quest, but the pop-up warns that if

he abandons the quest, not only will all previous rewards be taken back, but the quest pop-up will never appear again. Kim Su Hyun absolutely cannot let himself shrink back to 168. So, he decides to challenge Bake Chry first and see. Returning to a seat, he constantly Thinks about how to achieve a kiss. At this moment, a voice beside him agrees to kiss him, but the voice belongs to his deskmate, Gildo, who like Kim Su Hyun is often bullied. With his mature appearance, his face still bears fresh bruises from being beaten. He finds it suspicious that

Kim Su Hyan keeps muttering about kissing beside him. Kimu Hun asks him what should he do if he wants to kiss a girl. Gildo shily says that if you sincerely ask, it might just Work. But Kimu Hyun has some self-awareness. Gildu suggests offering money in exchange for a kiss. This idea isn't bad. After all, everyone likes money. Then Kimu Hyun wants to borrow some money from Gildu, but his pockets are cleaner than his face. Gildu apologizes for saying useless things, but he reminds Kimu Hyun that to kiss someone, you need to be alone with the

girl. But how could people like them possibly get a chance to be alone with Bech Rayong, but Kimu Hyan thinks of a way? Gym class. Bech Rayong always uses being sick as an excuse to skip gym class. Waking up, she wonders why Kim Su Hyan isn't in class, then orders Kim Su Hun to buy her strawberry milk. However, Kim Su Hian, who's often ordered around by Bake Chay Rayong, anticipated this. He takes two sips of the strawberry milk to pump himself up and musters the courage to ask Bake Chay Ryang if she's ever been kissed.

The result is Bake Chay Rang questioning him, want to take a trip to the police station. Seeing the quest failing, Kim Su Hun quickly explains he's just joking, but the delinquents, who usually bully him, are somehow at the door holding up their phones. Kimu Hyun is stunned. The delinquents mockingly ask if he likes Beak Sher. Kim Su Hyun gets anxious and tells him to delete the video they filmed, but the delinquent Cho Chang Dong suddenly punches him in the face. He smirks and tells Kimu Hyun he's just joking. After all, they're good friends. Just as

Cho Chang Dong wants to keep hitting Kimu Hyun, Bech Ryong stops him and orders him to delete the video he just filmed. Changdong still listens to the queen begay Ryong and they didn't dare film Begch Ry randomly. Anyway, Bech Rayong turns to look at Kimu Hyun lying on the ground. She tells this idiot to just take the day off so he doesn't get beaten up again later. Returning home, Kimu Hyun is in despair because he had to leave early from getting beaten up before school even ended. Now Kimu Hyun is also worried about how to

explain his broken glasses to his mom and his happy life at 171 centimeters will be gone too. Kim Suyun truly can't see any future at this moment. The quest pop-up indicates the quest is complete. Turns out Bake Cheryong forgot that Kim Su Hyun had drunk from this bottle and after putting The straw in her mouth, it counts as an indirect kiss with Kim Su Hun. But Kimu Hyun doesn't know about this accidental fluke. He doesn't understand how the quest was completed. But opening the cards is more urgent. Looking at the new skill on the gold

card, Kimu Hyun can't help but exclaim, "This is great because after using this consumable card, it can restore his vision to optimal." So Kim Su Hyun doesn't hesitate to use it. Then he looks at his hands. His blurry vision Quickly becomes crystal clear. At this moment, Kim Su Hun sees the skill on the silver card and is a bit surprised. Moments later, he excitedly wants to tell his mom about his restored vision, but only Kim Deun is at the dining table. Turns out his mom is working the night shift today. Kim Hun asks curiously, "Did

you get beaten up again?" Kim Su Hune lies, saying he was just playing around with friends. Suddenly, Kim Hyun tells him not to talk To her at school. After all, having a weakling for a brother is embarrassing. The delinquents still come looking for trouble with Kim Su Hyun as usual and order him to come to the back of the school during lunch. His deskmate Gildu apologizes to Kimu Hyun, although they agreed not to help when the other gets beaten. Today, those delinquents were really too much. The pathetic Kimu Hyun thinks painfully, "Why do I have

to live like this?" During lunch, he can still Only be bullied like a dog by Chro Chong Dong. Cho Jong Dong orders him to pick up the cigarette on the ground. Just as Kimu Hyun is forced to crawl toward the cigarette butt, Kim Deun passing by asks what he's doing on the ground. Kimu Hyun doesn't know what to do now. After learning the girl in front of him is his sister, Cho Changdong politely tells Kim to Hun, "We're just joking around." Then he takes Kimsu Hyun away. He feels somewhat relieved that Kim Dehyun didn't See

his pathetic state. But Cho Chong Dongs eyes gradually become sinister. He suddenly wants to get closer to Kimu Hun. In the bathroom, Cho Chong Dong tells Kimu Hyun to introduce his sister to him. Kimu Hyun quickly says his sister has terrible grades and a bad temper. But Cho Chong Dong relentlessly uses we're friends as an excuse, wanting him to introduce his sister. Honestly, certain parts of your sister look very bouncy. Hearing this, Kimu Hyun is bewildered. At this moment, Gildu in the toilet stall questions, "Ho Changdong, that's way too much." Without a word, Cho Changdong

punches him, then proceeds to humiliate and beat Gild. Kimu Hun can't help but curse, "You damn bastard. Stop it." Cho Changdong sees this guy has really lost it and strides toward the trash Kimu Hun just as he's about to teach him a lesson. Kimu Hun suddenly punches him in the face. This is exactly the silver card skill, the Jab from boxing. Kimu Hyun doesn't want to and can't keep living so pathetically. He wants to change and fight back. At this moment, the quest pop-up appears again. The quest is to defeat Cho Chang Dong with rewards

of one silver card and one bronze card. Kim Su Hyun accepts the quest, determined to show Cho Chang Dong what bouncy really means. Cho Changd Dong wonders what's going on. You trash. Think you can fight me after watching some YouTube video. Kim Su Hyun ignores him and starts using his jab. Cho Chang Dong finally realizes this loser actually learned boxing. Enraged, he wants to fight back, but Kimu Hyun's jabs rain down on him like a storm. With each punch thrown, Kimu Hyuns mindset gradually begins to change. He quickly completes the quest, earning one silver card

and one bronze card. At this moment, the quest pop-up indicates his jab proficiency has increased. Before Kim Su Hun can check What's happening, Gild quickly pulls him away to escape. Fleeing to a corner, the two understand this is just the beginning. There's only one reason those bastards are terrifying because they always move as a group. Right now, Cho Chang Dong is searching everywhere for Kimu Hyan with his gang, wanting revenge. And Gildu is also puzzled. When did he learn boxing? Kimu Hyan stammers that he learned it on YouTube. At this moment, he notices the jab

skill has Proficiency, and he wonders what happens when it reaches 100%. Gild wonders what he's muttering to himself. After confirming others can't see the quest pop up, Kim Su Hyun wants to quickly check the quest rewards, but when he sees the two new skills, Kim Su Hyun is a bit dumbfounded. At this moment, Bech Ryong and her friends ask what the two of them are doing. Gildu instantly feels they're doomed, but Bech Ryong just asks Kim Su Hian what he did and why Everyone's looking for him. Seeing they're not here to catch him, Kim Suyun

explains it was just an accidental fight. Bech Ryong coldly says, "I'll pretend I didn't see you. Just go home quickly, but it's too late." Kim Su Hun and Gildo are still caught. The delinquent wonders. Cho Chang Dong was knocked out by this kind of guy. They disperse the regular students around. Kim Su Hun doesn't know what to do now because soon that monster who used Boxing to bring the third years in line when he first enrolled. The never defeated boss of Gangbook West High, Guha Jun, might come and he's already here. A lackey smilingly reports

to him. Cho Chang Dong was knocked out in the bathroom by that guy. But facing Guajun's cold gaze, the lacks voice trembles as he apologizes. Although Guuh Hajun didn't even know who Cho Chang Dong was before this since his underling got beaten, he still needs to come check It out. He asks Kim Su Hun why he hit Cho Chang Dong. Kimsu Hyun explains that Cho Chang Dong insulted his family first. Guuha Jun is non-committal about this reason. He asks Kimu Hyun if he can fight well. Then Guhajun actually tells Kimu Hyun to hit him. If

Kimu Hun doesn't hit him, then he'll hit Kimu Hyun instead. Facing this terrifying presence, Kimu Hyun doesn't know what to do. Then he remembers the cards he just obtained. Maybe they can help. The Silver card skill is restore stamina once per day. And the bronze cards effect is high pitch. But obviously, even using these two skills, it's impossible to defeat Guuh Hajjun since he's going to get beaten anyway. Kim Su Hyun decides it's better to throw a punch before getting beaten. But his current jab can't even touch Guhajun. Instead, Guhajun's counterpunch knocks him unconscious. After

a while, Kimu Hyun wakes up. He regrets challenging For dominance. Being targeted by Guhajun will make things harder from now on. Just as Kimu Hyun gets up ready to be beaten, Guuhajun invites him, "Let's go smoke together." Kimu Hyun somehow ends up among them. And Guuhajun even hands him a cigarette. Kimu Hyun quickly waves his hand, saying he doesn't smoke. He thought this trash was as bad as the rumor said and was bringing him outside to beat him up. But Guuhajun actually apologizes to him because Kimu Hyun Could fight better than he expected, so he

reflexively counterattacked. He says he's also learned boxing for a long time and praises Kim Su Hyun's potential. Arriving home, Kimu Hun still doesn't understand why Guh Jun spoke to him in such a friendly tone. After all, the rumored Guu Ha Jun is supposed to be a terrifying person. He instantly suspects that guy is pretending to be friendly, then will come beat him up tomorrow. If the quests from the quest pop-up become Harder because of Guhun, that would be terrible. At this moment, Kimu Hun is also curious who's issuing these quests. It's still in the tutorial

phase, so what's the main quest? So far, only gold, silver, and bronze cards have appeared. Maybe there are even better cards. Suddenly, Kimu Hyun notices another strange issue. All the cards he's obtained so far seem to be related to fighting. The next day, Kimu Hyun sits tragically at his seat, waiting to Be beaten. Sure enough, Cho Changdong comes looking for him again. Kimu Hyun quickly prepares for battle, but Cho Chang Dong is just here to relay Guaj Jun's invitation to meet after school, and after leaving an address, he turns and leaves without looking back. Kimu

Hyun instantly feels doomed after school, he'll probably get a beating, and if he runs away, tomorrow will definitely be worse. In the evening, Kimu Hyun arrives at the agreed upon Karaoke place. After all, coming to get beaten today is the best decision. The scene inside the karaoke is like a party. Guh Jun tells Kim Su Hun to sit down. All the well-known people from school are gathered together. Kim Su Hun wonders, does Guhajun want everyone to watch him get beaten? Bake [clears throat] Chayong asks in surprise, "What are you doing here?" Only now does Kimu

Hyun notice her. Guuhajun tells the new friend to sing a Song. Although Kim Su Hun can't sing, he worries that if he doesn't sing and ruins the atmosphere, he's doomed. So, he simply tries using the high pitch skill. Bake Cher Ryong, who has 200,000 Instagram followers, is stunned. Even Guha Jun can't help but marvel at this moving voice. Kim Su Hun is a bit embarrassed. What's up with everyone? Bake Cher Ryong thought he would sing childish anime theme songs. The girls jokingly say Kim Su Hian is quite cute. The guys are seeing Hajjun take care

of a friend like this for the first time. Kim Su Hian wonders why they're not beating him up. He now realizes the rumors were false. Guh Hajun is actually a kind guy. It's the first day Kimu Hunan actually wants to go to school. The next day because school life will be different from now on. Guh Jun promised to tell him if anything comes up. Kimu Hyun plans to ask him to protect his desk made Gildoo. Guh Jun arriving at School at the same time greets him. At this moment the quest pop-up suddenly indicates main quest

activated and the reward for completing the first main quest is actually a platinum card that hasn't appeared before. But the quest is actually defeat gangbuk west high boss guajun and there are only three days. Kimu Hyan is completely dumbfounded because this is absolutely impossible at this moment. The quest pop-up indicates while doing main quests side quests will Also be activated. From now on you can obtain more cards. Kimu Hyan wants to abandon this quest directly because his original goal was just to attend school normally and with Guha Jun as a friend that goal has been

achieved. Kimu Hyun believes his friendship with Guhajun will never change but at this moment Guhajun is punishing Cho Changdong. Kimu Hyun doesn't understand what's going on. Be Chay Ryong asks from behind. You don't really think Guuh Ha Jun is a good Person, do you? Chang Dong got beaten just because he didn't hand over enough money. All the money the delinquents extort ends in Guuhajun's pocket. Although Guuh Ha Jun seems to care about Kimu Hyun, Bechyong still reminds him to find out what Guuha Jun is really like. At this moment, Guhun notices Kimu Hyun in the

distance and smiles while greeting him. Kimu Hun hesitates but still asks Guuhaj Jun something. Why do you take special care of me? Gujun Answers matterof factly, because you can box. Before I met you, there were only losers here. Only now does Kimu Hyun realize that Guhun only befriended him because he thought he could fight well. And if he abandons the quest, the jab skill will disappear and he might be treated as trash again. Guhun sees Kimu Hyun looking worried and asks with concern what's wrong. Kimu Hyun suddenly wants to cry because in the end he

still has to fight. At night, Kimu Hyun comes To the park to practice his jab. No matter what, he has to try. But no matter how hard he thinks, he doesn't know what to do. A few days ago, using just the jab was completely useless against Guha Jun, and the remaining restore stamina and high pitch skills don't seem very useful either. At this moment, several boys appear and ask Kim Su Hun if he can lend them some money for transportation. But Kim Su Hyun has no money either, so he apologizes and Refuses. Hearing this, they

instantly change their expressions and warn Kimu Hyun to understand the situation. We're robbing you right now, but Kim Su Hyun really has no money. The delinquents see he's the type who needs to be beaten before telling the truth. Kim Su Hun instinctively uses his jab to fight back. At this moment, the quest pop-up reminds him, "Jab proficiency has increased." The proficiency actually increased again. Kim Su Hyan speculates, "Does proficiency only increase when you actually hit someone?" The quest pop-up congratulates him. The jab skill has been upgraded to rank E. The delinquent tries to ambush him

while he's distracted. Kim Su Hyun delivers another jab to his face. He feels the jab is different from before. Not only is it faster, but the power is also greater. At this level, maybe he really can fight Guha Jun. But Kimu Hyun doesn't know what to do facing so many delinquents at Once. At this moment, the quest pop-up activates a side quest. Defeat five delinquents. Reward is one silver card. And there's also a hidden condition. Unlike the main quest, this side quest can actually be abandoned. The delinquents swarm toward Kimu Hyun. Kimu Hyun tightly ties

his vest. He doesn't want to give up this chance to get a card. He first uses his jab to hit one of them. The delinquent hit in the jaw immediately passes out. Now there are Four left. Kim Su Hyun decisively chooses to run away. He understands he must create conditions for one-on-one fights. Panting heavily, Kim Su Hyun finally runs into an alley. The delinquents mock him. This boxer has terrible stamina. Kimu Hun quickly uses the restore stamina skill. The delinquent wants to take advantage of his weakness, but Kimu Hyun, with his stamina instantly restored, delivers

another jab. He quickly adjusts his Position, then continuously strikes the delinquent with his jab. The other delinquents are shocked. Didn't that guy run out of stamina? Kimu Hyun, increasingly familiar with the jab, can now attack at will. Now there are three delinquents left. Kimu Hyun first uses the high-pitched skill to interfere, then precisely strikes the delinquent's jaw with his jab. The side quest is quickly completed. The quest pop-up reminds him, "Hidden condition achieved. Victory without being hit by enemies. Reward upgraded from silver card to gold card. Kim Su Hyun, afraid of being beaten to death,

accidentally achieved the hidden condition." He immediately opens his gold card excitedly, but after seeing the skill on it, he's a bit puzzled. 2 days later, only 8 hours remain until the main quest to defeat Guhajun ends. Kim Su Hyun's skills include rank ejab, restore stamina, high pitch ability, and the gold card skill He recently obtained. He hesitates. Can he really defeat the undefeated Guhaj Jun with these? If he loses, Kim Su Hyun will return to his former pathetic state. He originally wanted to protect his deathmate Gildu because Gildu often gets beaten in his place. Kim

Su Hun thinks to himself he really made a good friend. Thinking of this, he seriously expresses his gratitude to Gildu as if giving a last testament. Gildu can also tell that Kimu Hyun has been worried About Guhajun lately. At this moment, Guh Hajun happens to come to this classroom. He invites Kimu Hyun, let's go to the convenience store together. Kimu Hun stands up while thinking about how to start a fight with him. Two other students who just came from the store walk in through the door. One of them accidentally gets ice cream on Guajun's clothes.

He quickly apologizes. Guh Hajun turns around with a cold expression and then that student gets a Beating. Kim Su Hyun stares blankly at Guhajun. This kind of guy deserves to be beaten. He curses angrily. Guh Hajun, you bastard. Guh Jun wonders, "Are you talking to me?" Kimu Hyun prepares to use his new move. He doesn't trust himself, but the gold card skill he got last time. Sure enough, Guh Jun raises his hand toward him, but he only praises Kimu Hyun. You've got real loyalty. I thought you were angry because I hit someone from your class.

Guhun laughs. Why would friends fight? Calm down, you. The bewildered Kimu Hyun just follows him to the convenience store, but the news that Kimu Hyun challenged Guuhaj Jun has already spread. Kimu Hyun never expected Guhaj Jun would apologize first. He sees that Guhun seems to really consider him a friend. The rumored Guhajun is bad and cruel, but Kimu Hyun sees he seems to genuinely like him, so he's conflicted. There's not much quest time left. Kimu Hyun Worries that at this rate, it might really end without him doing anything. Gild Du asks from the side, "Are

you still being bullied by Guhun?" Kimu Hyun casually answers, "Probably will be bullied soon." At this moment, Beck Chay Ryong, having heard the rumors, finds Kimu Hyun. She jokingly asks Kim Su Hyan, "Do you really want to take down Gua Jun?" But Kim Su Hyan asks her back, "Why are you friends with someone like Guha Jun?" Because Bech Ryang has helped Kimu Hyun a few times, and although she hangs out with Guhajuns group, she doesn't bully others. So Kimu Hyian feels she's actually a kind person. And Bech Rang simply answers, "I feel safer being with

them." Suddenly, someone urgently tells Kimu Hyun this isn't the time for chatting. After hearing the classmates's words, Kimu Hyun is dumbfounded. At this moment, Gildu comes before Guhajun's lackis. He tells them to call Guuh Hajjun. The lackey is about To punch him but Guhajun appears and tells him all to move aside. He coldly asks Gild what he wants. Gildu musters courage to request of Guhajun stop bullying Su Hyun. Using your strength to constantly control Su Hyun is clearly bullying him. Guh Hajun suddenly slaps Gildu. He warns Gildu that he and Suan are friends and he

really hates people like Gildo. Guuhajun believes there are hierarchies in this world. Everyone should be with people of their own Level. And right now it's clearly Gildu who's bullying Su Hian. You hang out with Su Hian will only drag Su Hian down. Gild understands if you befriend Su Hyan for that reason. Su Hian won't consider you a friend. Guh Hajun is caught off guard by a punch and steps back. He wonders what Su Hian is doing. Kim Su Hyun understands. Without Gild, he couldn't survive at school. The showdown between weakling Kim Su Hyun and school

boss Guuha Jun attracts Almost the entire school. They all believe this will be a one-sided slaughter by Guhun. Guhajun still considers Kimu Hun a friend, so he doesn't want to fight him. And Kimu Hyan coldly states that Gildu is his only friend at school. His new gold card skill is exceed limits for 5 seconds. This means Kimu Hyun has a 5-second window to possibly defeat Guuha Jun. First using the enhanced jab. However, this move doesn't seem to work on Guajun. The spectating students are all shocked because it's like they're really watching a boxing match. No

one expected that weakling Kimu Hyians boxing would be this strong. At this rate, he might really win. But Cho Chang Dong and the crowd feel something strange. When Kimu Hian fought me, it was like this too. He seems to only know how to use the jab. Kimu Hyan is hit hard in the abdomen and collapses to the ground in pain. Guh Jun also sees that he only Knows the jab. Kimu Hyun trembles as he stands up looking for the 5-second opportunity. Guhajun is really at a loss for words. He doesn't understand how Kim Su Hyun

could think he can win with just the jab. Kimu Hyan knew before this that it was absolutely impossible. The gold card exceeded limits for 5-second skill seems a bit underwhelming. Kimu Hun feels it would be better to have jiu-jitsu or grappling, but to fully utilize the exceed limit skill. He can Only make his opponent lower his guard first. Guhajun wonders, "What are you doing?" Cho Chang Dong sees he's trying to use grappling, but with such a size difference, grappling is almost impossible to succeed. Kim Suyun understands it's not time yet to use exceed limits. He

must keep fighting. Kimu Hyun uses high pitch to assist his attack, but this has almost no effect on Guhun, and Guh Jun really doesn't know what Kimu Hyun is doing because Kimu Hyun gets up again and attacks him. Kim Su Hyun needs to wait until Guhaj Jun is tired and lets his guard down to find an opportunity. Finally, the moment arrives. Kim Su Hyun uses restore stamina and instantly recovers his stamina. At this moment, Guh Hajun is completely impatient. He's going to finish off the reckless Kim Su Hun, but when he pushes Kimu Hun hard,

he finds he can't move him at all. Exceed limits is a different type of attack card from The jab. Its ability is to add 100 kg of weight for 5 seconds. Kim Su Hyun currently weighs 56 kg, so the power he possesses will be that of a super heavyweight at 156 kg. Guhajun is slammed hard to the ground. Kimu Hyun quickly tightens his vest, then finishes Guaja Jun with a striking power of 156 kg. Guuha Jun completely didn't expect this situation. In the final second of exceed limits, Kimu Hyun hammers out several punches. Just as

the exceed Limit skill effect ends, the quest pop-up indicates main quest complete. The entire Chang falls silent. No one could imagine Guh Jun would lose. Kimu Hun roars, "Give me my reward." And before this, no one could imagine Guhun would lose. At this moment, students at the door tell everyone to quiet down because the school boss needs to pass through here. Kimu Hyun doesn't know how things turned out like this either. Hiding in the bathroom, he finally has Time to check the newly obtained platinum card. To get this card of higher rank than gold, Kim

Su Hyun gave it his all. He impatiently opens the card, but the skill he gets is just ordinary peak. Kim Su Hyun has no idea what this means. It feels less useful than the jab. Gildu asks Kim Su Hun, "Are you mentally prepared?" Because he's become the center of attention for the entire school. Rumors are getting more outrageous. His kind appearance is A terrifying disguise. Some people heard that Kim Su Hyun also beat up Guajun's family. Even Gildu beside him because of his mature looks, is imagined to be a gangster. Kim Su Hyun walking toward

the classroom with his head down bumps into someone. Several fierce looking delinquents ask Kimu Hyun, "Are you the senior who defeated Guuha Jun?" After getting an affirmative answer, they shout, "Firstyear boss Li Hyund salutes you." Kim Su Hun doesn't understand why Are first years suddenly saluting me. Lie Hyund says that as underassman, they naturally need to greet the new boss of Gong Book West High. Kimu Hyun quickly explains he doesn't want to be any boss. He just wants to attend school normally. Lie Hyund wonders, "Boss, are you abandoning us?" Under Kimu Huns dismissal, the first

year delinquents leave sadly. Kim Su Hyun has no idea what those people were about. Gildu explains, "They originally followed Guha Jun, but Guh Jun seemed to find them annoying. The first years previously followed the powerful Guh Jun for their own purposes. Now for their own goals, they can only come to the new boss. Gild heard that Lie Hyund seems to be the younger brother of Lie Hyundu from Juwan High School and Lihandong's goal is actually to unify the gangbook area. The gangbook area right now can be called a battlefield with the four strongest high schools

constantly expanding their Influence. Although Guuha Jun had no interest in unification, Li Hyund's thinking is different. He wants to follow Kim Su Hyun to unify the gang bug area. After hearing Gildo's explanation, Kim Su Hyan thinks he absolutely can't let that lunatic cling to him. He has zero interest in unification. At this moment, the quest pop-up issues a main quest again. Rule Gangbuck West High. The first step is to recruit firstear subordinates from Gangbuck West High. If The main quest is abandoned or failed, all previous rewards will disappear. Then, the fact that Kimu Hyun can't

box will eventually be discovered and he'll have to return to his painful life again. So, Kimu Hyun calls out to the foolish guys. He coldly says, "I was just testing you earlier. From now on, I'll be taking over Gangbook West High. The first year delinquents immediately shout excitedly, "We'll unify the Gangbook area." Seeing his subordinate So happy, Kimu Hune also sheds tears of joy, coming back to his senses. He feels a chill because quests always appear at these critical moments. Speaking of which, Kimu Hyun still hasn't used the peak skill yet. At this moment, Bech

Rang asks him, "What's wrong with you?" Because the whole school has heard Kimu Hyun is taking over Gangbook West High and will unify the Gangbook area. Be Rayong can't help but find it amusing. Suddenly, Kimu Hyan stares at her Thoughtfully. Then, Kimu Hyan says the words peak. The next second, the peak skill begins to peak at Bake Chay Ryong, but the result just gives her ability chart. Different from what Kimu Hyan expected, but still amazing. On a whim, Kimu Hunan says peak again to check his own ability chart. To his surprise, it's almost the same

as Bch Rays, although she doesn't know what happened. Bech Rang still feels Kimu Hun did something to her. After the annoyed Bchay Rang Leaves, Kimu Hun thinks, "Does potential refer to fighting ability?" The card is called peak. So, Kimu Hyun didn't expect much from its function, but maybe it's better than Kimu Hyun imagined. But even with subordinates now, Kimu Hyun can't feel happy because these guys are absolutely crazy. They shout things like, "The boss of Gangbuk West High has arrived. Anyone who approaches will be considered an assassin. Now people have heard that. If you get

close to Kim Su Hun, your organs will be ripped out." Lie Hun Dong exclaims in admiration as expected of the boss of Gongbuk West High. Everyone's so happy. Kimu Hyun is speechless to death. He tells Li Hyund following him. At this moment, Lie Hyund hands him this month's payment, which is stained with blood. Kimu Hun thinks Lie Hyund truly gone crazy, actually giving him money. What leaves him most speechless is that Guild Du actually accepts the money. Li Hyund thinks Kimu Hyan finds the amount too small and says he'll increase the payment next time. Kimu

Hun is annoyed. What the hell is wrong with this Li Hyundai guy? He uses his peak skill and discovers that Li Hyund is really just a simple-minded thug. Li Hyund being peeked at feels strange about why he suddenly blushed. Kimu Hyun doesn't want to deal with him anymore, so he turns to leave, but Lie Hunong reminds Kimu Hyun that he still needs to attend the boss inauguration Ceremony. He initially doesn't want to pay attention, but then a quest pop-up appears with the main quest. The second step to ruling Gangbook West High is to attend the

boss inauguration ceremony. Kim Su Hun, who can only agree to attend the inauguration ceremony, sheds tears of despair. All the delinquents bow to Kimu Hun in unison, shouting, "Unifunify Gangbuk." Seeing that the quest is complete, Kim Su Hyun wants to get up and leave. But Lie Hyund says he still Needs to hear the report. All the factions in Gangbuk are now fighting each other because Chong Yao Han, who once unified Gangbuk gave up power. After the ruler disappeared, power struggles naturally emerged. First, there's Gangbuk East High. Their boss is a psycho. There are rumors he's

involved in human trafficking. Then there's Gangbuk South High. They look like complete model students. And their boss is very kind, too. But from a Professional perspective, they must have some issues. I, Li Hyund absolutely cannot let them take down our gangbook, West High. But Kim Su Hun is confused. Why not? If they really attack, can't we just call the police? Maybe we could even become friends. Gild doesn't care about any of this at all. He's leisurely ordering his subordinates around. Lie Hyund says, "We probably can't be friends because those guys have already started being wary

of you, boss. The Rumor about tank top Kimu Hyun, who ties his tank top into an X-shape before slaughtering enemies, has already spread." Kim Su Hun is shocked. How can there be such an outrageous rumor? Lie Hun Dong proudly says he's the one who spread it. Kim Su Hyun really can't stand it anymore. He tells his subordinates to stay away from him. Li Hyund hurriedly asks him, "What should we do about the upcoming gangbuk conference." Kimu Hyun doesn't care what The Gangbuck Conference is. He just wants to be an ordinary student. This kind of leisurely

life is what Kimu Hun wants. He has no need to protect Gangbook West High. Protecting the school through fighting is simply unreasonable. Kim Dahan comes home from school annoyed. What did you do at school? Now people are calling me Tanktop Kimu Hyun's sister. However, seeing that Kimu Hian is finally not getting beaten up all day long, she Can't be bothered to care. Late at night in a karaoke bar, a masked underling is reporting to the boss at the new boss of Gangbuck West High, Tank Top Kimsu Hyun. But Hanj Ha, the boss of Gangbuck East

High, kicks him hard because he doesn't want to care about such trivial matters. Inside a bowling alley, an underling from Gangbuk South High asks the boss, "Have you heard about West High's new boss, Tanktop Kimsu Hun Kang Suk, the boss of Gangbuck South High," says Calmly, "We'll meet him soon." After all, the Gangbuck Conference is about to begin. At this moment, Lie Hyund is very worried. He thought the boss not attending the Gangbuck Conference was also a test for him. But then Kim Su Hyan calls him. Hearing what said on the other end, Li Hyund

immediately gets excited because the damn quest powerup system has issued another quest to attend the Gangbuck Conference. Looking at the reward of one gold card and 10 Bronze cards, Kim Su Hyun asks Lie Hyund despair, "When does the Gangbuck Conference start?" After telling him the time and location, Lie Hyund is ready to start preparing for the upcoming Gangbuck Conference. Kim Su Hyun immediately becomes furious. He warns Lie Hundong not to do anything reckless. He's just attending normally and doesn't need any preparations. bored. Afterward, Kimu Hyun starts using his peak skill on other classmates. Being able

to see Other stats is quite interesting. Moreover, Peak really does seem to make the target feel embarrassed. The funniest thing is that Peak also has levels just like jab and can be upgraded. Every two people peaked at adds one experience point. Kimu Hyun thinks to himself after leveling up, I shouldn't see more than I do now, right? He also uses the peak skill on his desk mate, Gildu. Gildu immediately blushes and becomes shy, but Kim Su Hyun is now Curious about who he really is because Gildus potential is actually Srank. Today is the day of

the gangbuck conference. At some point, because of his desire for rewards, Kimu Hyun has to do all these crappy quests. His plan is to attend the conference first, then run away as soon as it ends. Gild feels that nothing happening might be a bit difficult because Lie Hyund has brought a large group of delinquents. Kimu Hyun can't even be bothered to get angry now. He asks Lie Hyunds to do. Li Hyund says, "Seriously, the gang buck conference is where the supreme leaders of each high school gather. I was afraid something might happen, so I called

everyone. They're all firstear experts who came voluntarily. One of them even came despite his grandfather being seriously Gild tells everyone to prepare themselves mentally. Today's dinner will be eaten in hell. Kim Su Hian is annoyed. This will cause Misunderstandings. He orders everyone else to go home. Just the three of them will go to the gangbook conference. Lie Hyundi understands that Kim Su Hian means he can handle the guys from other schools alone. After dismissing the others, Lie Hyund confidently follows Kimu Hyan to the location of the gang book conference. Kim Su Hian didn't expect the

meeting to be held at an abandoned construction site. This place is eerie. Even if someone died here, no One would find out. Li Hyund worries. The boss isn't planning to kill everyone today, is he? Kim Su Hyun is still thinking, "There must be many scary guys inside. I might get beaten as soon as I enter." The people from Gangbook South High who arrived first greet him friendly. After confirming Kimu Huns identity, he introduces himself as Kong from South High and says with a smile, "We're the same age. Maybe we can be friends." Kimu Hyun rarely

Meets people with single character names. He politely says, "Sak. That name is very, it seems people from Gangbook South High are all very kind." Kimu Hun feels he was nervous for nothing, but Lie Hyund beside him reminds him, "Don't be deceived by smiles. Kind people don't become bosses, so you absolutely can't let your guard down around that Kang Sack. He might be the most dangerous guy among all the Gangbuck high schools. At this moment, Kangio's underling asks him What he thinks of Kimu Hun. And because Kim Su Hyun called him Seak suck, Kang feels provoked.

Meanwhile, Kimu Hyan looks at him smiling and thinks, "How could this kind of person be dangerous?" The quest pop-up hasn't shown quest completion yet. Kimu Hyan anticipates what ability he'll get this time. He thinks maybe he needs to wait for people from other schools to arrive. At this moment, Han Ja, the boss of Gangbook East High, arrives with his underlings, He says mockingly. The annoying guy is here, too. Kang replies calmly, "That really hurts feelings between friends." One look at that guy tells he's dangerous. The three of them quietly lower their heads. At this moment,

the quest pop-up shows the quest is complete. Reward obtained. One gold card and 10 bronze cards. Kimu Hun immediately quietly gets up, wanting to go home and open the cards. Suddenly, Hanja grabs him and demands to know Where he's going. Hay Ha came specifically for the rumored tank top Kimu Hyun. He heard the Kim Su Hian beat down Guha Jun. So he tells Kimu Hyan to try beating him down too. But at this moment, Kimu Hyan shows a bitter smile. He's figured out the pattern of quest releases. No matter how he responds to Han Ja,

now that damn quest pop-up will issue a quest to fight him, just like with Guhun before. So to prevent the quest pop-up from appearing, Kimu Hyun Can't make any move. And this scene looks incredibly strange to others. People from South High exclaim, "Tank top Kimu Hyun is really amazing. Not only does he provoke their boss, he's not afraid of Hanj Hai at all." They keep speculating, what does Kim Su Hyun's unfocused gaze mean? He's probably looking for Hanj Ha's weakness. The rumors are indeed true. Tank top Kimu Hyun, who would even capture opponent's family members

as hostages to Achieve his goals, is powerful. Kong Suk doesn't want to miss this opportunity. He'll wait until the two are tired from fighting, then strike when they're vulnerable. Kim Su Hyun just stands there blankly. Hanja says viciously, "You're the first guy who dares to provoke me like this." Kimu Hyun feels something's wrong. At this rate, he'll have to fight even without a quest popup. At this moment, Hanja's underling pleads, "You two, please don't fight Now." Hanji Ha suddenly slaps him because a mere underling dares to interrupt him. His underling reminds him that Kang Suck

is also here. If they fight, they might get ambushed. But the opportunity to deal with Kimu Hyun isn't just today. Right now, they need to be most careful of Kang Sack. Finally, Han Ja walks out unhappily. Kang Sac says with a smile. Let's end it here today. After all, if we continue, a real fight will break out. Everyone's met each Other anyway. He tells everyone to remember to greet each other when they meet in the future. Most importantly, Gang Book North High didn't come. Kimu Hyun says excitedly. Suck, suck. It's really great that it ended

without fighting. Kang Suk feels provoked again. Before leaving, Kim Su Hyun uses his peak skill on Hanj Ha and Kang Suk, but the quest pop-up displays peak level too low. Cannot use. The next day, Kimu Hyan drags his exhausted body to school Because of that damn gangbuck conference. He didn't sleep well all night. The failure of the peak skill also makes Kimsu Hyan realize that those two are probably much stronger than him. Kimu Hyun is dumbfounded. When he arrives at the school gate, a group of underlings excitedly greets him respectfully. They all heard about Kimu

Hyuns heroic deeds at the Gangbok conference. Before Kong Sak intervened, Kim Su Hun had already subdued Hanj Ha With a dragon tiger fist. Kim Su Hyun is shocked. Who the hell is spreading this stuff? Lie Dong, who ran to School of Dawn to spread the news, proudly says, "It was me." Kimu Hyun is really about to go crazy. Everyone heard that his dragon tiger fist was a technique obtained after killing his master, and they all ask him to demonstrate it. Starting from yesterday, tormented Kimu Hyune feels so miserable he gets sick and ends up in

the infirmary. He thinks To himself, "What the hell is this dragon tiger fist?" After confirming no one's around, Kimu Hune is about to start his happy card opening time. a total of one gold card and 10 bronze cards. Let's start with the gold card first. Opening the gold card, the skill obtained is card master. Can synthesize or decompose cards to exchange for higher or lower level cards. Kimu Hyan feels it's like gambling. Next are the 10 bronze cards, which all seem to be Mediocre skills. The only useful one is lower grade strength boost, but if

used, intelligence will drop by three levels. Although becoming dumber doesn't feel good, it's better to keep it just in case. Next, Kimu Hyun uses the card master skill to synthesize base voice ability and sharp sense of smell. The result is obtaining a silver card. The skill is straight punch from boxing techniques. Kim Su Hyun immediately uses the skill to check its effect. Afterward, he feels card synthesis is really fun. Although his mom told Kim Su Hun not to gamble, he thinks this probably doesn't count as gambling. After some thought, Kimu Hyan synthesizes four more bronze

cards. Then he obtains two silver cards. They're soccer and basketball skills, respectively. Kimu Hyan curses inwardly, "I'm not competing in the Olympics. What use are these?" Painfully, he uses the card master skill again to synthesize The two silver cards. Soon, he obtains a gold card. Kim Su Hyun gets a nose bleed when he sees the skill because this is a real fighting card. The skill name is very strange. Master, please. Just after obtaining this skill, Kim Su Hun slaps himself, but besides his face burning, nothing else happens. Kim Su Hyun realizes that this perverted looking

skill doesn't count if he hits himself. At this moment, the quest pop-up issues another main quest. Recruit four Members, reward one gold card. Kim Su Hun thinks, "How is this like a game? Making things bigger and bigger." He worries, "Will there be some ultimate final boss at the end? Recruiting members doesn't seem too difficult." Gild can become a member after agreeing with Kimu Hyun. Looking at it this way, this quest is too easy. At this moment, Li Hyund comes with medicine. Concerned about how Kim Su Hyongs body is doing. Kim Su Hun casually asks if

he Wants to be his member. The medicine in LiDongs hand quietly falls to the ground. He's surprised. Is the boss finally recruiting members to unify Gangbook. Li Hyund formally salutes Kimu Hyun, but Kimu Hyun feels that recruiting people too casually might cause trouble later. After thinking about it, he decides to think carefully before recruiting members. At night, lying on a park bench, Kimu Hun thinks he needs to find people who are Verified, preferably people with strong stats. At this moment, a shadow falls over Kim Su Hun. Turns out Bake Cher Riyong also lives in this

neighborhood. After greeting Kim Su Hun, "She's about to leave." Suddenly, Kim Su Hyun remembers something. He asks Bech Rayong, "Can you slap me?" Because Kim Su Hian wants to test this perverted skills effect. Bake Cheryong thinks her fetish has been discovered and immediately blushes. She hesitantly asks Kimu Hyun, "Are you into that too?" Kim Su Hyun explains, "If I get hit, something good might happen." Bech Ryong is ready to strike directly. At this moment, a voice interrupts them. Several delinquents previously beaten down by Kimu Hyun have come for revenge. Kim Su Hun is speechless. Do

these guys specifically pick certain locations to cause trouble? At this moment, the quest pop-up issues a side quest. Defeat the delinquent boss and his underlings. Reward one silver card. Kimu Hyun has already beaten them once before, so he's confident he can complete it more easily this time. However, a tall figure walks out from behind. He's Parkang Hu from Gangbok East High. Kimu Hyun immediately uses his peak skill. Park Huk stats are much stronger than his. He can't think of how to win for the moment. And Parkang Huk has also heard the rumors about tank top

Kimsu Hyun. But Bake Chay Ryong blocks in front of him, demanding To know which school the delinquents are from and why they're acting crazy after being beaten down. Kim Su Hyan remembers that Bake Shay Ray has wide connections. If she steps in, maybe she can solve the problem herself. However, the delinquents mockingly ask Bake Chay Ray why she's being so arrogant. Kim Su Hyun immediately becomes anxious, wanting to protect Bake Chay Rayong, but Park Sang Huk suddenly punches him. He mocks, "Didn't Tanktop Kim Suan conquer Gangbook West High? With this strength, you only conquered a

toilet." Bakesh hurriedly asks if Kim Suhan is okay. Kim Suhan keeps muttering, stomach. Bechy thinks his stomach is injured, but Kimu Hyun actually feels his stomach is comfortable. Bech is confused about what he's saying. How can being hit feel comfortable? Kimu Hun doesn't know what's going on either. The more Park Sean Huk hits him, the more comfortable he feels. Now he's accumulated five Hits. That perverted skill activates. It will randomly increase one of Kimu Hun's stats. The next second, his fist appears before Park Sang Huk's eyes again. The power of this punch actually sends Park

Sanang Huk flying. Because Kimu Hyun's strength increased from E- rank to C rank, he can now confirm something to bake Chay Rayong. Getting hit really does feel comfortable. With strength boosted to C rank, maybe he can defeat Park Sang Huk. Kim Su Hyun quickly ties His tank top tight. This quest is officially starting. Other delinquents charge forward first. Kimu Hyun originally wanted to use jabs for containment first. Then, like last time, find a narrow place to take out the enemies, but the opponent passes out directly after taking this jab. Kimu Hyun is certain. I clearly

didn't hit that guy's chin. He's surprised. Is this the power of master please? The other three delinquents nervously glance at Kim Su Hyun. Kimu Hyun tells Bake Chay Ryong to close her eyes, but Bake Chay Ryong clearly doesn't listen to him. Kim Su Hyun who quickly finishes off the three delinquents thinks women shouldn't watch these things. Bake Chyong just thinks there's something wrong with his brain. Park Sanang Huk on the side starts clapping. That's why it's interesting. Kim Su Hyun can see his stamina is only C rank. His own strength is enough to beat him.

Kimu Hyun starts Using jabs. The next second he freezes because his strength which returned to E-rank doesn't hurt Parkang Hyuk. Turns out the interval was too long. The accumulated five hits only have four remaining. But Kimu Hyun feels it's okay. He just needs to get hit one more time to have five. But he doesn't understand. I've already been beaten like this. Why haven't I reached five hits yet? Kim Su Hun decisively chooses to pause. He wonders if there are Special conditions needed to activate the skill, but Park Sang Huk isn't going to play any pause

games with him. Seeing Kim Su Hyun in danger, Bech Ryong wants to help. Park Sang Huk smirks, "After I take care of your husband first, I'll have some fun with you." Bake Chay Rang can't help but cry out. However, the perverted skills five hits are completed at this moment. Something good is about to happen. Kim Su Hun with strength boosted to Cank suddenly throws a Straight punch at Parken Huke. Now, Kimu Hun finally understands. The important condition for accumulating five hits is he must have the will to protect bechyong. Actually, it's not that noble. It

only works when he feels embarrassed. No wonder this perverted skill is called master, please. However, wrestling is Park Sang Huk's specialty. If he grabs you, it's basically game over. But then, Park Sang Huk is confused because he can't lift Kimsu Hyun. Of course, it's Because Kimu Hyun used the exceed limit skill. Powerful striking force bombards Park Sang Huk's back. This punch not only contains the weight of exceed limits, but also the strength added by the perverted skill. Kim Su Hun's current stats give him a rank striking power. This quest is now complete. Kim Su Hyun

is now more curious about what skill this card will be. The next day, as soon as he arrives at school, he starts thinking about where the quests Come from. Suddenly, the master please skill accumulates once. Bakeshong shouts angrily, "What the hell are you doing? Why are you spreading rumors that we're dating?" Kim Su Hun quickly says he didn't do anything. People have already heard they have three children. Lie Hyund is confused. Didn't Bake Chry fall for the boss after he saved her? Bech Rayong shouts angrily, "What nonsense are you spreading?" In the evening, Park Sang

Huk kneels to apologize for his Failure. He can now confirm the rumors about Tanktop Kimsu Hyun are true. First pretending to be weak to make enemies relax, then brutally knocking them down with one punch. From Park Sang Huk's perspective, that guy is definitely a fighting expert. Hanj Ha, the boss of Gangbook East High, says disdainfully, "No one has any expectations for you, idiot." Park Sang Huk, this underling doesn't even have the qualification to be beaten by him. However, Hanj Ha still Confirms the rumor with Park Sang Huk. He was defeated miserably by tank top Kimsu

Hyun and the rumors. Hanj Ha is puzzled. That guy is spreading such rumors so openly. In that case, he'll go cooperate with Kimu Hun properly. At the same time, Kim Su Hun also opens the newly obtained silver card. The new skill is called rise can adjust eye level. Kimu Hyun wants to try the effect right now. At this moment, Huang Des number 14 of Gangbook High asks the Boss, "Do we need a cleaver to kill a chicken?" He asks Hanj Ha to let him handle it. Hanja reminds him with interest. Even Guha Jun lost. Hang

pats his big belly and smiles. Don't you trust this? Hanja is speechless. The pig-like thing is acting crazy again. He orders, "You idiots, make it quick." Now Kim Su Hyun is still worrying about recruiting members. His unreliable slippers are about to break. He's thinking, "Should I wait until the peak Skill reaches E-rank before recruiting members?" Just at this moment, the slippers completely break. Bake Cher Ryong was just told by the home room teacher to find Kim Su Hyan. Kim Su Hyan falls right into her arms. Bake Chay Rayong curses angrily. You idiot, how rude. Kimu

Hyan quickly explains it was an accident. At this moment, he feels a chill on his back. Guh Hajun is watching him coldly. Kim Su Hyun hiding in the corner says friendly, "You're finally Back at school. Everyone was worried about you." He keeps trying to talk to Guha Jun, but never gets a response. At this moment, the quest pop-up issues another side quest. Recruit Guha Jun. Reward one silver card. Kim Su Hyun is annoyed. How do I get Gua Jun, who I fought with, to join? I'm not confident I can win again. Anyway, it's fine to

just abandon these quests. But Kim Su Hyun still can't give up the cards, so he invites Guajun to join his group in The friendliest tone possible, seeing that the other party has no intention of responding. Kim Su Hyun awkwardly scratches his head. Gildo is somewhat surprised that Guajun didn't do anything. You know, Kim Su Hun doesn't even dare sleep during break time now. Afraid Guhun will ambush him. At this moment, firstear delinquents hurriedly find the boss because Li Hyund was captured by people from Gangbook East High. Kim Su Hyun is speechless. You Should call the

police. It's not good to ignore law enforcement, but the delinquents are still asking, "Should we gather people?" Kimu Hyun tells him to handle it themselves. He'll leave first. The delinquents are shocked. Boss, you're joking, right? Gangbook East High has hon. Kimu Hun doesn't want to go. If there were a quest, he might consider it. taking this opportunity to get rid of Li Hyund who loves spreading rumors would be good. Kimu Hyun feels the Weather is really nice today. At this moment, Lie Hyund has almost been beaten to death. People from Gong Book East High mock

him. How did you end up like this? First following Guha Jun, then Kimu Hyun. If tank top Kimu Hyan loses too, who will you run to next? Li Hyund says quietly, a wise bird chooses its tree. A good minister chooses his master. This is natural. I just chose the tree I wanted and found the master I want to serve. For me, there's no next Master after Tank Top Kim Su Hun. Liong also knows the boss won't come save him. So he tells Hong Desong to just finish him off, but Hong Desong hands him a weapon

and tells him to fight. Lie Hyundes for a moment, then suddenly attacks Hang Design. However, this strike doesn't hurt him. Hang Des says disdainfully, "What are you doing, idiot? He'll let others take care of the rest." Li Hyund is still thinking about the boss in his heart. He apologizes for These days. I'm sorry for always bothering you, boss. Huang Dess because the target of this operation has appeared. Kimu Hyun roars, "Lie Hyund, you really annoy me. You made me care, making me want to help you all the time." Kimu Hyun starts using the peak skill.

The other underlings are relatively simple to handle, but this Hong Daung stamina is actually D rank with just Kim Suyun's few attack skills. Can he really bridge the large Stat gap? Kim Su Yun ponders the height difference is too big. Will aiming for the face work? In that case, let's use jabs to test first. Hang is confused. What are you doing? His fat absorbed all the pain. In that case, just try aiming for the face. However, Hang's strength is also strong. He's somewhat puzzled. Why is Kimu Huns body so weak? The physique gap is too

large. Lie Hun Dong is very worried about the boss, but Kimu Hun is confident he has a way to deal With physique because he has a card that can solve the physique difference, but exceed limits fails to activate. This skill can only be used once a day. There's still one hour left until the next use. Kim Su Hun instantly remembers. He used it yesterday evening when fighting Park Senguk. He's slammed hard to the ground by Huang Daung. Huang Daong is puzzled. Is Kim Su Hyun really the boss of Gangbook West High? This is too weak.

The rest can be handled by Other underlings. Lie Hyund blocks in front of Kimu Hun, "Deal with me first." An underling shouts angrily, "Stop filming a soap opera." The next second, he's kicked flying. Guha Jun, the former boss of Gangbook West High, has arrived. He asks Kimu Hun something. What did you mean when you asked me to join you at school? Do I look like a fool? Kimu Hyun sweats and explains he just thought it would feel safer if he joined. Guh Ha Jun is puzzled. What a strange guy. He Points at Hang Des and

says to Kim Su Hian, I'll leave this to you. I'm joining Kim Su Hians group. The quest pop-up indicates. The side quest is complete. Reward obtained, one silver card. This is the first time Hong Daong has seen Guajun in person. He asks, "Are we fighting right now?" Guhajun says coldly, "I'm not the one fighting you. Wait for him to put on his clothes." After tank top, Kim Su Hyun uses restore stamina. His energy is instantly Restored. The quest pop-up issues another side quest. Use different cards in combination. Hang Des says disdainfully, "So what if you

put on your tank top?" Kimu Hyun's master, "Please skill starts accumulating. Third hit, fourth hit. Finally, the fifth hit is accumulated. It will randomly increase one step." Kimu Hyun again throws a straight punch with strength boosted to C rank. Hang Deson is pushed back by this punch. He doesn't Understand how Kimu Hun suddenly became stronger. After that, everyone is stunned because that skill that can adjust eye level actually increases vertical jump height. Kimu Hyun uses the rise skill to leap up, but Hang Des just needs to grab him and throw him. Amid Liong's cry of

alarm, Kimu Hyun midair starts rotating because in the card he just obtained, he got the roundhouse kick from Taekwondo. The charged up roundhouse kick slams into Hong Daong's Chin. Number 14 of Gangbuck East High is defeated. The quest pop-up indicates the side quest is complete. Reward obtained one gold card. Kimu Hyan directly chooses to open the card, but this time is different from before. He can choose one from two cards. Kimu Hyan is caught in a dilemma for a moment. Underlings from Gangbook East High are still checking Huang Daong's injuries. Guh Jun tells them to

scram. Kim Su Hyun back home feels like his body is falling Apart. He just wants to get back to his room and rest quickly. But Kim De Hun is passionately dancing in the living room filming a video. Kim Su Hyun mocks her that 02 dance is already outdated. Back in his room, Kim Su Hyun is conflicted about which card to choose. One allows him to know in advance what skill the next card will give. The other allows him to meet the highest level challenger card. Exhausted, he falls asleep without realizing it. Early the next morning,

Hang kneels before Hanj Ha to apologize in terror. He begs for another chance. Hearing this, Han Ja raises his hand toward Hang Son. On the Gangbok West high side, Kim Su Hyun is sincerely thanking Guhaj Jun. Guuha Jun is somewhat speechless. Do you have to say it now? Kim Su Hun enthusiastically explains to him while he's in the restroom. It's because I happen to run into you. Kimu Hyun is very grateful for him becoming a member of his group. Guh Jun tells Kimu Hian not to get it wrong. He's just keeping an eye on him

temporarily. He reminds Kimu Hun to pay close attention to Gangbook East High, especially that Han Ja, people who don't know Han Ja just think he's a smalltime thug, but he's actually smarter than everyone. Han Ja doesn't hit Huang Daung. Instead, he asks kindly, "How did that Kim Su Hyungai fight?" He wants Hong Daong to tell everything from beginning to end. From Kim Su Hyun's Manner of speaking to his action habits, which aspects are strong, what to be careful of, what techniques did he use? After Hang Descks his brain to tell all the details, Hanj Ha

roughly knows what kind of guy Kimsu Hyun is, Huang Des is kicked unconscious by him. From everything Hang said, a person on the verge of death suddenly acts fine and suddenly uses roundhouse kick techniques. Hanji Ha has roughly guessed Kim Su Hun situation. Delinquents within Gangbok West High are congratulating Kim Su Hyun again because his nickname has been upgraded to man-eating tank top Kim Su Hyun. This is a nickname obtained with Lie Hyund's help for eating the entire defeated Huang Daang. But unfortunately, only the top 13 figures of Gangbook East High have their own territories

to manage. So, this battle didn't expand territory. Kimu Hyun is helpless. How did it become like this? Am I really going to have to unify Gangbook? He's curious where the quest pop-ups come from. Why was he chosen out of so many people? There are too many things to be curious about. Kimu Hun doesn't want to do quests his whole life without knowing why. Although giving up card vision is a shame, he must know where the quests come from. So Kim Su Hun must meet the challenger card that wants to meet him. And as Kimu Hyun

begins to use the greeting card. Everyone in the classroom disappears. The entire world seems to have only Kimu Hun left. And when he comes downstairs, a magnificent challenger card stands before Kimu Hun. It tells Kimu Hyun he can ask anything. Kimu Hun hurriedly asks who's issuing the quests. Why was I chosen? What's the final quest? The challenger card will answer all of Kimu Hyuns questions. He now begins connecting Kimu Hyun with that person. Then a human voice comes from within the card. I didn't expect Kim Su Hyun to be So lucky as to already draw

the greeting card. Hearing this, Kim Su Hyun is puzzled. Besides me, are there others doing quest, too? The other person tells Kim Su Hyun not to worry about something that won't happen. He says, frankly, it's too early for them to meet. He's not sure yet if Kimu Hyun has the ability to solve that matter. Right now, they can't trust each other yet. So, many things can't be said. The other person wants to first see what Kimu Hyuns abilities are like. The first test is to unify Gangbok East High and Gangbook South High. Kimu Hun is

dissatisfied. If he wants to unify, he'll have to fight again. He doesn't want to do such things without understanding why. The other person reminds Kim Su Hune, "Don't you think this is an opportunity? Not only has your vision improved, your height has also increased, and your life of being bullied has been changed, but all you've Used are just gold cards. Are you satisfied with just this level? Aren't you curious about the abilities of diamond cards, master cards, and challenger cards above platinum cards? After who knows how long, Kim Su Hyan wakes up in the classroom.

Gildu is presiding over a discussion about uniform clothing. Turns out using the greeting card looks like sleeping to others. Kim Su Hian carefully thinks about what that person said. He didn't Expect there could be even better cards than ones that increase height and improve vision. Kimu Hyan finally realizes this is a once in a-lifetime opportunity. He says to Li Hyund, "I seem to be interested in unifying Gangbuk." Kimu Hyan is ready to give it a try. Lie Hyund prepares to convey the boss's message to all the high schools in Gangbook. A young couple at the

school gate is being romantic when suddenly the girl slaps the guy hard Because she suddenly feels uncomfortable. And this is precisely because Kimu Hyun is diligently using Peak nearby. After persistent effort, the Peak skill finally levels up. Kim Su Hyun can't wait to see what changes it will bring, and he naturally turns to baked Chay Rayong again. The upgraded peak skill now has the additional ability to see the targets height and weight. Walking alone in an alley, Kim Su Hun looks at the cards in his hand And starts thinking with his current cards, unifying East

High and South High is nearly impossible. He must obtain more attack cards. So, he plans to avoid meeting Hanj Ha until he becomes stronger. Han Ha, suddenly appearing before Kimu Hyun asks, puzzled, "Why?" Kimu Hun is stunned for a moment. Hanji Ha wonders, "Aren't we on greeting terms?" With just one kick, Kimu Hyun feels like he can't breathe. Hanja asks, confused, "Not going to fight back. Aren't you pretty good with your legs or do you only use them when running away? Hanja still finds it strange. How exactly did Kimu Hyan beat Hang Deson? Kim Su

Hian starts using peak on him. Hanja freezes for a moment upon hearing the word peak and he actually has two abilities above Srank. Kimu Hyun stats are completely incomparable to his. Seeing the quest pop up issue another side quest, he thinks to himself in dismay, "Speak of the devil. The quest Actually asks Kimu Hyun to defeat Han Ja with a platinum card as the reward." Kimu Hyun says, "Seriously, let's fight another day." In a deserted place like this, there's no meaning even if you beat me. Kim Su Hun is racking his brain trying to figure

out how to get the unobtainable platinum card and calmly tells Hanj Ha, "How can the showdown between West High and East High happen in such a messy place? Or are you afraid you'll lose to me?" Sure enough, Hanja Takes the bait. He asks Kim Su Hyun, "Then when do we fight?" Kimu Hyan tells him not to worry. He'll contact him when he's free. Hanja turns to leave, reminding him they'll meet again when the time comes. Kimu Hyan nervously stares at Hanja's back, who's smoking a cigarette, looking quite casual. Kimu Hyun instantly uses the rise skill.

Even another day, he has no confidence he can beat this double S monster. Hanja's endurance is only a rank, so Kimu Hyun Uses exceeded limits and charges up, trying to launch a roundhouse kick. However, this sneak attack fails. Hanja apologizes to Kim Su Hun because even if I were dead, I would never let my guard down. Hanja wonders, Kimu Hyun's footwork is so chaotic, yet his technique is this strong. The quest pop-up also reminds him at this moment that the side quest has failed, but a hidden condition has been achieved. Your first failure against an

unbeatable Enemy. Congratulations on achieving the hidden condition and obtaining one diamond card as a reward. In a days, Kimu Hyun gradually regains consciousness. Li Hyund asks with concern if he's all right. Kimu Hyun passed out in the alley, so Li Hyund brought him here. Everyone's heard that Han Ha shamelessly used a sneak attack to beat Kimu Hyun. Kimu Hyun lets out a long sigh because he really did lose and it was a complete and utter defeat and He lost without even doing anything. Kimu Hyun feels this kind of gap for the first time, he wonders,

I could still beat Hongde, so why is there such a huge gap with Hanj Ha? Looking at strength alone, it's just a difference between B rank and Srank. Kimu Hun suspects that maybe all attack power is uniformly labeled as strength at this moment. Guh Hajjun praises his luck, saying he should be grateful Hanji Ha didn't continue. Kim Su Hun instinctively uses The peak skill. Guuhajun asks, puzzled, "Aren't you already looking?" And he also has two abilities at Srank. He and Han Ha are at similar levels. Kimu Hyun is shocked. How did he beat Guuhajun? He

can't help but ask Guuhajun something. Why are you helping me? Not only did you go easy on me during our fight, you even said you'd be my crew member. Guh Ha Jun says indifferently. First time I've met a guy like you. Just a bit curious. He tells Kimu Hyun not to misunderstand. He Never said anything about hanging out together. Hearing this, Kimu Hyun feels Guajun is even stranger than himself. He tells Li Hyund to leave as well. Li Hyon Dong thinking Kim Su Hun is psychologically traumatized keeps comforting him. Kim Su Hyun thanks him and

tells him to get out quickly because only then can he open this diamond card. Kim Su Hian is incredibly lucky. He can't wait to open this diamond card. The skill is called Copy Cloud, a Summoning type card. Meanwhile, Han Ha returns to Gangbuk East High. A subordinate respectfully asks him how Kim Su Hyun was. That guy is weaker than Hanja imagined. So, he's determined to take Gangbuk West High. So, he orders number 13 Kong Pio Huk to lead a team to take care of Gangbuk West High. However, because of Guha Jun, they also need to

bring number five, Park Gian, who loves to research. And from now on, Han Ja will keep an eye on the guys from Gangbuk South High. After taking down both West High and South High, it'll be that guy from North High. In the evening, Kim De Hune acts cute. And because friends are coming over, she begs Kimu Hyun to stay in his room and not come out. After teasing her a couple of times, Kimu Hun can't wait to return to his room to test the new card's effect. As he summons CopyCloud, a cloud emitting a blue

glow appears before Kimu Hyun. Kim Huns friends also arrive At this moment. Upon learning that the rumored tank top Kimu Hun is also home, they're all surprised. Meanwhile, Kim So Hyun is trying to communicate with CopyCloud. Its effect is when copy mode is activated, it can copy nearby people. Once activated, it will automatically copy nearby people. Just as he starts looking for humans to copy, Kim Deun walks in to get tank top Kimsu Hyun's autograph for her friends. CopyCloud instantly finds a target. Kim Deun is Bound and CopyCloud begins copying Kim Deun. And during the

copying process, both the target and the user cannot move. Soon, the copying is complete. Kim Dehun is shocked. She just had a strange feeling. Just as Kim Su Hyun thinks she saw CopyCloud, Kim Dean exclaims, "Is our house haunted?" Her friends all think she hallucinating. What era are we in? Still believing in ghosts and stuff. Just as Kim Su Hun wonders what to do after copying the quest pop-up indicates He can paste Kim Deune. In that case, Kimu Hyun decides to give it a try first. Copy Cloud quickly transforms into Kim Dah Hun. Kimu Hyun

rushes to the door and seeing Kim Deun still chatting with her friends. He's shocked. What on earth is this thing? It even has a realistic texture. Kimu Hyun wonders, can other people see this? If discovered, I'll probably be treated like an alien. The quest pop-up indicates Copy Cloud is in a bad mood. Kimu Hyun, who just got slapped on the left cheek, actually wants to get hit on the right cheek, too. But copy cloud is already automatically returned to the card. So copy cloud is a summoning that can copy and paste people. Kim Su Hyun

doesn't understand where this skill can be used. He was happy to get a diamond card, but now it seems completely useless. Copying Kim Dun just means double the annoyance for him. At this moment, a large face without eyebrows Suddenly approaches Kimsu Hyun and startled, he orders Lie Hyunds quickly, but Li Hyunds Kimsu Hyun that Gangbuk East High has started moving to completely take down Gangbuk West High. Hanj Ha has already sent his subordinates. Leading two teams are East High's number five Park Gian and number 13 Kangpo Huk. Their subordinates are all elites and currently Gangbook

West High has no available talent. If they face Gangbook East High in their current State, there's no chance of winning. After all, Kimu Hyun beat Huang Da Sung before because of luck and he can't get other attack cards in a short time. Kimu Hun racks his brain but can't think of a way to get stronger quickly. At this moment, Guh Hajun asks what he's doing here if not smoking. Kimu Hyun instantly thinks he could have Guajun help him train, but before he can even ask, Guh Jun refuses. Suddenly, Kim Su Hun comes up with a

brilliant idea. He doesn't Press Guhaj Jun any further. Meanwhile, Gangbook East High's number 13, Kangpo Huk, comes to visit number five, Park Jian. He's a weirdo who loves researching the human body. Park Jian has also heard about taking care of Gongbuk West High, and with a personality similar to Han Ha, he sets out immediately. At this moment, Kim Su Hyun is staring at Guha Jun before him. He suddenly throws a jab, hitting Guha Jun in the face. The jab's proficiency Increases. Kim Su Hyun immediately dances with excitement. He thanks Guha Jun for letting him hit

him, or more accurately, the pasted Guuha Jun. Although Kim Su Hyun was desperate after being rejected by Guhaj Jun. He can just copy him directly. Now Guuh Hajun is a human punching bag that can help him continuously improve through repeated strikes. Kimu Hyuns proficiency keeps accumulating. This is the true way to use the diamond card. Kimu Hyan keeps Using all the combat techniques he has and the proficiency of jab, straight punch, and roundhouse kick rises like crazy. Finally, Kimu Hyan hears the notification. His straight punch has successfully upgraded to Dank. After school, three girls walk

out from Gangbug Girls High on the other side. Kang Pio Hyuk says playfully, "Girls High students are really hot. He wants to bring those girls over to cleanse his eyes. A subordinate reminds him that Park Jian seems to have already set out. Kangpo Hyuk is in charge of dealing with Kimu Hyun, and he thinks Kimu Hyun is about the same as Hang Daang, whom he could put in the emergency room. However, Kango Hyuk feels it's a bit of a waste to catch Kimu Hyan right away, so he might as well play around first before leaving.

Kimu Hyun and his two companions also finish school and prepare to go home. At this moment, Lie Hyunds boss's aura is extraordinary. Looking particularly imposing, he asks flatteringly, "You didn't do some special training, did you?" Kimu Hyan says he doesn't know either. He just has an urge to smash utility poles. At this moment, a subordinate reports, "Big trouble." The intelligence operative has received information that people from Gangbook East High have appeared. Students nearby are already being threatened. The subordinate asks if the boss wants to help. Both Kim Su Hyun and Lie Hyund don't want to

take unnecessary risks to help. But when they learn that the people being bullied are students from Gangbug Girls High, which only the city's most beautiful girls attend, the three of them immediately confirm they'll be having their dinner in hell. At this moment, however, Hang Descks him. I'm here to restore my honor today. Li Hun Dong wants to help, but Kim Su Hyun refuses and tells them to go check on the situation at Gangbook Girls High First. Hang Desai Sung says coldly, "You alone probably can't beat me. Last time it was because Guh Hajun suddenly appeared

that I was defeated while off guard. My strength was clearly superior to yours then, but now Kim Su Hun is confident he alone is enough." The three girls from Ganga Girls High are cornered in an alley. Kongo Huk says playfully that as long as they spend 3 hours with them, any amount of money is fine. Looking at the prettiest girl among Them, Kongo Huk feels she could become an idol. Just as Kungu Huk's hand is about to touch the girl, Li Hyund shouts angrily, stopping his action, Kungu Huk wonders, "How did this guy know we're

here?" And Li Hyund only now realizes there are so many people here. Just as the other side is about to make a move, Li Hyund prepares to hold out until the boss arrives, but the other side suddenly stops. Just as Lie Hyund is confused, the other side recognizes the Western Rising Star, Gangbuck West High's number two, the dark lord, Gildu. This rumor exists, of course, thanks to Li Hyund Gild's strength. Under the surprised gazes of the opposition, Gildu, sweating profusely, looks at Li Hyund, but Li Hyund gives Gildu a thumbs up. Gild reluctantly takes two

steps forward with his hands in his pockets, and the opposition fears, does he not even need to use his hands to deal with us? So, The gangbuck East High people plan to exhaust him with their numerical advantage. Just as Gildu is sweating and frowning, Kimu Hune apologizes for being late. Didn't expect that guy to be tougher than I thought. Hang knocked to the ground, is dumbfounded. He didn't expect to lose. He doesn't understand how Kim Su Hyan got so strong in such a short time. The disappointed guild generously gives Kimu Hyan the opportunity to show

off. Kong Pio Hyuk Says disdainfully, "I'm much stronger than Hang Daung." He orders his subordinates to attack together, but Kim Su Huns fists are different from before. After continuous practice of punching and kicking, jab, roundhouse kick, and straight punch have all reached B rank. After reaching B rank, the skill names changed, and below it shows critical hit rate increased. Now, every strike from Kimu Hyun has a chance to critical hit. Under the shocked gazes Of others, the quest pop-up issues a side quest. Defeat Gangbuck East High's number 13, Kangpo Huk, reward one silver card. Kimu

Hyun has no interest in small fries. He tells Kangio Huk to bring Hanj Ha. Kimu Hyun quickly charges forward. The upgraded fists have undergone a qualitative change. A small fry tries to sneak attack from behind and the next second his vision is filled with only a fist. Kung Yuk praises, "You can really fight. Worthy of being tank top Kimsu Yun. He roughly knows what level Kimsu Yun is at about the same strength as Hung." Before coming, Kang Pio Hyuk asked Hong Day some questions. According to Hongde Sung, Kimsu Hyun is a guy with no real

strength who can only rely on sneak attacks. Even so, he reminded Kango Huk never to let his guard down because that's how he was defeated. However, although Hang Sung said this, he understood that Kongo Hyuk couldn't lose no matter how careless he was. In Summary, Kim Su Hyun is weak. But now Kango Huk wants to kill Huang Des. This is what you call weak, this is a monster on another level. Kimu Hyun starts using exceed limits and the charged fist delivers critical damage again. But Kimu Hyun is a bit troubled because he hates using his

fists in front of women. Kim Su Hyan asks with concern, "Are you ladies all right?" The three girls want to leave quickly after thanking him repeatedly because they've heard Kim Su Hun eats the corpses of his defeated opponents. At this moment, one girl asks if she can have Kimu Hyuns number. Kimu Hyun then recognizes her as Kim Dehuns friend. Her friends hurriedly remind the girl that Kim Su Hun is an extremely brutal guy, but the girl, blushing, says she's just very grateful. Just as the sleazy Kimu Hyun is about to give his number, Kang Pio

Huk on the ground tells him, "Laugh while you still can." The dark lord Steps on Kang Pio Huk. Asking what he means, he says coldly, "Gangbook East High's number five, Park Gian is coming soon to take down Guajun." Gujun doing pull-ups tells Park Jiann to leave. He still needs to exercise. Park Jiann says disdainfully, defeated by Kim Su Hyun, what's the point of exercising? After catching you, Kimu Hun is next. Guh Ha Jun defeated by Kim Su Hun is already worthless. Park Jians words come to an abrupt halt. Guh Hajun wonders, "Did Hanja lose his

mind? Sending such trash to catch me." This gives Guuha Jun the perfect excuse to go find Kimu Hune. Meanwhile, the girl Kimu Hyun just helped is reading a philosophy book. Her mother praises her for being such a literary girl. However, 17-year-old Yang Soha from Gangbook Girls High is actually holding a 19 plus violent book. Returning home, Kim Su Hyun is still excited about his two victories and feels that at this rate, he might really Be able to beat Hanji Ha. But those guys all move in groups and Kimu Hyun understands he absolutely can't win alone.

So, he still needs to find some people. Before that, he still needs to complete the recruit crew members quest. Although Kimu Hyun has been using Peak, he hasn't found anyone trustworthy. Suddenly, he comes up with another brilliant idea. Then, Kimu Hyun summons Copic Cloud. Everything else doesn't matter. He tells Copic Cloud not to Transform into this person next time. Kimu Hyan almost slaps it. Better to transform into Guha Jun. Well then, now it's time to begin. Kim Su Hyan invites Copy Cloud to become his crew member. It actually works. Recruit crew members quest complete. Obtain

one gold card as a reward. This skill allows training crew members. Currently, Kimu Hyuns crew members are Guajun Gildo, Li Hyund, and Copic Cloud. The quest pop-up indicates he can now start training crew Members, and only training cards can train crew members. Training cards can be obtained through the newly activated training quests. For now, it's still unknown what the training quests are. Kimu Hyun should first open the card he just got from defeating Kang Pio Huke. This skill is the use from boxing. After testing the effect, Kimu Hyun immediately finds it super fun. At this

moment, the quest pop-up issues another side quest. collect the essence of Boxing you slip and hook reward one gold card. It seems he just needs to get the hook card. Kimu Hyan feels this is heaven telling him to take a gamble. So he wants to use the card master skill to test his luck since he still has some useless cards anyway. Kimu Hyan uses the cardmaster skill and combines four bronze cards resulting in two useless silver cards. At this moment, Kimu Hyan realizes he hasn't tried the decompose function yet and since he has many Silver

cards, maybe he can try decomposing. After that, Kimu Hyun regrets he shouldn't have continued playing like gambling. Also subordinates congratulate Tanktop Kim Su Hyun and Dark Lord Gildu in unison. The next day because the two of them thoroughly showed Gangbok East High the strength of West High. Because they defeated Kang Pio Huk, his territory became Gangbuk West highs. The three high schools Kang Pio Hyuk managed now all belong to Kim Su Hyan. Kim Su Hian asks since his territory was taken. Hanj Ha should come attacking, right? But Lie Hyan Dong says they can relax for

now because he's already contacted Gangbuk South High. Hanj Ha also learns of Park Jian and Kangpo Huk's defeat and the schools Kangpo Huk managed have been taken. So of course Hanja prepares to go right away. At this moment, however, a subordinate brings news that Gangbuk South High has started moving. After Kongi heard that Hanja's people were defeated by Kimu Hyun, he started a war. At this rate, East High might be attacked by both West High and South High simultaneously. Hanj Ha orders number two to go to South High to hold them off. Anyway, that weakling

Kim Su Hyun Hanj Ha can deal with him anytime. So now he needs to deal with that bastard Kang suck first. After learning everything Liong did, Kim Su Hian feels somewhat fortunate. After all, during This time, although he got stronger from quests and training, he's still not sure if he can beat Han Ha. Since they've bought some time, Li Hyund suggests they properly reorganize internally because West High expanded its territory in this battle. But the three schools Kang Pio Huk once managed can't be certain they'll follow Kimu Hyun, so he needs to personally go reorganize

them. At this moment, the quest pop-up also issues a training quest. Reorganize the three Schools reward ultimate training cards and one random attack card. In that case, Kimu Hyun plans to start now first to Seiojun High School. At this moment, however, Yang Soha from Gangbook Girls High appears here. Turns out she has plans with Kim De Hun. Kimu Hyun seems uninterested in her and walks right past. Suddenly, Yang Soha calls out to Kim Su Hyun. She asks Kim Su Hyun why he hasn't replied to her messages. Lie Hyund teases from the side. Boss is a

Heartbreaker, but Kimu Hyan just answers indifferently that he'll reply when he has time and then leaves without looking back. Bake Shay Ryong on the side is dissatisfied. What's with Kimu Hun? The delinquents at Seiojun High School have also heard that they'll be following Gangbook West High from now on. They've heard that tank top Kimu Hyun is super scary, so it's better to obediently become subordinates. But Siojin Hai's boss, Jang Jong Su, scolds them to shut Up. He'll follow Hanj Ha to the end. That Kim Su Hyun, if he comes, I'll kill him. He also threatens

the others, saying, "If they want to die, go find Kim Su Hun." Just at this moment, a panting Kim Su Hun arrives. He's speechless. Are Seojin High people mountain bandits? Why build a base in the mountains? Jong Jong Su's sneak attack punch is neutralized by Kimu Hyuns you slip. Kim Su Hyan stares coldly at him, then starts using the Hook. He feels the hook is quite useful. Previously, after continuously combining and decomposing all the useless cards, Kim Su Hyun finally obtained the hook skill from boxing. After collecting the essence of boxing, he completed the main

quest and obtained a gold card. Jang Jong Su is beaten without any ability to fight back. This is the pendulum shift from boxing. Kim Su Hyuns punching speed and angles have greatly improved. He tells his crew members to wait. Daddy Will bring cards back soon. Jang Jong Su soon collapses to the ground. The others wanted to follow Kimu Hyun from the beginning anyway. Siojin High School reorganization complete. Next is the next school. The other two schools both suffered from Gangbook East High's tyranny. And upon learning Kimu Hyun doesn't collect tribute money, they're all willing to

follow the benevolent ruler. The training quest is thus complete and Kim Su Hyun obtains four Training cards. Now he can start training crew members. However, although he got the cards, Kim Su Hyun doesn't know who to use them on. Training Guha Jun to the highest level, he fears losing control. Giving them all to Lie Hyan Dong feels weird. After thinking, Kimu Hyan decides to give them to Gildu because he's the weakest right now. Kimu Hyan understands that one day he'll be dragged into fights because of him. So, he needs to give him the power to

Protect himself first. So, Kimu Hyan gives all the training cards to Gildu. After using them, Gildu instantly feels a surge of power in his body, and he's completely freed from his urination troubles. Kimu Hyun still has something he's curious about. He asks Lie Hyund kind of person is Gangbuck North High's boss. He didn't even show up at the Gangbuk conference. And both Han Ja and Kong Suk seem to hate him. Kim Su Hian needs some information to prepare. But Lie Hyund says he doesn't have information on North High's boss because he's not an ordinary regional

boss and has an unusual past, but his past hasn't been passed down, only rumors of him being very strong. In fact, the current rumors about Kimu Hyun are also ridiculous and he's too lazy to care about them. Might as well go to class and sleep. But another devious idea appears in Li Hyund's mind. Although the new management areas are stable, the Boss goes into battle himself every time, and in the future, West High's territory will grow larger, so they can't let the boss spend all his energy on internal matters. Li Hyundes need someone who can

stabilize the internal forces. Generally speaking, women are more meticulous, but now everyone looks at Kimu Hyun like trash. Lie Hand Dong suddenly thinks of a suitable person, and that's Bake Chry. If she dates the boss, she'll definitely help manage Internally. That way, they can usher in an era of peace and prosperity. So, Kimu Hyun and Bake Chay Riyong both receive invitations to hang out. He suggests that to build relationships, they all go to Gangbook's pool villa. This, of course, is rejected by Bech Rayong. She won't go to such a place with a bunch of lunatics.

Kimu Hyan condemns Bech Rayong for being too harsh, but he wonders, "What's a pool villa?" Lie Hyund explains it's a great place to take Photos in bikinis and upload to Instagram. He thought Bech Rayong really liked Instagram, so he suggested going there. Kim Su Hyun didn't expect this guy to be pretty clever. Although he deserves to be beaten, Kimu Hyun still tells him not to give up easily. At this moment, a hand grabs Li Dong. Gildu wonders, "Why didn't you discuss this with me first?" After school, Bake Chay Rayong's two friends come to hang out

with her. They heard that Kim Su Hyun's Group reserved a pool villa, so they invite Bake Chay Ryong to go along. It's an influencer hot spot. They also want to increase their follower count and can use those guys. Under the two's persistent persuasion, Bech Ryong still agrees to go. However, buying a bikini will be a bit troublesome for her. Soon, the day arrives, but Gild Du has something he's curious about, and that's why is Guh Ha Jun also here? Kimu Hyun only casually asked. He didn't expect Guh Jun to actually agree. The invited women also

arrive. Kimsu Hyun stares fixedly at a certain place. It's someone's bag. Bake Chay Riyong scolds. Don't think you can see through it. Meanwhile, at the battle zone between Gangbook East High and South High, a subordinate hurriedly comes to report the latest news. He tells boss Kang Suk that Gangbok West High is making a move. Kang Suk thinks Kim Su Hyun is quite smart and asks his subordinate Kimsu Hyun's target is Gangbook East High, right? But the subordinates information is that they seem to just be going out to have fun. Kang Suk feels foolish. If we

attack East High from below, West High should attack from the side. Upon learning Kim Su Hian and his group are going to play at Gangbook's pool villa. Kang Suk wonders, "Isn't that Gangbook North High's territory?" Soon after, Kim Su Hyun's group arrives at the pool villa. Lie Hundong has already handled The check-in procedures. Gildu is embarrassed. Why does Guha Jun keep looking at me? The girls prepare to separate and organize their luggage first, but one more person quietly appears in their group of three. Bake Chry is annoyed. What are you following us for? Lie Honong

reminds the boss to get moving because it's only 2 days and one night, so there's not much time to play. And just as they enter the pool villa, several pairs of eyes silently Watch everything from not far away. They're delinquents from Gangbook North High and the leader plans to deal with these Gangbook West High people themselves. Bake Chay Rayong's friends are happily taking photos and after 30,000 shots, finally one is usable. However, they admire Guha Jun's physique is really good. At this moment, Bake Chay Ryang appears wearing a bikini. The other two wonder, "Why are

you wearing a bikini?" Turns out before coming, they Messaged Bchay Ryang saying they weren't wearing bikinis, but Bech Ryang didn't see the message. She runs back in embarrassment to change and decides never to go out with those girls again. Next, everyone has a great time. Guun goes jogging again right after eating, and the girls don't understand. When you're dead, you're dead. Why still exercise? They'll be checking out tomorrow. And Bech Ryang says it's boring and wants to go home now, but She's actually having the most fun. At this moment, Li Hyund proposes if they're bored,

how about playing a game, and the loser has to shave their eyebrows. Bake Jay Ryong reluctantly agrees to play two rounds. 5 minutes later, she excitedly points out that Kimu Hyan lost, but Kim Suian thinks he didn't lose. The two fall into an argument. Li Hyund silently watches everything from the side. Then his small eyes shifts slightly, and the other two Girls nod in agreement. Lie Hundong says in his view, neither of them won and proposes, "How about playing another game? The game rules are simple. The two go in here together and whoever comes out

first is eliminated and has to shave their eyebrows. If it's an endurance contest, Kim Su Hyun feels it's too easy. But Lie Hyund says they have to hold hands inside and wait until one person gives up. Bake Sherang is immediately dissatisfied. Why do I have To hold hands with this guy? The two girls, it's just a game. There's no feelings involved. Cheryong, if you're shy, just forfeit directly. Kim Su Hyuns hand is firmly grasped and Bake Sher Ryang tells him to get ready to shave his eyebrows. After the two are ready, Lie Hyund closes the

cabinet door. He thinks to himself, "This is all for our gangbuck west high gild outside size. Truly youthful. Su Hyun has really grown up. It's a bit enviable. The Gangbuck North High people who sneaked in ask, "Enious of what?" They recognize Gildu's identity. The legendary dark lord at this moment. The atmosphere between the locked up Kimu Hyan and Bake Chay Rayong is a bit awkward. Kimu Hyan calls out to Bech Rayong because her hands are sweating a lot. Kimu Hyan hesitates to speak because he seems to have seen this kind of scenario before. Just at

this moment, the quest pop-up issues a quest. Kimu Hun is stunned After seeing the quest. Bech Rang wonders why does he suddenly have that expression? The quest issued by the quest pop-up is actually to lose to Bake Chay Rayong and come out of the closet. Although the reward looks pretty good, Kim Su Hyun now feels super happy, but he wonders why is Bake Chay Rayong sweating so much. At this moment, Kim Su Hian notices something's wrong. Bech Rayong looks very uncomfortable, breathing heavily. Under Kim Su Hian's Questioning, Bech Rang finally says she has mild claustrophobia.

In middle school, because of her fierce eyes, she was bullied by others. Once those scumbags locked her in a garbage storage and left since then, Bake Chron hasn't dared to stay in narrow spaces. She didn't expect to be in the cabinet for so long. If she'd known, she wouldn't have played. Kimu Hyan finally realizes that Bake Chay Ryang helped him before because she was reminded of her past Self. Kim Su Hyian tells Bake Chay Ryang he concedes he didn't know she went through that and if she's uncomfortable, she should say so earlier, but Kimu Hyan

is stunned when he finds the cabinet door won't open. Something seems to be blocking the door outside. He shouts loudly, but no one is nearby. Seeing Bake Chery getting more and more distressed, Kimu Hyan starts using the exceed limit skill and smashes open the closet with his fist. He's dissatisfied. This joke isn't funny at all. At this moment, Bake Sher Rang thanks Kim Su Hyun and says she'll help draw eyebrows for him after he shaves them. Actually, Kim Su Hyun didn't entirely break the closet for Bake Sher Ryong because he was starting to get aroused,

so it was a bit difficult for him too. Bake Cheryong doesn't react at first, but after thinking of something, she curses angrily. You crazy guy. Afterward, Bchyongs friends also apologize to Her, saying they really just wanted to joke around, but if there's a next time, Bake Chay Ryong will really kill them. Kim Su Hyun with shaved eyebrows agrees on the side. At this moment, Lie Hyundly reports big trouble. Gild was captured by three punks from Gangbook North High, but Kim Su Hyun calmly says it's fine. The current Gildu is no longer the Gildo of before.

These two punk stats are pretty decent, and the leader Cho Chong Socks strength has even reached a rank. He also needs to go capture Guha Jun, so he doesn't want to waste time with Gildu. Gildu fearfully closes his eyes instinctively. After all, Kimu Hyan used all the training cards on him, and the random ultimate attack skill card reveals the military martial arts system. So, as long as he has confidence, he can become a true guild. Cho Changeng Suk gets knocked sprawling. The others instantly show expressions of shock. Even Gildoo, whose body reacted Automatically, wonders what

just happened. The other two finally realize he's been deliberately hiding his strength. Gild suddenly realizes he's never actually been in a real fight before. He thinks maybe he's actually really strong. From now on, he'll become Gangbuck West High's true dark lord. The punks yell angrily, "Stop showing off." Gild says calmly, "Passing out is something you don't need me to teach you, right? This is the first time he's Felt truly cool." Another punk suddenly throws a surprise punch, but this punch barely faces Gildu. He unleashes system once again. Gildu now truly has the aura of the

dark lord. He smiles. What a successful debut battle. Lie Hyund exclaims excitedly. Gildu took down all those guys by himself. That's incredible. Gildu says calmly that although he doesn't like doing such things, if he didn't, they might have been in danger. Kim Su Hyun had felt Sorry that only he was getting stronger, but now it seems Gildu won't be bullied anymore either. Still, Kim Su Hian wonders when his S-level potential will actually manifest. The two-day trip ends just like that. Kimu Hyan wonders why is it so quiet? He had expected that coming to Gongbuk North

High's territory would lead to a fight with their people. The guys Gild Doo beat apparently weren't major figures anyway. And this is of course because of the long absent Guhajun. He came alone to find Gangbook North High's boss and explained that West High was just here to have fun. So he asked North High not to interfere. And the reason North High's boss didn't take action is he could crush those gangbuck West High ants anytime he wanted. Soon after, Kim Su Hyun returns home. His mom had thought he'd be a loner his whole life, so she's

quite relieved he could actually go on a trip with friends. Kim Su Hyun finds those Words really hurtful. Kim De Hyun viciously mocks his missing eyebrows. Back on his bed, Kimu Hyan opens the silver card he traded his eyebrows for. This time, the skill is called Elder, which increases probability. Kimu Hyian can't tell if this is good or bad. Gild also returns home soon after. His father is shocked to learn he got into a fight, Gildu feels like something has awakened inside him, he wonders what exactly is flowing through his body. Is his father Really

just an ordinary office worker? Seeing the moment has come, his father admits. I'm just an ordinary office worker. That's right. But actually, his words are cut off by a slap. Gildo's mom urges him to come eat dinner quickly. Returning to school, Kim Su Hyun feels utterly embarrassed. At that moment, Bech Rang pulls him away. It turns out Bech Rang is keeping her promise to draw eyebrows for Kimu Hyun, and all of Kimu Hyuns followers shaved off their Eyebrows so he wouldn't be mocked. Then the followers all shed tears of pain. They greet their boss in

unison. Kimu Hunan suggests, "You guys should go draw in some eyebrows, too." Lie Hyunds boss, "It's really time to start now. Gradually expand our territory and then unify gang book." At that moment, the quest pop-up issues a main quest. Unlike before, this quest offers three choices, each with different rewards. Kim Su Hyun begins to think carefully. Strategically Speaking, he needs to examine West High's relationship with the other schools first. East High has the worst relationship with Kimu Hyun because of Hanj Ha, but attacking East High first only rewards one silver card. Attacking South High, with

whom relations are better, would earn a gold card, which isn't bad, but Hanj Ha might take the opportunity to attack from behind. Maximum profit would be attacking the powerful North High, but then West High Might become the target instead. After careful deliberation, Kimu Hyun finally makes his decision. Attacking there first would be a good start for expanding territory. Li Hun Dong says, "If it's that place, we should give up." North High is famously powerful. Every single one of them is a highle monster. The only one we could attack is the boss of Gangbok Poolh Hall,

and even he's a formidable opponent. Hearing this, Kimu Hun understands that attacking North High without strategy would mean everyone's doom. So, Lie Hong wonders, "Boss, will you attack East High or South High first?" Kimu Hyun tells everyone to prepare. They'll begin the attack soon. Soon after, Gangbuk East High catches wind of the news. Gangbuk West High has started making moves. Han Ja knows that West High making moves means war is finally coming. He tells everyone to prepare. Gangbook West High will definitely attack us first. However, after hearing his scouts report, Hanj Ha freezes. Gangbok South

High also receives news that West High has started moving. They also think Kimu Hian will target East High first. They could attack Hanj Ha together or ambush Gangbook West High, which would be left undefended. But Kunguk tells everyone to wait and observe for now since there's no clear information about where West High will attack. Kunguk didn't expect Kimu Hun to start a war this quickly, Considering West High only has three fighters total. Soon, the latest news arrives. Kimu Hyun is attacking Gangbuk North High. Neither Hanj Ha nor Kongak expected this turn of events. At this

moment, Gangbuk West High's people have already arrived at Gangbuk Pool Hall. Kimsu Hyun understands the territory can be expanded any time. But what West High truly needs right now is talent. So, he must recruit the boss here to West High's side. And the biggest reason is That attacking North High will earn him a platinum card. Although Lie Hyund wants to believe in the boss, the ones getting attacked will most likely be them. The pool hall boss appears. It's Chung Yil Chi, ranked number 39 at Gongbuk North High. Kim Su Hyun never expected that Chungl Chi

would be a woman. He invites Chung Yil Chi to join his group. Chong Il Chian freezes for a moment. Li Hyund reminds him, "Boss, that's too direct." The next second, Chong Il Chan kicks fiercely at Kimu Hyan. He thinks he's just a nobody managing the small pool hall. And Kimu Hian must have come here to defeat him. Seeing his boss getting hit, Lie Hun Dong moves to retaliate, but gets knocked to the ground by Chongil Chians punch. He's shocked. How can a woman have this much physical strength? Chongy Chian clarifies, "I'm a man." Next, it's

the Dark Lord's turn to act, but Kimu Hyun speaks up, saying He'll handle this himself. It's his first time being kicked by a woman, and he's actually a bit excited. Chong Yil Chan roars, I'm a damn man. This dodging speed surprises Chongy Chun somewhat. Kimsu Hyun quickly throws a straight punch. Seeing it dodged, Kimu Hyun immediately follows with a roundhouse kick. He and Chungl Chan are evenly matched opponents. Kimsu Hyun didn't expect Chongy Chan could train a woman's body to this level. He's used the peak Skill on many people, and Chong Chan is the most

impressive among them. So, Kimu Hyan wants to make a bet with Chong Ch. If he wins, Chong Chan has to become his crew member. Chong Chan wonders, "Why does this guy keep insisting I join his crew?" Kimu Hyan uses a Ulip to dodge the incoming fist. The reason he's so eager to recruit Chongy Chan is of course because he sees the unlimited potential in him. The quest pop-up issues a side quest recruit Chong Chun Reward one silver card. Since Chung Chong keeps launching surprise attacks, Kimu Hyun takes that as agreement to the bet. Chung Jan

yells angrily, "I don't want to join." But Kimu Hyan understands that when a woman says no, she means yes. Chong Chuns speed is too fast, making him difficult to handle. He's thinking about how to end this fight quickly. Taking advantage of Kimu Hyuns distraction, Chong Chun lands a punch on his face. Kimu Hyun Immediately falls into Chong Chians arm. He's somewhat puzzled. Did I win already? But the next second, Kimu Hyuns hands suddenly exert force. He thinks Chong Chuns laundry detergent scent is quite nice. Taking advantage of Chongy Chuns moment of relaxation, Kimu Hyun uses

exceed limits for a wastist lock. He won't let Chung Chon escape. Attack Gangbook West High quest complete. Reward obtained. One platinum card. Chongy Chan had been Dissatisfied with being ranked only 39, and he wanted to join that plan, too. But the person ranked second at Gangbook North High ordered him to shut up because the plan didn't need weaklings like Chongy Chon. He should be grateful just to be ranked 39. The second ranked person gave Chungl Chian a pool hall closest to Gangbook West High and told him to monitor the forces there. That's where the lower

ranks belong since even trash has its uses. Chung Chon jolts Awake from the dream. He wonders where is this place. Lie Hyund serve as Lord tells him not to get up yet since the acupuncture isn't finished. It was Lie Hyund who brought the unconscious Chung Il Chon to Gangbook West High. Kimu Yun tells him not to worry. He wouldn't casually touch a woman. After clarifying once again that he's not a woman, Chong Chun wants to leave. Kimuyun is about to start his talk no jutsu. The elder card obtained At the pool villa actually increases the

probability of persuading others. After activating the skill, Kimu Hyun says calmly, "I'm only saying this for your own good, a 17-year-old kid. Are you satisfied with just a pool hall? If you become my crew member, before Kimu Hyun can finish, Chong Chan agrees. He wants Kimu Hyun to promise him one thing, completing the quest and earning a silver card." Kimu Hun excitedly hugs him. Lie Hundong is moved to tears to Finally have reliable talent, but Chong Chan reminds him they're in trouble now. Kimu Hun attacked North High and recruited Chongo Chong, which is a huge

deal. The enraged gangbuck North High will definitely attack West High. Chong Chan doesn't have the courage to fight North High's boss. If they don't solve this problem, they can't work together, but Kim Su Hyun tells him not to worry about it. He's already thought of a solution. The pool hall followers were Worried when their boss was taken away, but he actually came back after dealing with West High himself. However, the followers feel their boss seems to talk even less now. This is of course because this Chongiel Chon is copied by CopyCloud and the real Chongiel

Chion at Gangbook West High just needs to act in disguise. He's dissatisfied. What the hell is this? Why do I have to crossdress when I'm a man? But Kimu Hyun can't hold it anymore and needs to go to The bathroom because it's time for the exciting card opening. First, the silver card reveals the pool draw shot technique. This is a completely useless skill. Kimu Hyun can only save it for decomposition later. Next is the platinum card he's most looking forward to, but it reveals a skill called diaper. Kimu Hun wonders, is this meant to be

worn? Maybe it's an attack card. At that moment, the quest pop-up issues another training quest. Kong Suk of Gangbuk South High is working out. He understands that Kimu Hyun attacking North High means Gangbuck West High is doomed. That guy absolutely won't let this slide. The scout reports, big trouble. Our territory is under attack. Kangi thought it was Hanj Ha making the move, but the follower says it's Gangbuk West High's people. They were supposed to attack North High, but North High suffered no damage. West High's people have now reached Gangbuk tunnel. If they Don't hurry to

support, South High's territory will be taken. The quest pop-up issues. Investigate Gangbok. South High's business. Rewards. Two mid-grade strength training cards, two speed cards, one high-grade endurance training card, one mid-grade random attack card. Kimu Hyan decides to take down South High. So, he brings Gildu and Chung Chiang to attack Gangbook. South High. South's people mock. A woman can actually go to battle. Chung Chan roars, I'm a damn man. Another south high guy tries to sneak attack and Chung Chan leaps up in response, but the next second his hair gets grabbed by another person just as

the opponent is about to throw a punch. Chongy Chun kicks both of them down first. It was clearly Kim Su Hyun who said they charge in. So Chung Chan tells him to stop just watching and help out. Kim Su Hyun is taking notes. Chong Tion has great speed, but strength and endurance are relatively weak. He Fights recklessly without technique, which is dangerous. So Kimu Hyun plans to give him any attack training cards first. After all, with Chung Ilchian's S potential, as long as he gets an attack card, no matter how low his stats are, he

should reach Gildo's current level. Kim Su Hyun still needs to complete the training quest, but he doesn't know where to start investigating Gangbuk South's business. At that moment, Kim Su Hyun notices something unusual about the Fleeing South High people. Having cleared out the tunnel, Chong Chion wonders where did Kimu Hyong go. Bang Juny, ranked 18 at Gangbuk South High, arrives for support. Chong Chong can tell he's stronger. Having cleared the other side, Gildu fighting can actually be this mundane. The next second, Bang Jun Ji, ranked 17 at Gangbook South High, comes to add salt to

his wounds. Bang Junji recognizes him as Gangbook West High's Dark Lord Gild. Perfect. Bang Juni has been wanting to fight him. Before starting, Bangjuni says bluntly, "You're really ugly." Gild Du says coldly, "This is an average-looking face." Having knocked out the fleeing South High delinquents, Kimu Hian wonders what's in the bag they were secretly protecting, Wang Dong Wu, ranked 10 at Gangbook South High, questions, "You bastard. How dare you go through someone else's bag?" He recognizes the person before him as the Legendary tank top Kimu Hun. Doesn't look like much. Caught off guard by the

sneak attack, Kimu Hun doesn't even use his skills. He needs to restore his stamina before fighting. But against someone of this size, even exceed limits won't help him break free. Wong Dong Wu unleashes his signature move. Wong Dong Wu combo punch. On the other side, Kang Sek isn't worried about Wong Dong Wu and the twins. He's only worried about South High's business in that bag. The moment That gets stolen, things will become very troublesome. At that moment, the latest news comes from the tunnel. The South High reinforcements say they won easily. The three scoff such

weaklings dared to intrude here. When Dong Wu tells Bangjun to guard the bag, if Kang Suck gets angry, they're dead. After all, they almost let the important business get stolen. Hearing this, Kimu Hyun finally knows the bag contains this operation's objective. He wouldn't bring Just two people here without preparation. Kimu Hyun asks the three opponents, "Do you believe in miracles?" The diaper skill from the platinum card restores stamina to crew members unable to fight and raises all their stats by three levels for 1 minute. However, it can only be used once a month. It's called

diaper because in Korean, diaper and miracle sound similar. Gildo and Chung Chion instantly feel their stamina restored and all three of their stats Rise by three levels. Soon after, arriving at the tunnel, Kong sees only devastation. The business the three were protecting has been stolen by Kim Su Hun. Furious, Kong goes to contact Han Ha, he wants to join forces with Gangbook East High to eliminate Kimu Hyun. The three from Kim Su Hyians group are curious about what Gangbok South High's business is. It turns out to be just some questionable patches. Kimu Hyun wonders, "Is

Kong feeling Unwell?" Suddenly, Kimu Hyun figures out how to make money with these patches. This utterly despicable bastard must be forcing them on elderly people on buses, threatening not to let them off if they don't buy. Gild speaks up to explain these patches are actually fentinel, an addictive painkiller. Depending on how it's used, it can destroy people. It's a painkiller that absolutely shouldn't be misused. Kangi gets it from doctors and sells it to students for profit. Gildu Also finds it strange how his mom knows this. He heard it from her. Kimu Hyun finally understands why

people say don't trust people with small eyes. That Kong Suk is a real villain. After learning about Gong Book South's business, the training quest is finally complete. Kimu Hyun obtains six training cards. Han Ha playing games at a PC cafe receives a call from Kong Suk. Hearing his mocking tone, Konguk understands he already knows. Kunga proposes. South High will Attack Kimsu Hyun from the south. So, East High attack from the side. But for Han Ja to attack Himsu Hyun together, he wants Kong to transfer some of South High's territory to East High. Unexpectedly, Kong Suk

actually agrees, but if they fail, he'll kill Hanj Ha. Then, Kong Sak asks Hanj Ha when they should plan the operation. And with Hanja's personality, of course, it's right now. After a tiring day, Kim Su Hyun walks home deep in thought. He's Somewhat hesitant. Who should he use these training cards on? Just use them all on himself. But Kim Suan already has many strong cards. In War Games, he should be developing every character. So, Kimu Hun is very conflicted. At that moment, his phone rings. A follower reports, big trouble. Gangbook East High is attacking. Heard

that Han Ha made some deal with South High's Kangse. The followers can barely hold off their advanced team. Kim Suian rushes toward The battle zone and the first to run over is Lie Hyundan four at Gangbuck West High. He doesn't know what to do anymore. All the other school bosses under Gangbuck West High have fallen, leaving only Li Hyund to defend West High with a determination to die. But he's utterly powerless to resist their attacks. Lie Hyund realizes it's not that they're strong, it's that he's just too weak. Huang Deong scoffs, "Even those small fries

lying on the ground Are stronger than you, a ranked four. You're just a waste riding Kimu Hyun's coattails. Being a bit clever doesn't help in fights." Lie Hyund understands too that he keeps saying he'll help the boss, but always becomes a burden instead. The ranked two dark lord Gildu, ranked three Guha Jun, and the new ranked five Chung Yian all do well. Only he is this pathetic. Lie Dong sheds tears of frustration, mediocre him, worthless trash wherever he goes. Can Only end up as everyone's burden. Parkian takes Liy Dong's phone and calls Kim Su Hyian.

He taunts. After this, it'll be our East High's territory. Park wants to take Lie Hyunds legs as a trophy. The anxious Kimsu Hyan is rushing at full speed toward the battle zone, but the quest pop-up suddenly alerts. Crew member Lie Hyunds conviction is full. Li Hyunds potential begins to skyrocket. Li Hyund's potential has reached maximum value. Li Hundong's potential has awakened. His stat panel's potential column changes to awaken state. Due to potential awakening, the quest pop-up specially restores Lie Hyund stamina and grants a Lihon Dong exclusive attack card. Tool mastery effect can easily master all

tools and strength level rises according to different tools. Li Hundong first uses a wooden stick. Hang didn't expect to feel pain from a wooden stick. And why can someone who is nearly dead still Stand up? Lie Hyund has never given up on getting stronger. Although his talent is insignificant, although he's still far behind others, he doesn't want to be a burden to the boss. Lie Hyund is sorry for being sorry. From now on, he's eyebrows. Lie Hyundan four at Gangbuck West High. Park Jian scoffs. You think you alone can beat us? What a disgusting guy.

Guh Ha Jun, ranked three at Gangbuck West High, actually thinks Lie Hyund looks pretty cool. Park Jian Instantly breaks into a cold sweat. Guh Jun rushed over and forgot to bring a lighter. He orders East High's people to call Hanja over to light his cigarette. Li Hun Dong with the wooden stick faces off against Huang Des, but Hang Des called the endurance king has A+ grade endurance. As long as the stick doesn't hit his head, he won't lose. Li Hyund, who hasn't fully developed yet, still struggles against him. But there's more than just wooden sticks

on the ground. At this moment, Kimu Hyun is sprinting frantically. He understands that although Lie Hyund's ability awakened, his potential is too low. So, he won't become very strong. This level of ability can't beat Hong Daisong at all. At that moment, the quest pop-up alerts. Crew member stats have changed. Lie Hyunds suddenly rise to A+ grade, and this is because he chose a new weapon, so his stats change accordingly. Lie Hundong's game is about to begin. He Wildly swings the iron exhaust pipe in his hands. Using weapons is a cowardly move. Li Hyund knows this

too, but he just doesn't want to be the only pathetic one. So even if it's cowardly, he doesn't care. Having finished off Hang Des, Li Hyundra, but there are still two people left. He wants to help Guha Jun, but Li Hyund suddenly realizes something. Guh Hajun is someone who doesn't need his worry. Park Jian thought last time it was because Guhun Ambushed him. That's why he got knocked down with one punch. Today's him is completely different. He roars, "I'm Park Jion." Guhajun seems indifferent to Park Jian's attacks. His feeling differs from Park Jiann's because he

can't tell what's different about Park Jiann from before. Park Jians body makes a crisp sound. Guh Hajuns heavy punches continue pounding into him. Just as the battle is about to end, a swift figure flying kicks toward Guhajun. Hanja arrives with East's people to take down the powerful Guhun. Hanji Ha brought his recently carefully cultivated strike team. Guhajun coldly orders him to light his cigarette. Hanja sneers, "You're almost dead and still trying to look cool." He orders the strike team to kill Guhun. These strike team members aren't easy to deal with. They're all skilled stalkers, people

Hanja cultivated specifically to take down bosses from various schools. However, Guh Jun doesn't see how impressive these so-called stalkers are. Actually, it's because he's too strong. Hanja worked hard to find people of this caliber. The follower keeps reporting the battle situation to Kim Su Hyun. He's been running for so long, but the battlefield is still far away. Kim Su Hyun worries that at this rate, it might be over before he arrives. Fortunately, Guh Ha Jun is there, but the strike team seems strong, too. Suddenly, Kimu Hyun Thinks of a good solution. Hanja is satisfied with

the strike team's results because he never expected them to beat Guha Jun anyway. Making Gangbuck West High's Guh Jun feel tired already achieves the goal. Hanja proposes he come to East High, train the strike team together, and take down Gangbuk North High. He can have whatever he wants. But Guh Jun just coldly spits out one word at him, light. Hanji Ha immediately laughs. He orders the strike team to Keep fighting. Even if they all fall, as long as they drain Guuhajuns stamina, it's a win. And the way Kim Su Hyun can help Guhajun from afar

is with the training cards from this quest. Kimu Hyun uses all these cards on Guajun. He's somewhat curious. What attack technique will Guhun get? And this mid-grade random attack card reveals the Ki fighting method from martial arts. Guh Hajjun instinctively begins using the Ki fighting method. Hanj Ha freezes Instantly, the strongest close combat fighting technique created for actual combat by Spanish special forces members who knew many martial arts skills. A practical fighting method that doesn't rely on weapons where the entire body can be used as a weapon because humans are inherently weapons. Guhajun scoffs. A

strike team that can't even handle me wants to take down our school's boss. What are you going to do? Kim Su Hyun is even stronger than me. Watching Guhajun Stats remain unchanged. Kim Su Hyun is somewhat puzzled. He clearly gave all the training cards from this quest to Guhajun. From this, Kimu Hun deduces that upgrading trip S level abilities requires more cards. He hopes Guhajun can hold on a bit longer because Kimu Hun is about to arrive for support. Guhun also feels somewhat strange. He originally didn't know this fighting technique, but now he's using it

as naturally as boxing, which he studied For a long time. But none of that matters. Guhajun just needs to win. He kindly reminds them, "You should fight people at your level if you don't want to die." But the next second, a foot appears at Guuha Jun's temple. Hanja exclaims excitedly. This is what kicking feels like, but competitions forbid kicking, which is why he was forced to quit professional competitions. Hit by a sneak attack to the temple, Guh Juns head spins with dizziness. Hanja appears as double images in his eyes. The ki fighting method works well

in actual combat, so Guha Jun must close the distance with Han Ha, but Hanja's legs are longer. Fighting isn't just about strength and endurance. Coordination and balance are equally important. Just like how a bull, no matter how much it charges, can't beat a matador. Just as Hanji Ha is about to finish off Guuh Hajjun. Gua Jun grabs his foot. In the instant Hanj Ha is Stunned. Guajun's fist is already at his chin. Hanja didn't expect that Guajun could still attack his chin in that condition. But that was also Guajun's last struggle. Gujun admits he lost.

He won't make excuses for himself. So from here on, Guhajun leaves it to him. Gangbook West High's boss Kimu Hyan finally arrives. But Hanja doesn't take Kimu Hyan seriously. Kimu Hyan carefully considers the current battle situation. Hanja just took a heavy hit. If Kimu Hyan uses all his cards, there might be a chance. After all, he's very different from back then. However, at this moment, Hanja leisurely lights up a cigarette because Gangbook East High's main forces have arrived. On a real battlefield, Hanja won't fight Kimsu Hyun one-on-one. He mocks Kimu Hyun, charging around wildly without

any strategy. You might as well go home and farm, and you dream of unifying Gangbook. Lie Hyund also reminds the boss, "We seem to be Doomed." South High's Kang Suk is bringing his army this way to get revenge on West High. Hanja says coldly, "You'll never know when you'll be ambushed or when enemies will become allies. You barged into this domain knowing nothing." The reason Hanja is being so friendly now is because West High will be eliminated here today. Then to prevent them from interfering again, Hanj Ha will break their arms or legs. Kim Su

Hyun proposes, "Let's make a Deal. As long as Hanja lets West High's people leave, Kimu Hyun will give him South's goods. If used well, it can deal a major blow to South High. And with East High's forces, attacking West High is possible anytime." This is also what Hanja just said. "You'll never know when you'll be ambushed or when enemies will become allies." Ana sneers, "Why don't I just snatch South High's goods from your stupid hands?" Kimu Hyun tells him to try it if you don't mind them being Burned to ashes. Hanja laughs, "You kid, you're

actually pretty smart. Now hurry up and drop the bag and get lost." Soon, Kangi receives a call from Hanj Ha. He says mockingly. I don't want to fight Kim Su Hyun anymore because that kid gave me all your goods. My good friend Kang Suk is actually selling this stuff. Who knew you were even more ruthless than me? With a ferocious expression, Kang Suk asks where Hanj Ha is now. Returning to West High, Kimu Hyion Apologizes to everyone. Hanja was right. He took this domain too lightly. Fortunately, everyone is okay and the territory wasn't taken. Just

engrave this humiliation into your bones. Gil Du realizes we must have a strategist from now on, but everyone around Kimu Hyan is an idiot. Only Li Hyund is somewhat clever. At that moment, Li Hyund says he knows a strategist. Using Romance of the Three Kingdoms as a metaphor, that person is like Zhu Gilang, whether in Strategy or internal management, he's a rare talent. He's the younger brother of Jang Seung Huk, ranked two in the Imperial Dog Alliance, the organization that once ruled Gangbuk, although many organizations have reached out to him. He's like a lone wolf

and hasn't joined any organization. So now there's a rumor, gain him alone and you can gain the world. At that moment, the quest pop-up issues a training quest. Recruit someone as a crew member. rewards, two High-grade strength training cards, two speed cards, and one high-grade random attack card. Kimu Hyun immediately asks, "Where is that person now?" Although Lie Hyund knows knows where he lives, recruitment should be very difficult. After all, both East High and South High failed before. That person said he doesn't want to use his talents for war. So even if West High goes,

it probably won't change anything. But even Chungl Chiian was recruited. Impossible isn't In West High's dictionary. In that case, Li Hyund has no choice. So everyone goes together to meet Gangbooks, Juang, Jeng Xi Huk. But the gatekeeper says the teacher is playing ranked games and will take a nap after. So he tells Kim Su Hyun and the others to go back. Gildu asks quietly, "Don't you know the legendary tank top Kimsu Hyun?" Kim Su Hyun politely says, "We came at the wrong time. Please tell the teacher I came by." He tells Gild there's a saying

About three visits to the Thatch cottage. Meaning to recruit talent, you must visit three times. Dub also visited Jugyang three times. So Kimu Hyun must also come three times before he can meet Jang Ji Huk. But Li Hunong says this guy is Gang booksyang. Kim Su Hyan curses under his breath then uses peak. The result shows this guy named Jang Ji Huk probably couldn't even beat an ant. He doesn't want to get involved in any fights. So he tells Kim Su Hyun and the Others to go back. But Jang Ji Huk suddenly sees Chongy Chun

with his hair down. He suddenly feels this might be fate. Jang Ji Huk suddenly permits tank top Kimu Hyun come in and state your purpose. The lady can come in too. Kimu Hyan feels that guy looks like a lunatic. After understanding Kimu Huns recent conflicts with South High and East High, Jang Ji Huk says things will work themselves out to Kong Suk. His goods are like his life. Therefore, to get the goods back, he'll definitely go after East High first. But the war between these two won't last long. Eventually, Kangak will propose a ceasefire to

Hanja, then get the goods back by offering money or territory, and East High and South High to expand their territories, will attack West High again. With West High's current manpower, facing both East High and South High simultaneously, they'll definitely be doomed. But Jangji Huk has A way to both block enemy attacks and expand territory. They just need to borrow external forces. They're still gangbook North High to utilize. They should propose to North High to stop Hanj Ha's invasion. To get North High's help, they need to agree in advance to share enemy territory with North High

if they take it. Although North High isn't interested in lower level territories, they'll definitely want to expand their domain, so they absolutely can't refuse This proposal. Kim Su Hun feels that Jang Ji Huk seems to be speaking casually, but strangely convinces him. Now, Jang Ji Huk begins deploying strategy. First, clarify Gangbuk West High's path to survival as long as they position Gua Jun and North High's allied forces in front of East High. Han J Ha won't attack easily. Then, the remaining people attack South High's King Suck. With Guha Jun and North High blocking East High's

attacks, they can attack Kang Suk without worry. They must first take down South High's forces before proceeding to the next step. Next comes the war between West High. Having absorbed South High and East High and North High, everyone present is impressed by such an ugly-looking person for the first time. Soon after, Guhun, ranked three at Gangbook West High, arrives at the West High and East High battle zone. Gangbok North High's people also arrive quickly. They are North High's ranked 49 and 50. The two already understand West High's purpose. They tell Guha Jun to know his

place. North High, who came to help, is the boss. You West High people, just stay down. Before they finish speaking, Guh Jun instantly throws a punch. Of course, the hierarchy needs to be clear. He tells North High's people to speak properly. Choi Kang, ranked 28 at Gangbook North High, tells North High's people to save their energy to fight East High. He exchanges Pleasantries with Guha Jun. Gangbook North High's boss doesn't care about matters below, and Cho Kang has nothing to do. Taking this opportunity to improve his record, he might even raise his ranking at North

High. Anyway, both sides follow the agreement and together stop Gangbook East High. After that, Kimu Hyan receives a call from Guha Jun. Learning that North High is willing to act together, he's amazed. How did Jong Ji Huk negotiate this? Having a Strategist really makes a difference. Guh Jun is about to hang up and Kim Su Hyun hurriedly thanks him for helping defend West High this time. I should have said this to Guha Jun earlier, but I missed the timing and delayed until now. But Guh Ha Jun tells Kimu Hyun not to misunderstand. I just don't

like Hanj Ha. Kimu Hyun verbally apologizes for overstepping while thinking, "Yeah, right." After hanging up, Kimu Hun realizes he's ridiculously weak right Now. He gave all the training cards to crew members before, so everyone got stronger except him, who stayed the same. Kimu Hun wants to use the high-grade training cards from this quest on himself, but fears that if he gets stronger, quest difficulty will increase accordingly to execute Jang Xi Huk's Gangbook trifecta plan. It would be easier if Kimu Hyun got stronger. Originally, he'd level up using CopyCloud, but he's currently Chong Ilchin, so he's

busy. So now, Kimu Hyun can only get stronger through quests, but he's already dealt with all the small-time punks around here, and quests haven't appeared recently. Kimu Hyun's information has leaked out, so doing quests at East High or South High would be dangerous. He needs a method to both hide his identity and get stronger. A flash of inspiration hits Kim Su Hyun as he boards a bus, heading somewhere. Soon after, Gangbuk North High's people stare Ahead with confused looks because an idiot wearing a hood has appeared before them. Kim Su Hyun plans to operate in

North High's territory for now since there's not much information about him here, and North High's territory is larger than the other three combined, so there will be more quests available. Sure enough, at that moment, the quest pop-up issues a main quest. Explore the gang book, North High Territory. Reward, one diamond card. The first step is to Verify North High's territorial forces. Kim Su Hyan uses a US slip to dodge the incoming fist. Seeing he has some skill, the opponent asks his name. Kim Su Hian says his name is Kim paper bag and this places a

super leveling zone that will make him stronger. First, Kimu Hyan uses the US slip from boxing to dodge the opponent's punches, but there are simply too many enemies. Kimu Hyun doesn't understand why they're so strong. He finally realizes that the ones he Encountered at the pool villa before were just small-time thugs. This is the true average level of Gangbook North High. Just as they're about to finish off Kimu Hyun, they remember their boss said to be lenient with the weak, so they hold back. At this moment, Kim Su Hun's master please skill has accumulated five

hits. He understands that with such high level rewards from the quest pop-up, this difficulty level makes sense. This way, Kimu Hyun gets That rush of becoming stronger. His speed increases to C rank. After using restore stamina, he charges toward the north high students. Moments later, Kim Su Hyun answers Gild's call, breathing heavily. Gildu asks in confusion, "Why do you sound so weak?" Kim Su Hyan explains, "It's because he's currently training in Gongbuk. Everything is still going according to strategist Jang Ji Huks plan." Hanji Ha extorted a large sum from Kong using the goods, but Kong

won't let this slide easily. Therefore, Kim Su Hyun wants to use this time to train hard and get stronger. On the other end, Gildu asks Kim Su Hyune if they can really trust Yong Ji Hook like this. Gild worries that if Jang Ji Huk has other intentions, Gangbook West High will be in trouble. Actually, Kim Su Hun doesn't completely trust Jung Ji Huk either. But West High, which has been recklessly charging around lately, really does need a skilled strategist. Even if Jang Ji Huk has ulterior motives, Kimu Hyun has a solution. Become strong enough to

handle the risk. The main quest updates to step two, make the name Kim paper bag famous. It looks like Kim Su Hyun plans to clock in at Gangbook right after school for a while. He must work hard to get stronger. Soon after, the rank 20 fighter at Gangbuk North High receives news. His underlings report that a group of their guys was defeated by some unknown person. Apparently, it's a lunatic wearing a paper bag on his head called Kim paper bag. The rank 20 fighter says grimly, after a quiet period, all kinds of things happen. Back

at West High, in order to get Bake Chry to draw his eyebrows, Kim Su Hyun actually shaves them off again on his own and annoyed Bake Chay Ryong says she'll never draw them for him again. Kim Su Hian complains unhappily, but you're the one who promised to draw my eyebrows for Life. A passing student exclaims in surprise, "Did Bake Chyong propose?" The next second, Kim Su Hyun gets slapped in the face for running his mouth. At this moment, the quest pop-up alerts him. Main quest updated. The name Kim paper bag has become famous through Kimu

Hyun's constant fighting these past few days. The next quest is to get close to Yang Ha. Kimu Hyun wonders in confusion, "Wasn't this a North High exploration quest? Why is it suddenly asking me to Get close to Yang Soha out of nowhere? Now, the name Kim Su Hyun has become notorious in the area." He feels a bit sorry about getting close to someone for a quest. However, getting close to Yang So Ha is also challenging for Kim So Hyun because as a straight guy, his previous conversation with Yang Soha was extremely awkward. Bch Ryans friends

ask if she likes likes Kim Su Hyun because they heard rumors that Bech Rang and Kimu Hyun got engaged. Be Chay Ryong hastily says that's all nonsense, though. That Kim Su Hyun kid does look pretty funny when he's being dumb and hitting him all the time is also quite entertaining. At this moment, Bech Ryong sees downstairs that Kimu Hyun is on a date with another girl. She calls out to Kimu Hyun, but he doesn't hear her. Beh recognizes Yang Soha as a girl she's seen before. She's displeased with his pathetic look. Kim Su Hyun still

dares to go out alone with a girl. Yang Soha, Noticing Bake Changs presence, wonders, are those two dating. Kimu Hyun completely oblivious to Bech Rang just feels awkward right now. He doesn't know what counts as getting close. Kimu Hyun asks Yang Soha, "Where do you like to hang out?" Kim Dehyuns mom asks if Kim Deun has dated before. She reminds her daughter that she needs to meet more men to be able to tell the jerks apart. Mom asks Kim Deune again, "Has Yang Soha not dated either?" Kim De Hun says she's Really a pervert. Ever

since high school, Yang Soha has been extremely curious about that sort of thing. Hearing this, mom feels she'll probably start dating soon because someone like Yong Soha has a strong competitive spirit. Once she sets her sights on someone, she'll charge forward regardless of consequences. Kimu Hyun feels a bit uneasy about being brought to Yong Soha's home. Yang Soha asks in confusion, "What's the problem? Weren't You the one who said you wanted to get close to me?" Entering Yang Soha's home, Kimu Hyun marvels at how nicely decorated it is. Even the TV playing a nature documentary

is huge. But Yang Soha doesn't come out, and he's getting a bit bored. After all, he still has a quest to complete. He calls out, "Yanga, did you fall asleep?" Yang Ha's face is flushed red, feeling like she's truly gone crazy. How could she bring a boy home, especially Kim Su Hyun, seeing she Doesn't want to come out, Kimu Hian figures they might as well just talk like this, he first asks what Yang Soha's hobbies are, then what food she likes to eat, but the quest pop-up shows no response. Yang Soha has been quiet since

childhood, timid, only following behind the Kim siblings. Her only friend was Kim Deun. Kim Su Hyun barely ever spoke to her. Yang Soha suddenly asks Kimu Hyun, "Do you remember what happened in elementary school?" Kimu Hyun, with no memory of it, is curious, "What happened in elementary school?" Yong Soa says, "It was when you walked me home." That day, Yong Yong Soha had to obey her mom and go home before dark. The Kim siblings, who had just parted ways with her, heard screaming. Soon after, police cars arrived at the scene. It turned out Yang Soha

had encountered a creepy stranger on her way home. Fortunately, neighbors heard the commotion and came out to check, Preventing anything serious from happening. This kind of thing happened often in the area. No one knew what might happen next time. One day, Yong Soha's parents couldn't take her home due to an emergency meeting. Yang Soha stood helplessly at the street corner that haunted her. At that moment, Kim Su Hyun passing by told her to get on his bike. He warned Yang Ha to be prepared. That he's the type who only knows how to charge forward. Before

reaching their Destination, he wouldn't stop even if Yang Soha cried. Whether to ride or not was up to Yang Soha to decide because of Kim Su Hyun. Yang Soha forgot how long that alley was. Her heart was beating too fast then, so she couldn't remember anything. Kimu Hyun probably forgot about such a small thing. Later, Yang Soha's parents moved with her, so she basically had no contact with Kimu Hyun after that. Yang Soha didn't expect this topic would make him fall asleep. She Gazes at Kim Su Hun for a moment, then reaches her hand toward

his jacket. It's better that Kim Su Hyun doesn't remember because this way Yang Ha finds it more interesting. She slowly leans her head down toward Kim Su Hyun. The quest pop-up soon alerts him. Quest to get close to Kyonga completed. Waking up, Kimu Hyun can't help but feel something as strange. Not only is the quest complete, but Yang So Ha isn't home, and she's not even replying to texts. Kimu Hyun thinks he made her angry by falling asleep. After completing just one more quest, he'll get a diamond card. The main quest is titled Take Over

the Gangbook Hotel. A hotel is a place only adults can enter. Kim Su Hyun realizes this means fighting thugs and the quest pop-up thoughtfully shows him the way. Soon after, Kim paper bag storms into the gangbuck hotel. The north high guys didn't expect him to be so bold as to come in alone. Kim Su Hyun thanks them For the compliment, but honestly, he didn't expect there to be so many people here either. A deep voice calls Kimsu Hyun a strategic guy because Nze said, "Honest people make others let their guard down." The ranked 20 fighter

from Gangbook North High asks Kim paper bag what he knows about Nichze. Kim Su Hyun doesn't know anything about Nze, only that he needs to take over this place. The opponent says coldly, "There's only a fine line between bravery and Recklessness. That's also niche. He tells Kim paper bag to go back. He can let bygones be bygones. But the wrath of Yang Chian Se ranked 20% of Gangbook north high isn't something a character like Kim paper bag can handle. Kim Su Hian is shocked. What's going on? The gap between my stats and this guys is

way too big. Yang Chian Seiel's stats are similar to Guha Jun's. Kim Su Hyun has no chance of winning and the real difficulty is something else. There are Simply too many people in this hotel. The instimu gets distracted, everyone in the hotel charges at him. Moments later, Yang Chan Seol is quite surprised. Not just by his courage to storm in here alone, or his fearless attitude when facing them, but most surprising is his ability to go down in 3 seconds. The underlings scoff. Where does this Kim Paper Bag get his confidence, making us get our

hopes up over this weakling? Yang Chi Seo tells them not to belittle Kim Paper Bag's courage. A man who fights knowing he'll lose deserves respect. Yang Chian can tell Kim Paper Bag has learned boxing, but has no experience facing this many people at once, and that's exactly why he lost. Fighting is all about results. No one cares about the process. Yang Chian Soul is about to remove Kim Paperbag's hood. He's very curious about who dares to challenge Gangbook north high. Suddenly, Yang Xian Sale's calf is grabbed. Kim Su Hyun starts using the exceed limit skill,

then uses the rise skill to lift Yang Jan Sale high into the air. From the start, Kimu Huns strategy was to take over this hotel. He's not crazy enough to take on all of North High. He just needs to take over the hotel and complete the quest. The underlings are completely caught off guard, but Kimu Hyun is somewhat confused. He's already taken down Yong Chan, so why isn't the quest complete? At this moment, a cold Voice sounds. Yong Jan Seiel says grimly, "Nez said that extinguished fires can reignite." Kim Su Hun can't believe it. How

can he be fine after falling from that height? The underlings mock this ignorant fool. Our boss used to be a judo athlete. Kimu Hun is stunned for a moment. Actually, Yang Xan Seiel did take some damage. He acknowledges Kim Paper Bag's strength. Kim Su Hian throws a fierce straight punch at him. Yang Xan Seiel wonders Where did that strange strength that lifted me up go. Of course, it's because Kimu Hyuns exceed limit skill has ended. Seeing Yang Xan Seiel's hand rapidly approaching, Kimu Hyun instantly uses the Ulip. He understands the opponent is a former judo

athlete. If he gets caught, it's over, so he must keep his distance. Kimu Hyun starts using the rise skill, then executes a roundhouse kick aimed at Yang Chan Seo's chin. The strike lands precisely, but Yang Chong Seems completely unfazed. Though the roundhouse kick was flashy, it doesn't seem to have done much damage. Yang Chan Seiel ends the fight with a shoulder throw. He said it before, his wrath isn't something Kim Paperbag can handle. Just then, Kimu Hyun uses restore stamina. After recruiting Jong Ji Huk, he received five training cards. Unlike mid-tier cards, high tier cards

can raise abilities by two ranks when used. Worried that quest difficulty would Increase as he got stronger, Kimu Hyun had prepared to use cards when in dire straits. Kimu Hyuns speed and strength both rise by four ranks. Yang Chan Seiel is shocked. What kind of technique is that? This is his first time seeing this kind of fighting technique. Kim Su Hyun's high tier random attack card reveals ancient flow martial arts Teune, a traditional martial art from ancient Korea. Kimu Hyun quickly begins using ancient flow Martial arts Tyun. This is the first time in Yang Chong

Seo's life encountering this fighting technique. He plans to defend like he would against Taekwondo, hold out, then counterattack. However, Kim Su Hyun uses the hand techniques from ancient flow martial arts Tjun. He targets the nose through a gap in the defense. Next comes the collarbone strike from ancient flow martial arts Tayun. Finally, the descending from heaven technique from Ancient flow martial arts Tjun. Yang Chian completely goes down. Having completed the main quest, Kimu Hyan receives a diamond card. Yang Chian is actually Yang Soha's brother. When he saw his sister get hurt as a child, he

vowed to become strong and protect her. So, Yang Chian learned judo. After becoming strong, more people gathered around him. Yang Chian Se kept his underlings from bullying good kids, but bad kids were fair game. Upon learning His sister was being bothered by people from another school, Yang Chan Seiel rushed home to check on her. Fortunately, his sister was saved by tank top Kimsu Hyun. Yang Chan Seiel had planned not to lose to anyone before meeting tank top Kimu Hyun. Back home, Kimu Hyun ponders, "If Yang Chaniel at ranked 20 of North High, is this strong,

just how strong are those ranked above 20?" Though Kimu Hyun won by ambush, fighting is about results anyway. Kimu Hyuns newly learned ancient flow martial arts, Teigun, is a fighting technique with varied moves that few people know. Next, it's time to open the diamond card he got from defeating Yang Chan Seol. This skill is called Card Festival. In confusion, Kim Su Hyun activates Card Festival. The next day, strategist Jang Ji Huk announces it's time for war. Guh Hajun is currently holding back East High, so now is a good opportunity to attack South High and Expand

their territory. Kimu Hyun asks what the strategy for attacking South High is. Jang Ji Huk presents routes A and B as the fastest path to South High. If they attack only zone A or B, enemy reinforcements will concentrate. So, Jang Ji Huk decides West High will attack both A and B simultaneously. This way, there won't be any reinforcements. Kim Su Hyun remarks, "Apart from that smile, the strategy is perfect. With the strategy deployed, it's time to move." Eyebrows Li Hyun Dong leads support forces from other schools to defend West High against sneak attacks. Dark Lord

Gild leads the first year team to attack zone A. Kimu Hyun and Chung Ilchian attack zone B together. The two of them enter the building in zone B. Taking this place means taking zone B. Chung Chian can't help but wonder who they'll be fighting. He impatiently pushes open the door at the very back. Inside are the twins and Wong Dong Wu. They fought Before. Remember, last time Kimu Huns trio barely won against them. This time, those three won't let Kimu Hyun's duo off easily. While Chung Chun is stunned, Kim Su Hyun has already struck with

the small slap from Ancient Flow Martial Arts Teun. That diamond card called Card Festival upgrades all existing cards. The cards Kim Su Hyun currently possesses suddenly burst with a roaring sound. Each skill is enhanced according to its card type. After Card Festival, Ancient Flow Martial Arts, Téjun's attack power and speed have increased. Kimu Hyun will face the enemy's three strongest fighters alone. Chongy Chon only needs to handle the small fry. Thanks to Card Festival, all team members abilities increase by one rank. At this moment, an underling reports to Wang Dong Wu. The other people from

Gangbook West High went to attack zone A. This means they might not be able to get reinforcements. The small fry in Zone A are quickly dealt with by Dark Lord Gild. Now only Lii Hyan, rank nine of Gangbuck South High, remains. Her speed stat is actually Srank. Gild can tell at a glance she's stronger than him. After all, she's a kendo master who climbed to this position with just a wooden sword. But to Gild, she's just a deer chewing on wood. Gild and Kimu Hian always give their all, even if the opponent is an elementary

schooler. Li Ji Han tells this fat pig to stop Talking and come at her. At this moment, a figure walks in, reminding Li Ji Hun that won't do. Those who try to take others territory need to be properly entertained. He is Ju Hak Jong, ranked eight of Gang Buck South High. On the other side, having dealt with the small fry, Chongy Chan stares ahead in disbelief. He doesn't understand when Kimuyong became this strong. Chongyan heard about him training everywhere to get stronger. But Kimu now defies all Logic. He can practically dominate enemies he couldn't beat

just recently. When Wong Dong Wu rushes forward, the quest pop-up issues a side quest. Revenge. Defeat Wong Dong Wu. reward one gold card. Chung Chian wants to help, but Kim Su Hyun says it's fine because he can now withstand Wong Dong Wu's strength. Wongdong Wu is completely stunned. Just recently, this guy was a weakling, but now he can go toe-to-toe with him. And once Kimsu Hyun starts Using exceed limits, Wang Dong Wu is lifted entirely off the ground because Kimu Hyun's strength has now stepped into S-rank territory. Wangdong Wu has experienced this monstrous strength before.

This is monstrous strength on par with King Socks. After completing the side quest, Kim Su Hyun receives a gold card. Wang Dong Wu still doesn't understand how he got this strong in such a short time. At this rate, Wang Dong Wu worries Kang Suk might actually Lose. After securing zone B, they need to call Gildu in zone A. Chongil Chian can't figure out why Kimu Hyun suddenly became the strong. He might actually be able to unify Gangbuk. However, Gildu in zone A isn't answering his phone. Kimu Hyun worries something went wrong. Soon after, Lie Honong

also arrives at zone A. Kimu Hyun silently stares ahead. Li Hyund explains, Gildo was attacked. The first year students who came with him were also seriously injured, apparently By metal weapons. Lie Hyund confirmed it wasn't Liun, it was Ju Hawk Jong, infamous for his cruelty and underhanded methods. Even Kang Suck doesn't like him. Even Jang Ji Huk didn't predict that guy would show up. Gildo's injuries are worse than expected. Juu Ha Jang beat him nearly to death. It must have been extremely painful. In the past, the reason Kimu Hyun was bullied at school was simple.

He just wanted back his tablet that had been borrowed for a Month. Just as Cho Chong Dong wanted to continue beating him, Gildu took out his own tablet and gave it to him. And this caused Gildu to be attacked by those scumbags. After beating them, Cho Chong Dong threatened others that anyone who befriended these two would face the same fate. Kim Su Hun didn't understand why this stranger would help him. Gild calmly said, "Because I want to be your friend." He said his name was Yang Guuki then asked for Kim Su Hyuns name. Now Kimsu

Hyian tells Lie Hyundai Gangbuk South High. Li Ji Hyun complains. Ju Huk Jong didn't he need to go that far. Just scare West High's people and they'll run. But Ju Huk Jong believes only this way will Gangbuk West High's people not dare barge in next time. Kang Suk usually doesn't like Ju Huk Jongs methods, but praises him for doing well this time. Ju Huk Jong feels today is a good day to actually be acknowledged by Kong Sec. At this Moment, an underling reports, bad news. Gangbook West High is attacking again. The rank 13 and 15

fighters are already down. Kang thought it was Guha Jun, but the underling's information is that the intruder is only Kimu Hyan alone. He's already taken three zones by himself. At this rate, he'll storm South High's headquarters. No one can stop Kimu Hyan. Though the underling doesn't know what happened, he's terrified. We at South High seem to have messed with the wrong Person. Kangi wonders, "Is Kimu Hyan that strong?" Liy plans to handle it since her warm-up was interrupted halfway. Ju Huk Jong, who caused this, plans to handle it himself. Besides, he's very good at dealing

with emotional guys. When Jang Ji Huk learns Kimu Hyun stormed into enemy territory alone, he's shocked. He doesn't understand why no one stopped him. Jung Ji Huk finally understands the feeling of making a painful but necessary decision. Lie Hyund admits he couldn't stop him because it's the first time he's seen their boss that angry. Kimu Hyun was once a target of bullying at school. The reason for bullying was just that the scumbags wanted to show off. They made Kimu Hyan stay in that position until class ended. Utterly humiliated. Gildu was also bullied along with Kim

Su Hyun simply because he helped Kim Su Hun. The scumbags looked forward to those two being watched by others. Just as Kim Su Hian didn't know what to do, Gildu said it's better to run and get beaten than to be seen as perverts. Before Kimu Hyun activated the quest pop-up, the only reason he could keep going to school wasn't his parents or teachers, but only because of Gildu. Because of Gildu, he could endure that hellish school. Because of Gildu, he could survive. Now Kimsu Hyun asks Southai's people one last time. Where exactly is Ju Hawk

Jong? At this moment, a voice says, "I Know." Someone trembling with fear says he knows where that Ju Hawk Jungai is. Just as Kimu Hian wants to hear more, a fist with brass knuckles appears in front of Kimu Hyuns face. The one throwing the punch is Ju Huk Jong himself. He snears, "You idiot! How are you going to find me when you don't even know what I look like?" Juj Jong understands Kim Su Hyun fought his way here for Gildu. He mocks, "I gave that kid a brutal beating. This pig-like guy Still dared to be

arrogant, so I beat him into an idiot." Ju Huk Jong also says, "Gild kneelled and begged for mercy, begging like a pig or dog non-stop. Now it's Kimu Hyuns turn, but Kimu Hyan tells Ju Huk Jong to stop lying." Gild would never make a sound or beg for mercy because of trash like you, just like at school. What Ju Huk Jong said is nothing but his fantasy. Furious and humiliated, he swings fiercely at Kim Su Hyun. But this time, he's really Messed with a wrong person. After defeating Wong Dong Wu and completing the quest, Kim

Su Hyan received a gold card. The skill it revealed lets Kimsu Hun become a berserker who feels no pain for 2 minutes, but the cost is passing out after 2 minutes, and Kimu Hyun now activates the berserker skill. Ju Huk Jong tries to continue attacking. Kim Su Hun grabs his eyeball and makes him listen. From now on, you're going to get beaten for a full 2 minutes. While Jujs Eyes are injured, Kimu Hyun uses the knee strike from ancient flow martial arts Tyun, then a knife hand strike to the neck. Juu Hawk Jong goes down

after these two strikes, but Kimu Huns attack continues for a full 120 seconds. Kimsu Hyun keeps throwing punches until the Berserker skill time expires. Kimsu Hyun says grimly, "ly touch Gildu again and I'll kill you." Then he falls into unconsciousness. South High's reinforcements quickly arrive at the Scene. West High loses contact with Kimu Hyun. Chong Yil Chian worries something happened and wants to provide support, but Jang Ji Huk understands Kimu Hyun is now at the center of enemy territory with many of South High's strongest gathered there. Average fighters going to rescue would only be a

burden. Jang Ji Huk has already sent the right person, the only one in all of West High who could possibly survive there and rescue Kim Su Hyun. Liung men, rank Seven of South High, asks him, "You think you were Xiaoy trying to fight your way out alone with dead weight? He is Gujun, ranked three of West High." After setting down the unconscious Kim Su Hyan, Guha Jun will face the entire force of Gangbook South High alone. But shortly after the battle begins, Liong Min, rank seven of Gangbok South High, receives a message. He immediately returns

to South's headquarters. Kang asks in confusion, "Weren't you dealing With Guha Jun? Why are you back?" Liung Min's underlings are still dealing with Guaja Jun, but he got the message. Gangbuck East High is attacking and rushed back, but Kangak tells Liong Min Gangbuck East High hasn't made any move at all. He quickly realizes South High fell for Gangbuck West High's trap. A trap to let Kimsu Hyun and Guuha Jun successfully escape. Inside West High, Chong Il Chion keeps urging strategist Jang Ji Huk to send support, but he Understands an army can't deploy troops lightly. The

message about Gongbuk East High attacking South High was leaked by Jong Ji Huk. Now he can only pray Guh Hajun can bring Kimsu Hyun back. Konguk also understands this is the only chance to catch those two. He orders all strong fighters to be mobilized on the road to Gongbuk West High to pursue Guha Jun. Today we completely eliminate Gongbuk West High. The rank 14 and 16 fighters of South High quickly arrive. Endless Waves of South High people surge forward. Guh Hajun doesn't understand one thing. Why is he fighting? Just to protect Kim Su Hyun Jun

can't remember when he became friends with him. In his eyes, Kim Su Hyun is a funny kid with a peculiar charm. This is Guhun's first time fighting to protect someone. He tells South's people to come at him together. But South High's people understand they just need to catch Kim Su Hyun just as a wooden stick is about To strike Kim Su Hun. Guuha Jun quickly rushes over and covers him with his body. The intense pain makes him frown involuntarily. Inside West High, Li Hyund also doesn't understand why they haven't sent support after so long. He

understands if even Kong Sec joins the battle, Guh Jun won't be able to handle it. Lie Hyund does the strategist have another plan. But Jang Ji Huk actually has no more moves. At this point, they can only trust Guha Jun's strength. Chong Chong can't hold back. He wants to act as a decoy to disperse South's forces. Chong Yil Chan is confident in his speed. At this moment, the sound of a door opening is heard. It's Guh Hajun covered in wounds, carrying Kimu Hun back, barely making it back to West High, Guh Jun also collapses unconscious.

With his strength alone, he actually broke through that hell. Kang arrived too late after all. He underestimated Guuh Ha Jun, but that's Fine. Kang is going to take West High right now. With both Gujun and Kimu Hyun unable to fight, Gangbuk West High is an empty fortress. At this moment, the underling brings news that Gangbuk South High is attacking. This time, it's real. Hanja believes he can swallow West High anytime. So, South High is his primary target. While South High was distracted, East High had already started moving. If we attack Gangbook West High like this,

South High's headquarters will be in Danger. Kang Suk roars, "Han Ja, that idiot." Waking up, Kimu Hyun finds himself in his own bed. He plans to definitely thank Guu Hajun tomorrow. Kimu Hun didn't expect so many things to happen in one day. Extremely exhausted, he quickly falls asleep. At this moment, Copy Cloud suddenly summons itself. It turns out after being enhanced by Card Festival, Copy Cloud gains self-awareness. Now, CopyCloud begins acting according to its self-awareness. Sensing movement, Kim Su Hyun opens his eyes. Seeing it's his annoying sister, he quickly asks, "What are you doing in

the middle of the night, you jerk?" Kim Su Hyun can't help but think, "Could South High have paid his sister to assassinate him?" At this moment, he notices the copy cloud mark on Kim De Hyun's neck. Kim Su Hyun wonders, "He didn't summon it, so how did Cloud appear?" Suddenly, the copied Kim Dean calls out, "Brother Kimu Hyun is Shocked. How can Copy Cloud talk?" At this moment, Mom hears Kimu Hun talking and is about to come in to check. To avoid exposure, Kimu Hyan quickly says he's watching videos. After learning copy, Cloud has gained

self-awareness. Kimu Hyun is somewhat helpless because Cloud just had to take the form of Kim Dhian. Kim Su Hyun tells Little Cloud to stay quiet. After all, if two identical people appear, the world might fall into chaos. Cloud was originally acting as Chung Il Chian's double. And if Gangbook North High discovers the double is Kim Su Hyun, they'll tear him apart. So Kim Su Hian tells Cloud not to come out casually before he finishes dealing with the double situation. But Little Cloud says it doesn't want to go in. It's too stuffy inside. Kim Su Hyun

suddenly realizes something. He didn't consider the space Little Cloud stays in when not summoned. It's probably nothing but darkness. Kim Su Hyun makes a decision. From now on, he'll summon Little Cloud to play together for up to 5 hours each day. Wearing a hat, they'll go out and enjoy the world together. Kim Su Hyun asks, "Is this okay?" Little Cloud calmly replies, "Okay." As a result, Kimu Hyun spends all night telling it what it can and can't do. Gildu can tell at a glance that Kimu Hyan pulled another allnighter. Kimu Hian is surprised. "Are you

okay now?" Gildu says confidently, "Probably the muscles I trained protected my bones. No bone injuries." But Gildus heart is injured. His heart is clearly beating in his chest, yet it feels like it's fallen somewhere else. Gild has finally found the answer to love. Today, Bake Chay Rayong is unusually not late. Kim Su Hyun just turns to glance at her and the master please skill accumulates one hit. He doesn't understand getting slapped even when I did nothing wrong. More than that, Kimu Hyun wonders what's wrong With Bake Cheryong today. At lunch, Bake Cherys friends learn she

had a dream about dating Kimu Hyun and it was a nightmare with physical contact. In that case, even someone you didn't like much would become someone you care about. Kimu Hyun keeps telling Guhajun to eat more. He won't forget Guhajun's favor. Meanwhile, Kanguk gathers Gangbook South High's main forces. They are Moonshang Yu and Ojinsu. ranks five and six of South High. Jung Bium Sang, Rank three, and Rauom, rank two. Kang Suk gathers them because of the imminent Gangbuck Conference. Everyone present is an elite of Gangbuk South High. Kang Suk wants them to catch that damn

Kimu Hyun with him. After school, since they're going the same way, Kim Su Hun naturally walks together with Bake Chay Ryong. He feels Bake Chyong is a bit strange today, but he doesn't know what he did wrong, so he doesn't know whether to apologize. Under Kimu Hyuns Persistent questioning, an impatient Bake Chry is about to tell him to get lost when a basketball comes flying their way. Kim Su Hyun instantly raises his hand to block the basketball. He wonders, "What were you about to say?" Kimu Hyun tells the little kids to be careful when playing.

After hesitating, Bechyong wants to go eat with Kimu Hun, but Kimu Hyun says he has plans today. He introduces to Be Shay Rayong. This is my sister's friend. We agreed to eat Together today. Beh finds Yang Ha somewhat familiar. She asks, "What's your relationship?" Under Shay Ryan surprised gaze, Yang Soha says, "It's a relationship where we can sleep at each other's homes." Kimu Hun hastily explains, "Soha is exaggerating. I just slept at her place alone once." In that case, Bake Cher Ryan says she and Kimu Hyun have a relationship where we can kiss. Kimu Hyun

is helpless. Why are you both exaggerating? It was just an Accidental, indirect kiss. Yang Soha smiles. I have plans with Kimu Hyun. Sorry, but we have to go. Bake Cheryong suggests she'll come along, too. But Yangoha wonders why would you go? Kim Su Huns sister will be there, too. We've been friends since childhood, so we often gather to eat like this. Yanga feels Bch Rayong is acting strange. How would ordinary friends react like this? She asks, "Do you like Kim Su Hun?" Bake Chery says coldly, "I just don't like Your rude attitude. Whatever you do

has nothing to do with me." Bake Cheryong turns coldly and heads home alone. After getting home, she complains to her friend about that crazy woman Yang Soha, but her friend doesn't quite agree with her. Her friend asks Bchchchchchchchchchchchchchchchchchchchch Rayong to honestly say how she feels, but not how she feels now, but how she would feel if Yang Soha and Kimu Hyun were dating. Her friend feels Bake Chay Riyong may not know her own heart yet. Furious and embarrassed, Bake Cheryong tells her friend to stop. Seeing her thoughts guessed correctly, her friend bursts into laughter. Bake

Cheryong grits her teeth, still uncertain. Does she really like Kim Su Hyun? The next day, Kim Su Hyun also gathers Gangbook West High's main forces. They are Jang Ji Hyuk at rank six, Chong Yil Chun at rank five, Gildu at rank two, Lie Hun Dong at rank four, and the most handsome Guhun at rank three. Kim Su Hun announces, "Today is the day the Gangbook Conference is held again. Just like before, all the bosses will be there. If we're lucky, we might even see the boss of Gangbook North High." Kim Su Hyun asks the strategist

to say something, too. Jang Ji Huk heard the last conference was just everyone greeting each other. But this conference is different because they now have strategist Jang Ji Huk. He explains, "At This conference, West High must achieve one goal, ally with Hanja of Gangbuk East High. The war between West High and South High is still ongoing. Though Guuh Hajun is holding back East High, this wastes a lot of our combat power. If we offer Hanja attractive enough conditions and ally with him, no matter how strong South High is, they can't withstand this attack. This war

will ultimately end with Kang's defeat." Kimu Hyun tells everyone to remember what the strategist Just said. So, next, it's time to head to the Gangbok conference. The Gangbok South High people arrived at the conference venue early. Hanji Ha greets him warmly and asks if he's been doing well lately, but Kangiak asks Han Ha, shouldn't he apologize? He hasn't forgotten the territory taken by East Hai. It was a good chance to deal with Kimu Hun and Guha Jun, but damn, Hanj Ha not only didn't help but also ambush Kang. Hanja reminds him, don't bring Emotions to

the Gangbook conference, and he wants Kang to treat him well today. After all, East High has the advantage at this conference. At this moment, footsteps gradually approach. It's the gang book west high people. Looking at Kim Su Hyun and the others, Hanj Ha is somewhat surprised. His underling wonders what he's surprised about. You know, not long ago, Gangbook West High only had three people. Yet, in such a short time, they've increased to six People and six strong fighters at that. It would be strange if Hanj Ha weren't surprised. At this moment, Kimu Hyun stares ahead

with an unchanged expression because Kang Sack is looking down at him from above. Hanja size, the tension is really thick. Looks like today's Gang Book Conference will be very interesting. Kang Suk, however, takes the initiative to shake hands with Kim Su Hyun because attending the gang book conference without personal grudges Is an unwritten rule among schools. Fighting is also forbidden. Kang says he's only here to talk. With that, Kim Su Hyun also extends his hand, temporarily setting aside their past conflicts. Kanguk turns to Hanj Ha. Can you do the same? Hanj Ha refuses to trust

Kang Suk. He wonders, "What trick is Kang playing now?" Kanguk says calmly, "Your attitude toward my sincerity is quite rude." In reality, Gangbook South High strategist Yung Ba Sang had proposed a method to take down West High and East High, which was to extend goodwill toward Han and Kim Su Hun. He reminds Kang that now is not the time to worry about pride. Our South High is currently being watched by both forces. If West High and East High surround and attack, South High will be in danger. Therefore, Jung Bim Sang strategy is to propose an

alliance with them. Kang Suk must convince Hanj Ha and Kim Su Hyun that instead of fighting in This small area, the three sides should join forces to attack Gangbook North High. Hang is shocked. Jung Bam saying, "What are you thinking? Even with all three sides combined, we can't beat North High. Are you trying to get us all destroyed?" Jung explains, "This is just a smoke screen to make Hanj Ha and Kimu Hyun lower their guard. Using the excuse of attacking North High together will make West High and East High drop their guard. South High will

secretly form Strike teams to attack them. Once we take down Han Ha and Kimsu Hyun, South High can easily seize East High and West High without their leaders. In a war decided by strength alone, there's no such thing as being underhanded. But the most foolish thing is not knowing how to be underhanded. Kanguk finishes his speech about the three-way alliance to attack North High and asks West High and East High for their opinions. Kim Su Hyun flatly rejects the alliance. Before Coming, Jung Ji Huk had said that South High being in danger might abandon their

pride to request an alliance. That alliance proposal has a very high probability of being fake, so it must be rejected. Moreover, Gangbook West High's goal for attending the Gangbook conference is crystal clear. Kimu Hyun states bluntly. Our strategist said, "You definitely launch a sneak attack. Of course, I'm going to listen to West High's brain." Right. South High Strategist Jung Bam Sang. Jung Bam Sang didn't expect identity strategist to be discovered. Kimu Hyun completely bypasses Kang Suk. Han Ha doesn't understand what he's trying to do either. He reminds Kimu Hyun, "Don't attend the Gangbok conference with

personal feelings." Hanja thought Kimu Hyun came to fight him again, but Kimu Hun extends his hand instead. He states, "We at West High have decided to propose an alliance with Gangbook East High. Let's take down Gangbook South High together." Hen Ja says mockingly, "Why should I team up with you? I can take down West High and South High by myself." Besides, Kangak and I have known each other since middle school. "If I were to ally with anyone, it would be with Little Suck, not with a stranger like Kimu Hyun, right? But of course, he's going

to team up with Kimu Hyun. Hanj Ha's relationship with Little Seek is quite special. So, he wants to deal With that guy first. However, forming an alliance with him will cost a bit." Kangak listens to their conversation in silence. He had already guessed this would happen. Then footsteps sound and East High and West High's people are surrounded by Gangbuck South High. Kanguk understands that dragging this out will only cause more trouble. So he decides to resolve everything now. Lie Hindong shouts angrily, not fighting at the Gangbuck conference as our unwritten Rule. Aren't you afraid of

divine punishment? Before he finishes speaking, someone from South High throws a fierce punch at him. Someone from West High steps forward and blocks the strike. Gangbuck West High's number three, Guhun says loudly, "Long time no see." Gangbuk South High's number two, the criminal Rau didn't expect South High to launch a sneak attack at the Gangbok conference. Kangak smiles at Kim Su Hun. What are you going to do now? We have quite a lot Of people today. South High swears to take down West High and East High. Hanja is utterly speechless. These small fries dare to

dream of taking down East High. Each of his strikes knocks down one person. Kimu Hyun can clearly see that Hanj Ha has gotten even stronger during this time. He asks Kimu Hun, "What are you standing there for?" If Gongbuk West High's boss doesn't show off soon, he'll be looked down upon. The quest pop-up issues a main quest. Escape the Gangbuck Conference with Hanj Ha. Reward one gold card. This will be the first battle of the West High and East High alliance. The enemy has too many people today. They can only escape first, then plan the

next step. The closest place from here is Hanj Ha's east high territory. As long as they break through South High's encirclement and reach East High's territory, Hanja's subordinates will be there to support them. Hanja will clear a path from here first. Facing so many people, he can only use desperate tactics. Hanja calls out to two of his underlings, then kicks them toward Kang Suck, making them sacrifice themselves. Kim Suyun didn't expect this maniac Hanja to use his own subordinates as bait. However, outside they're surrounded by South's people again. More and more enemies are coming this

way. This will be a tough battle. Hanja's figure vanishes from the spot instantly. He kicks fiercely toward Wong Dong Wu With incredible speed and tremendous power. Even though Kimu Hyun has gotten so much stronger, he still doesn't have the momentum to beat Han Ha. He's a complete monster. Kimu Hyun is glad he formed an alliance with him. Hanja asks, puzzled, "Is Kimu Hyun going to keep watching?" The next second, Kimu Hyan leaves only an after image. Hanj Ha can't help but be surprised because he actually couldn't see Kimu Hyans movements clearly. The feeling is Completely

different from before and much stronger than when he fought Hanja last time. Kimsu Hyun has completely transformed. Given this, Hanja feels that once the alliance ends, he will face a difficult battle. Kimsu Hyun tells everyone to listen carefully. The current situation is very unfavorable and enemies keep attacking. Escaping together is impossible now, so we must split up. Then regroup at Gangbook West High. Gildo, who's been running Breathlessly, suddenly stops because there's a kitten on the street meowing at him. Gild still cannot resist the temptation of kittens. But the next second, intense pain shoots through his

body. It's Gangbook South High's number nine, Li Ji Hun, who is caught up. Gild didn't expect she would be the one to end him. This isn't too bad an ending. In what he thinks is his final moment, Gildu asks, "Could you tell me your name?" At this moment, the little cat Pounces at Li Jiun. Startled, she stumbles. Gild do very gentlemanly catches her. Gild size, I thought you were perfect, but you let me see this little mistake. You're really a naughty little cat. At this moment, Hanj Ha and Kimu Hyun finally escape South's encirclement. From

here on, this is their Gangbook, East High Territory. The quest pop-up also indicates quest completion. The reward gold card reveals a skill called exchange. Looking at the Skill in his hand, Kimu Hun is puzzled for a moment. The incredibly fast Chong Yil Chun also quickly arrives here. According to him, the others seem to be in good condition, too, and everyone should be able to regroup properly at Gangbuck West High. At this moment, the two suddenly realize something. The strategist, Jang Ji Huk, who gets tired even fighting ants. At this moment, Jang Ji Huk, surrounded by

South High's people, is covered in cold sweat. Kang Also learns over the phone that they've caught West High strategist. Jung Bong Sang reminds him that this guy is the strategist who's been tormenting Kang Suk all this time, and for future plans, they must eliminate him immediately. Kangseek now only wants to kill Jang Ji Huk with his own hands. He orders the others to guard that guy and first break his cruciate ligament. Jang Ji Huk sigh helplessly, truly dying before achieving success. The one throwing this punch Suddenly freezes. On the other side, Kim Su Hian is

troubled as this skill was meant for himself. The new gold cards exchange skill allows swapping two team members stats once per day for 3 minutes. And Kim Su Hyun temporarily swapped Guuha Jun's stats with Jang Ji Huk's. Jang Ji Huk can't believe it. Is this a dream? My body feels very strange. He thinks he might as well unify Gangbok himself. The tremendous power makes Jung Ji Huks body heat Up. His heart feels like it's about to leap out. South High's people are shocked. What's going on? How could the strategist be so strong? Jang Ji Huk

tells them not to worry. After dealing with you, Kangi is next. Kim Su Hyun tells him to stop there. The duration has ended. Now is not the time to show off. They should quickly leave here and apologize to Guha Jun. On the other side, looking at Gildo's chubby appearance, Li Ji Hyun decides to make Him unable to open his mouth ever again. But the kitten hisses at her again. Gild sees Li Ji Hun is afraid of cats. It seems today is not the time, not the day for a showdown. Gild size. Partings are always inevitable.

Li Ji Hun demands, "Are you running away?" Gild didn't expect her to say he's running away. I've already given you my heart like this. How can you bear to say I'm running away? Inside Gangbuck South High, the underlings tell their boss he Worked hard. They think Hanja overexerted himself this time, bringing so few people to the Gangbuck conference that they almost had a major incident. Hanja asks his underling, "Do you know why I only brought those people? Because he actually guessed long ago that Kong would launch a sneak attack." Because Kong has always been the

type who acts recklessly when angry. If so, the underling is even more confused. boss, why didn't you bring more troops to the Conference? But Hanj Ha mobilizes troops to gain benefits. To take down Kimsu Hyun and Hanj Ha, Kong Suk brought all his forces to the conference venue. Thus, to seize the now empty Gangbook South High, their East High main force is now moving toward there. The underlings Marvel boss, Hanj Ha is so clever, but he also didn't expect that guy would also attend the conference. Gangbook South High's number two, the criminal Rau Guyong. Meanwhile,

Gildu Finally arrives at the meeting point. Kim Su Hyun praises how well he can run with that bulky body and asks if he's injured. Gild says coolly, I left my heart there. Guh Haja Jun and Liie Hundong should arrive at Gangbuk soon and the conference will finally end. At this moment, a bruised and battered Li Hyund appears before everyone, and the person carrying him is none other than Gangbook South High's number two, Rauom. East High's underlings curiously asked Their boss what kind of person Rau is. Han Ja says he got out of juvie at some

point and Rauom isn't number two because he's weaker than Kang Suk. His strength is about the same as Han Ha's. Gangbok West High's people immediately rush toward Rau. Gildo's systemma is struck before he can even use it. Jang Ji Huk, who has reverted to being weak, is also kicked down. Even Chung Yil Chun is hit by tremendous force. He's shocked. How can this person be so Strong, but he's not willing to give up. In terms of speed, Chungl Chong is still confident, but his strength is insufficient and causes no damage. Chong Chon is struck hard

by a kick. When facing Rauyong, he's completely powerless to resist. Kim Su Hyun silently catches Chong and Chong. He says in a low voice, "You criminal, you even hit women." At this moment, the quest pop-up issues a side quest, defeat Rauy. Reward, one gold card. Seeing Rauom remain silent, Su Hyun decides to help him open his mouth. First, he uses the boxing US slip to dodge the opponent's fist. This speed surprises Kim Su Hyan. Rau immediately follows with a low kick at him. And with just this one strike, Kim Su Hian feels like his leg

has been kicked to pieces. He understands he must counterattack. But facing this level of attack, Kimu Hian can't muster any fighting spirit. He falls to the ground in a sorry state, Taking advantage of Raw's advancing opening. Kimu Hyan finally finds the right moment and lands a hit. Just as Raugong is pushed back, Kimu Hyun uses restore stamina, instantly recovering his energy. He's secretly alarmed. Gangbook South High actually has this kind of monster. Rauugyong wastes no words and continues attacking with kicks, but the next second, his cold expression changes slightly because Kimu Hyan dodges his attack

with a special Stance and uses double wind through ears. Kimsu Hyun understands he must attack continuously, not giving Rau a chance to breathe. The greatest advantage of ancient flow martial arts, Téjun, is that it's a martial art unknown to most people. Kim Su Hyan exploits this information gap and indeed lands effective attacks. He decisively activates the exceed limit skill. Raugs endurance is S-rank, the same as Yang Chong Seals. Since Kim Su Hyun Could take down Yang Chan, it should definitely work on Rau too. Kimu Hyun starts using the rise skill. Then delivers Heaven's Descent with

156 kg of force, but the result shocks Kimu Hyun because Rau actually dodges the strike, only getting hit on the arm. Kimu Hyun suddenly realizes his speed is faster than Yang Chun Seals. This time, Kimu Hun was careless. Having reached this point, Kimu Hyun can only use his second restore. Soon, Kongi receives a phone Call. Hearing the voice on the phone, he can't help but laugh because it's Kim Su Hian repeatedly saying, "I can still fight. He still has the final berserker card to gamble with. But falling into a coma after 2 minutes would be

even more dangerous." On the phone, Kong Seuk tells Rahu Yong to just bring Kim Su Hyun back. At this moment, an underling reports bad news again. Gangbuk East High is attacking our South High headquarters. Jung Bam Sang admires Worthy of being Hanji Ha, he actually gassed our strategy. Even so, Kang still orders to deal with Kim Su Hyun first. Hearing Rauyong's silence on the phone, he asks puzzled, "What's wrong?" This is, of course, because Gangbook West High's number three, Guhun has arrived. Just now, for some reason, he suddenly lost his strength. Now, he wants to

fight Rauy again. Seeing the situation, Kang decides to deal with Guajun first. But strategist Jung Bong Sang tells Rauom to retreat first because their headquarters is in danger now. If we're going back to fight Gangbook East High, we must have Rauom. But Kang Suk is unwilling to give up this chance to capture Kimu Hyun. Jung Bong Sang tells him not to worry. last time I wasn't there. I'll make sure you can capture Kimsu Hyun anytime. Returning home, Chunga Chion is frustrated that he lost without doing anything. His desire to become stronger reaches its peak. The

Quest pop-up also reminds Kimsu Hyun the side quest to defeat Rauom has failed. Fortunately, failing a side quest has no penalty. Kimu Hyun finally realizes he still has a long way to go. Now I'm beaten like this by South High's number two. Kimu Hun can't help but doubt. Can I really unify Gangbook? He thinks about going to North High's territory and fighting everywhere with a mask to improve his strength. But the quest pop-up issues a training quest. The Chance for Kimu Hyan to become stronger has finally arrived. This quest is make team members with a

rank or higher potential awaken. The reward is very good. Now it's finally time to begin awakening. However, Kimu Hyun still doesn't know how to trigger awakening. Lie Hunong seems to have awakened after getting severely beaten. Someone with only frrank potential becoming so strong after awakening really startled Kimu Hun. Little Cloud doesn't know how to Awaken either. He recently started reading books, so his manner of speaking has become strange like a king. But Kim Su Hyan needs to remind Little Cloud about something. When you transform into Guha Jun in the future, don't lie down. Though at

least he's better than Kim Dahun. Kim Su Hyan thinks hazily. Can I awaken too? The next day, because the teacher changed seats, Bech Ryong and Kim Su Hyun end up sitting together. Kimu Hyan wonders, "Is she angry today, Too? Is sitting with me disgusting?" Actually, Bech Ryong doesn't know what to do because she's afraid Kimu Hyan will know she likes him. So, Bech Ryong doesn't dare look directly at his face. Looking at the insect bite marks on Bake Chrys, Kim Su Hyun pokes it with his finger. Bake Chry says angrily, "What are you doing suddenly

touching me?" However, Kim Su Hun just wanted to make a cross mark on the bite to stop the itching. In the end, Bake Cheryong says, "Don't do it with her mouth." But doesn't resist. She doesn't know why she can't refuse. After school, Gangbuk West High's main forces hold another meeting. According to Jang Ji Huk's understanding, Kanguk's forces are divided into two parts. He's stationed in the east with Lii Hyun and others to restrain East High. The West is left to Rau, Jung Bong Sang, and others. So, before West High fights Kang Suk, they must first

deal with Jung Sang. This Means they'll inevitably have to fight Rauy. At this moment, Kim Dean comes looking because this jerk Kimsu Hyun took from her wallet again. Kim Su Hyian says, "Dissatisfied. I did this for the greater good." Through Gild's explanation, Jang Ji Huk learns that woman is Kimu Hyuns younger sister. Either way, Kim Su Hian tells his sister to leave first. At this moment, Kim Deian notices someone. She finds it strange. How can there be such a Beautiful girl in a place like this? Finally, she warns Kim Su Hyun, "Return the money quickly."

At this moment, Lie Hyund reports that someone wants to see the boss. Soon after, Kim Su Hyun arrives at Gangbuk South High's territory again. Several schools under South High's control want to join Gangbook West High because South High is about to collapse. But the main reason is the tribute money. All schools within South High's sphere of influence must Pay tribute money to Kang once a month. They can no longer afford the exorbitant amounts. So they want to join West High, which doesn't collect tribute territory he can get for free. Kimu Hun has no reason to

refuse. But just as he lets his guard down, South High's people raise iron rods and attack Kimsu Hyun from behind. Chong Chun leaps up and kicks him down. Just as a strategist said, "They almost fell for South High's scheme." Gild also appears using Systemma. He asks Kim Su Hyun with concern, "Are you injured?" "Of course not." Kim Su Hian understands it must be Jung Bay Sang who directed these people. "That guy is really cunning." A large group of South High people emerge from the shadows. Kim Su Hun suddenly wants to thank Jung Ba Sang because

the quest pop-up issued a side quest. If he takes out all of South's people, he'll get one gold card. This is basically experience. Points delivered to his door. Now Kimu Hyun has two quests on hand. South's people seem to underestimate Kimu Hun and his team. Today, Kimu Hyun is determined to make Gildu and Chong Yil Chion awaken. Jung Sang in the shadows suddenly receives a call from Kong Seek. He entrusted the west to Jung Sang. So he wants to hear about the situation there, such as what stage the plan to capture Kimu Hyun has reached.

Currently, it's just Yung Bayong Sangs appetizer. And they're about to enter The main core stage because he found out that Gangbook West High's Kimsu Hyun is not an only child. He has a younger sister named Kim Hyun. At this moment, facing the siege of a group from South High, Gild strikes an alluring pose with his bulky body. South High's people immediately feel disgusted. Gild reiterates, "My heart is already gone." South High's people marvel worthy of being the dark lord. Beneath that ugly and fat exterior lies such formidable Strength. Gildu says coldly, "It's about time to

end this." At this moment, Kimu Hyan slaps his behind hard. Gildu immediately looks at him sadly. Kim Su Hyun tells him, "Keep fighting. Don't mind me. If you want to awaken, just tell me." Chung Yil Chun is also fighting hard. He desperately wants to become stronger. Doesn't want to lose anymore. Sooner or later, Chong Chun will personally defeat Rahu. He wants to fight even stronger opponents. At this Moment, Kimu Hyun also slaps Chong Chian's behind hard. Chongy Chan asks somewhat sadly, "What's wrong?" Kimu Hyun wonders why neither is awakening. There must be some special condition.

At this point, all of South High's people have fallen. Kim Su Hun sigh helplessly. In the end, they still didn't awaken. However, the skill from the new gold card is pretty good. This week, Kimu Hyun has been exhausted. Kim Deun complains, "Our family parasite is Watching TV." Kimu Hyun retorts, "The parasite is you, the one draining our parents hardearned money for streaming and wasting more internet fees." Kim Deun scolds, "Don't bully your sister." She tells Kimu Hyun he better treat her better because Kimo invited her to stream together. This woman is a 19-year-old streamer who

suddenly became popular recently. She invited Kim Hyan to stream with her this weekend. Seeing Kimu Hyun's in different attitude, Kim Hyun decides that after she succeeds, she'll definitely cut ties with that guy. Kimu Hyun wishes her success. When the time comes, he'll expose that she's a lunatic. Soon the streaming day arrives. Kimo tells the viewers, "Let's take a break and come back." The viewers all feel that Kim Deune is boring except for being pretty. Kimo smiles and ends the stream. Kim Dune apologizes to her embarrassedly because she was too nervous, couldn't speak well, and only

Ruined the atmosphere. Kimo says kindly, "It's okay. The viewers are just looking at faces anyway. It's inevitable the first time. With more practice, you'll get better at keeping up with the mood." Kim Deun wants to ask her a favor. She wants to invite friends to join because if she has friends nearby, she'll be much bolder. Kimo says as long as they're pretty, it's fine. Now she needs to go out for a bit and will come back. Kimho now outside calls Jung Sang. In Her eyes, Kim Deun is a fool and once she gets close to

Kim to Hun tomorrow, they can act. Gangbuk South High has also made preparations. South High's number four, Ojinsu, arrives here with something tomorrow. After Kim Hun finishes streaming, Kimo will bring her here. First, pretend it's a celebration and make her drink, then feed her addictive fentanyl. Once the addicted Kim Hyun loses herself, Jung Bong Sang will use her to threaten Kimu Hyun. This Way, they won't lose troops and can gain Gangbook West High and customers. Kim De Hyuns friends also arrive at Kimo's place. One of them is Yang So Hua. Another person is surprisingly Chung

Yil Chion. He doesn't know how he ended up here either. 2 days ago after school, Kim Deun approached Chung Yun because she wanted to be friends with Chung Yil Chun. So, they exchanged numbers. Since she's Kimu Hyun's sister, Chong Yil Chun gave her his number. Kim Deun thought he was so pretty that she definitely had to call him when filming. So, Chungl still doesn't know why he's here at this moment. The soundly sleeping Kim Su Hun receives a main quest from the quest pop-up. Help rescue Kim Deun reward one platinum card. North High's number 20.

Yang Chian also wonders why his sister isn't answering the phone. Neither of them knows what's happening yet. The next day, after waking up, Kim Su Hyun calls his sister, But she sounds completely normal. Still preparing for the stream at Mino's place. Kimu Hyun tells her to stop being crazy and come home quickly, but Kim Deune has already promised the viewer she'll stream tonight. Kimu Hun is too lazy to care, but he tells his sister when she makes money, remember to buy him a gift. Everything seems like there's nothing to worry about. So, Kimu Hyun doesn't

understand what the quest pop-up is asking him to do. The two who Worked hard streaming all day finally finish. Chung Yun still doesn't know why he's here. Kimo says everyone worked hard and Kim Duns subscriber count has increased a lot over these two days. Kimo praises her for doing great. Suddenly, she asks, "Where are you going to hang out after the stream?" She suggests, "Let's all have a celebration party. After all, we worked so hard streaming for so long. It would be a shame to just go home." Kimo says her Friends are all interesting and

they can hang out together. The unwilling Kimsu Hyan asks Gildu with concern, "Do you want to awaken?" The result is a handsome muscle photo. Kimu Hyun still has no clue about how to trigger awakening. At this moment, his phone rings. Kimu Hyun is surprised. How does this guy know my number? Jung Bam Sang asks, puzzled, "Didn't you put it on Instagram?" Kimu Hun demands what scheme he's plotting now, not playing the trick Of pretending to join West High, then attacking again, but Jung Bam Sang asks Himsu Hun a question. You're not an only child, right?

Your sister is still streaming, working very hard at life. Kimu Hun asks coldly. Jung Bam Sang, you shouldn't go after family, right? He answers disdainfully, "So what? As long as I can take down Gongbuck West High, it's fine." Kim Su Hyun says in a low voice. You better not try. Or even if you beg for mercy, I'll beat you to Death. But no matter what, Kim Su Hyun says, Jung Sangs plan has already begun. Kim Dun complains. What kind of celebration is this? It's clearly just a drinking party. Chong Il Chun, too tired, has already

left. South High's Chi Chang Yu nods to Kimo. Then Kimo complains to Kim Dun. Making money is hard now, right? She asks Kim Deun if she wants to know how much she makes. Upon hearing Kimo makes 8 million a month, Kim Deun can't help but show Surprise. Kimo says she used to be like her with few viewers, but later became livelier and people started watching. Do you want to know the method? Kim De Hune also wants to make a lot of money, so of course she wants to know. At this moment, Cho Cheng Yu takes

out something prepared in advance. He explains, "This is just something like aromatherapy. It'll make you feel better." Kimo adds fuel to the fire, saying her subscriber count exploded after she started using This because viewers like streams with good atmosphere. She also asks Yong Soa if she wants to try. It can increase concentration and help with studying. Cho Chong Yu thinks Kimo is really an expert who knows how many people she's hooked. Their fentanyl is a drug that's hard to quit after just one use, no matter how smart the person is. Changu tells them to try

inhaling slowly. At this moment, a figure kicks fiercely toward Cho Chang. Chongy Jan knows very Well what fentinel is. Cho Chang is furious. We almost succeeded. Where did this idiot come from? Gangbook South High's number four. O Jin Su asks, "What's the new pretty woman's name, and Chong Yil Chan certainly won't tell him." After the stream ended, Chong Yil Chun, feeling strange about the so-called celebration called Kimu Hyun. After learning the celebration might be a trap, Kimu Hyun also starts rushing there. And now, what Chong Yil Chan Needs to do is to protect the two

girls with all his might. and gang book North High's number 20, Yang Chongol, has also traced his sister's whereabouts before she went missing. He doesn't bring underlings and heads alone to South High's territory. At this moment, Chongyo Chan is facing a siege from a huge group, and because he needs to protect the two girls, he can't fight with full strength. He can only hold on until Kim Su Hian arrives. South High's Number four and five, O Jins Su and Cho Chang, also recognize Chung Yians identity. They report this unexpected situation to Jung Bam Sang. But

Jung Bam Sang understands Kimu Hyun can't get there in time because he stationed some people on Kim Su Huns route and it will take time to deal with them all. However, Jung Bam Sang tells them they better deal with Chongy Chan quickly because he hates variables most. South High's number four, O Jin Su makes his Move. Chongy Chan can sense this guy is different. After all, although he's not as strong as Kang Suk and Rau, he still gangbuck South High's fourth strongest. The tremendous power leaves Chongy Chan unable to resist. He unexpectedly spits at Ojinsu

to block his vision. In terms of speed, Chongy Chon is still confident. He now uses his fastest speed. If he can just hit the opponent's chin, there's still a chance. Amid Cho Chang's triumphant smile, Chongyo Chon Freezes because his punch was actually seen. Ojinsu starts throwing punches continuously. Chongyo Chon finally realizes this guy is even faster than him. After dealing with Chongyo Chun, it's time to deal with the other two women. Since the drugging strategy failed, they'll have to threaten Kimu Hyun in another way. Ojinsu will help them take some nice photos. Kim to Hyun

shouts angrily, "You maniac." The next second, she's hit by Ojinsu's heavy Punch. At this moment, Chung Yon lies powerless on the ground. He recalls the helplessness when facing Rawu Gyong and Gangbook North High's number two, in whose eyes Chung Yil Chion is just an incompetent waste. Kim Hyun is knocked unconscious by one punch as O Jin Su is about to make his move. On the other side, Kimsu Hun is still in fierce battle. Jung Bam Sang sent out too many people, but the quest pop-up indicates team member Chung Chun's resolve is Full. Chung Chuns potential

begins to surge. His potential reaches maximum value. Chung Chongs potential is fully awakened. Therefore, his stamina is specially restored. Cho Chong Yu tells Ojinsu to continue. He'll handle this side. The moment his hand touches Chongy Chion, Cho Chang's entire body is immediately slammed to the ground. Seeing this, Ojinsu also turns to attack Chong Chion and because of his potential awakening, Chong Yuch gains an exclusive Attack card. The skill is called Capoiraa and its effect is triggering critical damage when the opponent is slower. Chongya starts using Capoera. Because the opponent is slower than Chong Jon, he

deals critical damage. Cho, Chong, Yu, and Ojinsu are quickly defeated. Kim, Dah Hun, and Yang So Ha than thank Chong Yil Chon. And after awakening his potential, Chong Ilchian's stats have surged dramatically. At this moment, an underling rushes in to report Kimsu Hyun is breaking in. But looking at the two bosses lying on the ground, the lackey hurriedly explains he's just a passer by who took a wrong turn. His voice cuts off abruptly. Kimu Hyun finally arrives. Kimu Hun scolds angrily. You crazy fool. Why didn't you answer your phone? I'm definitely telling Mom about how

you drink all the time. At this moment, Yang So Hua throws her arms around Kimu Hyun, crying as she says, "I was so scared." Kimu Hyun says She's been through a lot. It's all Kim Hyuns fault. Chonglan asks, "Wasn't I the one who had it rough?" Looking at such high stats, Kim Su Hyian marvels at how incredibly strong he is. Yang So Hua and Kim Deun are about to start their real celebration. Kim Mo hurriedly explains, "This is all a misunderstanding. She was threatened, too." Kim De Hyun doesn't care about any of that and lands

a brutal punch on her. Chong Chun wonders, "What is Kim Su Hun Looking at right now?" Kim Su Hun feels something is off. Why hasn't the quest completion notification popped up yet? Could it be because the helper mentioned in the quest hasn't appeared yet? Or does it only end when they catch the mastermind Jung Bong Sang? But Kimu Hyun doesn't even know where Jung Bomang is. Suddenly, he comes up with a brilliant idea. He immediately tells the two girls to stop fighting because Kimu Hyun needs everyone's help. Inside a warehouse at Gangbook South High, Jung

Bam Sang is counting the fentinel. Cho Chang reports that he escaped from Kimu Hyun's clutches and nearly died. Only Kang Suk and Jung Bong Sang know the location of this fentanyl storage warehouse because Cho Chang said he would bring that person here. Jung Bam Sang had no choice but to tell him the location. That person is the quest target Kim Hun. As long as they use her as a hostage, they can capture Kimu Hyun. The bound Kim Hyun roars, "How dare you?" But a mark appears on her neck. At this moment, Cho Chang Yu trembles

as he apologizes to Jung Sang because he truly couldn't withstand Gangbook West High's brutal interrogation. So, he had no choice but to betray Gangbuk South High. Not long ago, Kimu Hyun had Kim Deun and Yang So Ha go home first. Then woke up Cho Chang Yu and Kimo. Although neither of them knows where Jung Sang is, Kimu Hyun has a way to extract the information. The Scenario is Kim Dean gets captured and bound by South Hai and Kimu Hyun fails to rescue her, but Changang Ju calls Jung Bam Sang saying he'll bring the quest target

back. To secure the hostage, Jung Sang will definitely reveal his location. Kim Su Hun warns the two of them, "If you don't get the location, you'll be dealt with first." Facing the charging Kimsu Hyun and Chungl Jun, Jung Sang sneers instead because his objective has already been Achieved. Kimu Hyuns sister has become his hostage. But when Jung Sang turns around, he discovers the bound Kim Deun has disappeared. The moment Copy Cloud vanishes, Kimu Hyun covers Chung Ilchons eyes. Earlier on the phone, Kimu Hun already said, "If Jung Sang dares lay a hand on his family,

Kimu Hyun will beat him beyond recognition. Jung Sang mocks Kimu Hun for thinking others are idiots. He felt something was off when he received Choi Chang's call. So, he had already contacted his subordinates in advance. This is Gangbuk South High's boss special forces, a team specifically formed to handle bosses, just like the assault team formed at Gangbok East High. They are all people Jung Bang Sang carefully selected from various high schools who knew they would come in handy today. An excellent strategist turns crisis into opportunity. At this moment, the roar of a motorcycle engine sounds.

Yang Chanol, Ranked 20th at Gangbook North High, arrives on the scene, he says in a low voice. Whoever dared touch Yang So Wa, get out here. The cigarette in Jung Bam Sangs hand quietly slips away. He doesn't understand why someone from Gangbook North High would be here. Kim Su Hyun never expected the helper in the quest would be Yang Chan Seol, but since they share the same goal, they might as well fight together. The team specifically designed to handle bosses Can't even handle a single person now. Yang Chian Seol, whether in stamina or strength and

even technique, is incredibly strong. Jung Bong Sang can't believe it. Isn't he only ranked 20th? How can he be this strong? Yang Chian Se noticed one person from the start. He initially thought that person was Chongy Chion, ranked 39th at Gangbook North High. But quickly, Yang Xan Seiel dismissed this idea because Chungl couldn't possibly be this strong, nor Could he be this fast. If he's a monster of this caliber, he couldn't possibly be ranked only 39th at North High. Kimu Hyun also engages Yung Bayang in combat. But Jung Sang is quite displeased because he's also

one of Gangbook South High's fighters with decent stats across the board. And Kim Su Hun activates his skill that adapts to opponent's strength. This gold card's effect is if the opponent's stamina grade is lower than the user's strength grade. The user Strength increases by one grade. Kim Su Hyun with his strength now at Sg-rade throws a brutal punch at Jung Bam Sang, he's about to fulfill his promise. Chong Yo Chan initially thought Kimu Hyan was calm and not angry, but it turns out when his people are touched, this is how he reacts. After a while,

Jung Sang is beaten to a bloody pulp. Kimu Huns size, they truly are the boss special forces. Even with Jung Bam Sang down, they keep getting back up to fight. At This moment, they notice Yong Chong Seol has disappeared. In fact, the boss special forces wasn't the only backup. Jung Bayam Sang contacted. Now the game changer that can turn the tide appears. Raw Wuong ranks second at Gongbuk South High has arrived. Kimu Hyun and his companion immediately want to go provide support, but the boss special forces blocks them. Raug glances over there. Yong Chan Seiel

says in a low voice, "What are you doing? It's just getting Started now." Yong Chan Seiel can sense that the guy in front of him has similar strength but incredibly fast speed. Yong Chan completely cannot counter. He can't match the speed, so he can only defend. A battle of attrition is highly disadvantageous for Yong Chongiel, but he has one devastating strike, a powerful blow that can knock down anyone. Yang Chon Seiel says in a low voice, "As a man, there's an aesthetic to that one decisive strike, and now is The time for him to deliver

that strike. Rau is driven into a corner by his previous attack. In speed, Yong Chong has no confidence. He's only confident in one thing, and that's his final strike." Betting everything he has, Yang Chan Seiel cannot tolerate defeat. He'd be satisfied with a draw against a monster like Rauom. Then Yang Chan Sees because Rauom sits back up. Yang Chong sales size helplessly. He's truly greedy. Not just speed and strength, but Even stamina this formidable. So, the reason Rau wasn't nervous even when caught is absolute confidence. Having finished with the boss special forces, Kim Su Hyun

walks toward Rawyong. At this moment, a hand stops him. Chong Yil Chan wants to handle this alone. The quest pop-up also issues a side quest at this moment. Team member Chong Chan defeats Rauom. Reward one platinum card. Chong Chan begins using Capoera, then delivers critical damage to Raw Guy, Whose speed can't match his. Jung Bam Sang is stunned. Chong Yil Chan says coldly, being this slow. Is that really okay? Even Kimu Hyun can't help but feel surprised. How are these two guys fighting so impressively? Chung Il Chon thought Raugong only knew how to brawl wildly,

but didn't expect him to know grappling techniques, too. However, Chung Il Chang won't give him the chance to grab him. A South High Lackey in the shadows never expected boss Raw Wuong Would be at a disadvantage. He realizes at this rate, Gangbook South High will truly be finished. At this moment, Kimu Hyuns phone rings. Strategist Jang Ji Huk urgently explains this is not the time to fight. After hearing what he has to say, Kim Su Hyuns face shows surprise. The battle between Chongach Chong and Raugyong continues. Kim Su Hyun uses ancient flow martial arts to

go to push Raong away. He tells Chong Il Chong to quickly finish Raugu and escape Because Gangbook South High is heading this way now. According to Jang Ji Huk, this is South's storage warehouse. After Kong learned the news, he sent many people rushing here. With their stamina nearly depleted, Kimu Hyun and his companion cannot possibly deal with all of South High, so they must quickly finish that guy and flee. Chong Yo Chun's fist lands heavily on Rawong's head, but Kimu Hyun can't land a hit on him at all. There's no time left now. Kim Su

Hyun activates all his combat cards. Guhajun, whose stats were exchanged, feels another wave of weakness. This is Kimu Hyun's current maximum state with absolutely terrifying stats. The lackey in the shadows seeing the scene immediately feels boss Rau Guiom is done for, but suddenly he discovers a turning point. Just as Kimu Hyun and his companion are about to attack Rau, the entire warehouse instantly goes dark. In the darkness, South High's Lackey calls out to boss Rau. Kimu Hyun gropes around in the darkness and quickly finds the light switch. But when vision is restored, Rahu Yong has

already disappeared. Continuing the pursuit would waste more time. Kimsu Hyun and his companion must leave quickly before Gongbuk South's army arrives. However, this battle still ends in Kimu Huns victory. Having completed two quests, Kimu Hyun receives two platinum cards. The skills are named Camera and Lucky Bag. Afterward, Yang Chan Seol thanks Kim Su Hun and his companion. North High owes West High a favor, and he'll report this matter upward. Kim Su Hun is relieved Yang Chan Seol didn't realize he's Kim paper bag. Chong Yil Jun also wasn't recognized because he's become far too strong. He

sighed helplessly. Feels like I just spent the whole day excitedly fighting and got nothing. Kim Su Hyun doesn't think so because he brought back Gangbok South High's boss special forces. Chung Il Chion also doesn't understand. Since we got the fentanyl, why not let these people go? Of course, it's because Kim Su Hun has other purposes. He tells these people Raw and Yong Bong Sang have been beaten to a pulp. But we two aren't West High's true fighting force. If Dark Lord Gildoo shows up, you're all dead. Gangbook South's decline is already a fact. The allied

forces of West High and East High will tear them apart soon. Kim Su Hune doesn't say more and directly tells the boss special forces to join Gangbuk West High. He activates the elder skill and says solemnly, "I'm saying this for your own good." Sure enough, all 15 members of the boss special forces present choose to join Gangbook West High. After the weekend ends, Kim Su Hyan drags his exhausted body to the classroom. At this moment, Bake Chyong murmurs, "Got bitten by bugs again. It's so itchy." Kim Su Hyun size, "No wonder famous doctors are all

so tired." He asks Bake Chay Riyong, "Is it on the back of your hand like last time?" But Bake Chayong becomes bashful, then says with a flushed face, "It's on the sole of her foot." Hearing this, Kim Su Hyun freezes. He says quietly, "Even though we're friends, this is too inappropriate." Bake Cha Rang suddenly becomes serious and says flatly, "If you find it embarrassing, forget it." Kim Su Hyun doesn't really mind, but it's Inconvenient during class, so he plans to make the cross mark after class, but Bech insists on doing it now. Kim Su Hun

makes it clear first. If the teacher catches us, it's all your fault. He gradually extends his hand. Feeling the sensation on her foot, Bake Chrys face turns slightly red. She grabs her pen, pretending to be listening to class. Kim Su Hyun's procedure is successful. The cross mark is perfectly applied. At this moment, the teacher Notices something unusual and questions what those two in the back are doing during class. Kimu Hyun and Bake Chay Ryong immediately turn their heads away, pretending nothing happened. Inside Gangbook South High, Jung Bam Sang bows his head, apologizing to Kang, willing

to accept any punishment. Kong smiles and says, "Have you ever seen me get physical with you guys?" Hearing this, Jung Bam Sang thinks he's been forgiven. The next second, Kang Suk says coldly, "This is the first time." He doesn't understand what Yung Bay Sang was doing. How could he lose even with Rauom and the special forces? And the special forces were even taken by West High. Even the fentanyl was taken. How do you still have the face to come back? King Xiak tells everyone to listen carefully. The current situation is absolutely terrible. Kim Su Hyun

defeated Jung Bam Sang, so he took the western area. Hanj Ha is also constantly closing in from The east. South High is in a state of being pinched by allied forces from both sides. At this moment, Jung Bam Sang says he still has an idea and begs Kang Sek to trust him one more time. South High has no way back now. If they fail again this time, Gangbuk South High is finished. This will be Gangbuk South's final battle. At this moment, Kim Su Hyun is at home troubled about what's wrong with Little Cloud because it

was he who said he wanted to go out. That Little Cloud agreed to the summon. Yet, Kim Su Hyun actually tied up Little Cloud and humiliated him and even betrayed him to enemies. Kimu Hyun is about to explain something when he suddenly realizes he'd be unhappy too if he were treated this way because Little Cloud has always been waiting for him in darkness. In that case, Kimu Hyun tells Little Cloud to say whatever he wants to do, he'll listen. Then, his phone beeps. Kimu Hyun looks puzzled at the message. Little Cloud sent. It's about Soul's

World Culture Festival. Not long after, Kimu Hyun brings Little Cloud to the bustling culture festival. He didn't expect Little Cloud wanted to come to a place like this. Kimu Hun asks him feeling better now. Little Cloud immediately nods excitedly and repeatedly. At this moment, Yong So Hua greets Kimu Hyun. Kimu Hun is surprised she would be here. Turns out Yangu Hua came with school friends, but suddenly Got separated from them. She thought she saw someone who looked like Kim Dhan just now, but the person who was just walking beside Kim Su Hyun has already disappeared.

He apologizes to little cloud in his heart. I'll find another chance to summon you out soon. Yong Hua wants to find her friends together with Kim Su Hyun. Feeling somewhat anxious, he immediately starts moving. Then Kim Su Hyun is a bit startled. He feels linking arms with Yang Su Hua is a bit Strange, but Yangu Hua says she's worried about getting separated again. At this moment, the quest pop-up seems to flash for an instant. Kimu Hyan thinks he must have seen wrong. At this moment, a cheer erupts from the stage not far away. Idol singer

Alisa has appeared. Little Cloud stares blankly at Alisa on stage from below. Kim Su Hyun, who's accompanying Yang Hua, can't muster any enthusiasm at all. He desperately wants to summon Little Cloud Out again, but the people around suddenly let out gasps of surprise because idol singer Alisa is walking toward them. She asks Kimu Hyun, since I'm no longer in the form of people around you, can I accompany you now? Kimu Hun is baffled for a moment before he realizes the real Alisa left after the performance ended, but CopyCloud followed her. So, the Alisa here now

is actually CopCloud. Yang Hua nervously asks Kimu Hyun who she is. Little Cloud Says flatly, "You don't need to know who I am, but this lowly thing is my master." The onlookers are all stunned. Yang So Hua also can't believe hearing the word master. But but Little Cloud still looks at Kimu Hune with righteous confidence. Kimu Hune is also completely baffled by this move. At this moment, people are already starting to discuss who is Alisa's master. Kimu Hune hurriedly grabs Yang So Hua and Little Cloud and flees. After reaching a Deserted corner, Kimu Hune explains

this is his relative from America named Little Cloud because she's also mixed race. She just happens to look like that Alisa. Kimu Hyan pulls out proof to show Yang So Hua. The real Alisa is still live streaming in her car, but Yang Hua suddenly asks Little Cloud in English when she came to Korea. Kimu Hun is stunned. How could Little Cloud possibly know English? This seems very strange to Yangu Hua. How could an American not Understand English? Kimu Hunurly stops Little Cloud, who wants to call Yangu Ha a barbarian, then starts explaining. At this moment,

Yang Has friends find them. She originally told her friends she'd go back after finishing something. Now even Yang Souha's mom has called, "It's time to go back." She then says goodbye to Kim Su Hyun. Little Cloud says coldly to Yong Hua, "Step back." Her friend wonders why her expression is like that. In fact, Yang Hua has known Kim Dah Hune for so many years and never heard of any foreign relatives. Yongu Hua is very curious about their relationship. She will never yield to anyone because in Yangu Ha's heart, Kim Su Hyun is hers and what

she holds in her hand is the spoon Kimsu Hyun used to eat ice cream. Kimu Hyun also doesn't understand this ridiculous situation. He just wanted a low-key outing but ended up copying an idol. Teacher Little Cloud apologizes to Master. He thought this Was a good idea. Didn't expect it would cause such a big problem. But Kim Su Hyun tells him not to apologize. After all, he only did this because he wanted to go out. But Little Cloud is somewhat puzzled. Master, why are you blushing? Actually, it's because Kim Su Hyun is seeing a celebrity up

close for the first time. Little Cloud asks if he's satisfied. Kim Su Hyun hurriedly steps back, reminding Little Cloud this is going too far, but Little Cloud grabs Him and thanks him. Kimu Hyun doesn't know what the sudden thanks is for, and of course, Little Cloud is thanking him for bringing him to this world. This kindness, Little Cloud will definitely repay. The next day, Gangbuk West High's main forces hold another meeting. Soon, another lackey comes to report disaster. After his frantically gesturing report, Kim Su Hun smilingly tells the lackey to tell East High's people they

understand. After Gangbuk South High's main forces Assemble, strategist Yong Bayong Sang also begins strategic deployment. South High's current situation is dismal. The once vast territory now reduced to just a few areas. Morale among ordinary fighters has hit rock bottom. West High and East High will inevitably take this chance to attack South High. And unlike previous small skirmishes, if they lose this time, Gangbuk South High will completely disappear. West High and East High strategists are smarter than Jung Bam. So, he came up with a method that will definitely trick those people. This is Yung Bam Sangs

final resistance. At this moment, a lackey rushes in reporting disaster. Gangbook East High has already begun moving. In the past, Kang Suk and Hanj Ha had a very good relationship, but now they've turned against each other as enemies. Gangbok East High's main forces have also assembled. They are SEO Dong Jong ranked fourth, Ryui Kyouong ranked third, and Yong Cheng Wong ranked second along with Gangbook East High's assault team. East High just notified Kim Su Hyun. Now it's time to set out together to catch Kang Sick. Li Hyund explains, "Gangbook South High has many talents and

troops. Gangbook South High is a force focused on elites. East High's top four ranked people are all extremely formidable fighters, talents that Hanja greatly values and trusts. However, Gangbook West High's talents may not lose to Them. The quest pop-up officially issues the main quest. The first step is for Kim Su Hyun's team to deal with 50 ordinary South High fighters. Today will be Gongbuk South's doomsday. At this moment, strategist Jang Ji Huk heardly says they cannot attack Gongbuk South High first. Kim Su Hun doesn't understand where this is coming from. He already made an agreement

with Han Ha, but Jang Ji Huk says it's precisely because of Hanj Ha. If we attack Gongbuk South High first, we'll be attacked by Hanj Ha. Kimu Hyun wonders, aren't West High and East High allies? Jung Ji Huk explains Gangbook South High's destruction in this battle is already an established fact, but have you thought about the next step? The reason West High and East High allied is to deal with South High. This isn't a complete alliance, but an agreement that ends after South High falls. Therefore, after South High falls, East High will Immediately attack our

West High. The reason Hanja just told West High's people to attack South High first is to deplete their stamina. After that, East High will immediately attack the already exhausted West High. At that point, Kimu Hyun and his group will have no chance of winning. Hanj Ha is indeed the type of person who would do such a thing. Everyone present applauds Jang Ji Huks explanation, but he worries that if they tell East High directly They can't attack South High first, it will damage the relationship with East High. For this, Kim Su Hyun has a solution. He

can go do quests first. Anjay Ha also quickly receives the message. According to Kimu Hyun, they think attacking South High first would be a bit difficult, so they want to clear surrounding forces first. Yong Chong Wong sees that Kimu Hyan recruited a decent strategist. Hanja hears that guy is called Jong Ji Huk. SEO Dong Jong Asks if he should attack South High first, like Kim Su Hian said. But Hanj Ha, not wanting to waste troops, also decides to clear surrounding forces first. South High strategist Yong Bay Sang also understands that East High and West High

aren't a perfect alliance. Both sides believe South High will definitely fall this time, so they'll restrain each other and secretly compete. Jung Ba Sang aims to exploit this point to ambush those who let their Guard down. In other words, to defeat them one by one. South High's lower ranks didn't expect West High's people would come clear them out first. Li Hyund using his exclusive skill here is simply invincible. But this alone isn't enough. A Li Hyund of this level still doesn't have the qualifications to follow his brother Gangbuk South High for the hope of survival

erupts in final struggle. And behind Li Hyund follows South High's former boss special forces. They can almost crush these ordinary South High people. Lie Hunong easily calls his boss to confirm the situation. Kimu Hyun's side had a few more people, but they were also quickly dealt with. He also learned that East High's people deliberately copied West High, not attacking South High, constantly stalling for time. Looking at it this way, it will be hard to end the war within today. Kim Su Hyun wonders why did Li Hyund on the phone suddenly go oh And at this

moment Li Hyund has frozen because someone who shouldn't be here has appeared Gangbuk South's boss Kang Sick. The strategy Jung Bam Sang gave him is to defeat them one by one because Yung Bam Sang predicted that both West High and East High would use clearing the surroundings as an excuse to disperse forces. So South High's officers must go ambush East High and West High. And this battle plan requires Kang Sak to take action because only When the king personally enters the field will the enemy feel fear. For Gangbuck South High, the boss must act personally.

Li Hyund using his exclusive skill is stunned because Kang Suk wasn't harmed. The next second, Li Hyund feels like he was hit by a truck and this is merely because Kang delivered one strike. Kang can't help but feel disappointed because Gangbuk South High was actually attacked by this level of trash. Then Kangak looks at the Traitorous boss special forces. He tells the boss special forces to try and see if they can catch the boss. SEO Dong Jung with nothing to do asks Hanj Ha a question. If you and Kang fought, who would win? Hanj Ha

says disdainfully, war is fought with the brain. Fighting isn't important, but SEO Dong Jong wants to know just how strong Hang is, and the title Han Ja gives him is wrestling Rhino. The boss special forces facing such a monster all flee in terror. Kimu Hyun's side also receives the latest news from lackis. The lackey thinks their side was too lax, but Kimu Hun actually wasn't lax. To prevent South's ambush, he puts special thought into troop deployment. Jong Jan and Jang Ji Huk as one team, Kimu Hyun himself with Gildu as one team, and the remaining

team is Lie Hyund and Guhun. Kimu Hyun begins using the camera skill. This skill's effect is to activate holographic view, allowing him to sense The surroundings of a designated team member. Now, Kimu Hyun begins using the camera skill on Gua Jun with the defeat them one by one strategy. Kung Suk originally wanted to avoid Guhun, but didn't expect it would be a boss battle right from the start. Their fists viciously smash into each other's faces. On the other side, Kimu Hyun observes the battle using the camera skill. Guh Hajjun's offensive is extremely fierce. Kimu Hune

believes he can win, but Kong Suk, as Gangbuk South High's boss, has incredibly tenacious defense. Guh Jun understands he must make him drop his guard, so he continuously attacks Kong's waist. The continuous strikes make Kang's hands involuntarily lower a bit. Guuhajun perfectly seizes this opportunity, landing a punch right on Kang's face. West High's lackis feel Guhun is about to win. Kimu Hyun also excitedly watches Guaj Jun in the holographic window. He uses the Ki Fighting method again. Guh Jun understands it's about time. One more strike to Kang's chin and he can win. He sprints forward

quickly, not wanting to delay anymore, but the next second, Guhun freezes. Kong Suk's clothes at the waist hang suspended in midair. Hanzha asks Sioong Jong if he knows why Kang Suk is called Rhino. The reason is simple. No matter how brutally the opponent beats him, he only needs one strike to end the battle. Guh Ha Jun is Actually caught by Kang Suk again. The Lackis can't help but show surprised expressions, but then they discover Guuha Jun withtood Kang Suk's strength. After all, Guh Jun is a strong man. Even if the opponent is wrestling Rhino, it

doesn't matter. Kimu Hyun understands Kang is also very tired. As long as Guhajun breaks free and delivers one more strike, he can still win. But Kang Suk, receiving his attack, doesn't waver in the slightest. Hanji Ha knows Kang Sak is called Rhino, partly because of his shoulder strength, partly because of his personality. Though rhinos are herbivores, their personality is very aggressive. If one charge doesn't work, they charge until it does. This is Kangi's style. Guh Jun loses his grip for a moment. Kangi instantly grabs him, then executes a suplex, but Guh Jun can still hold

on. As long as he can shake off Kanguk, he still has a chance, but the force in Kang's grip grows even Stronger. Guuhajun thinks this is bad. Kangi executes another suplex. Under the shocked gazes of West High's lackeyis, Kanguk begins the infinite suplex. Kim Su Hyun is stunned. Guh Jun admits he lost. Kang Suk also seriously injured calls strategist Jung Bong Sang to report. South High strategy succeeded. Gangbuk West High lost a major fighter. Jung Sang tells Kang Suk to come back first. Raug also called just now. He alone took out Gangbuk East High's Assault

team. Hanja's side also receives the news. Raug ambushed the dispersed assault team. Around the same time, Guha Jun was also defeated. From this they can guess South High's strategy. East High and West High were completely played by South High. This time, Yong Chang Wong ranked second at East High asks if he should take action. At this moment, Ryu Kyouong, ranked third at East High, calls out to Han Ha because a guest has arrived among East High's Lackeyis. Someone recognizes that's gangbook West High's boss, Kimu Hyun. They didn't expect that with relations between the two sides

not so good, Kimu Hyun would still dare come here alone. Ryu Kyouong also finds that guy called Kimu Hyun quite interesting. What business could he have coming here at this time? Kimu Hyun and Hanj Ha look at each other, then reach a consensus to start by dealing with South. A moment later, Kimu Hyun calls strategist Jang Ji Huk. He just finished talking with Hanj Ha. Even after dealing with South High, they'll maintain the alliance. Well, then it's time to start moving. South High's people are still excited about defeating Guha Jun. Kim Su Hyun uses Heaven's

Descent from ancient flow martial arts Tigun. The quest updates to have West High and East High together deal with 20 South High officers. Kim Su Hyun will pay back all the damage received. He calls to confirm Chungl Chian side is doing well. But Gild Side feels something strange because he feels like something is flowing inside his body. Kang Suck resting back at South High headquarters didn't expect Guha Jun to be so strong. He understands if that guy had been more aggressive, he would have lost. Kang Suk asks Yongbium Sang what the next strategy is. Jung

Sang says it's to make West High and East High fight each other. It won't succeed easily, but their alliance is a Relationship that can be easily broken. They just need to find a way to worsen the relationship between East High and West High, and South High can rally again. At this moment, a lackey reports disaster. Kim Su Hyun went to Hanja for alliance negotiations. Now, West High and East High are in perfect united form. They've already started attacking South High. Jung Bong Sang didn't expect Kim Su Hyong could actually persuade Han Ha. Just as he's

about to make the next Deployment, Kong Sak interrupts to explain, "Because I defeated Guha Jun, South's morale greatly increased. So, as soon as I recover my stamina, I'll go deal with Kim Su Hian." Wang Dong Wu, ranked 10th at South High, is still boosting morale. Everyone roars, "The final victor will be our Gangbook South High." Ryu Kyouong, ranked third at Gangbook East High, shouts, "Go Gangbook South High." The lackey all turn around, only to find an unfamiliar redhead. Ryu Kyouong smirks and touches his nose. Wang Dong Wu is completely in despair because he knows what

kind of monster Ryu Kyouong is. Wang Dong Wu has no power to fight back in his hands. Kimu Hyun side also takes out South High's rank 16 officer. At this moment, Alaki brings good news. Hanj Ha's five member elite force that just started moving has already dealt with five South High officers. Just a few members yet sweeping across the entire battlefield With incredible firepower. Currently, Li Ji Hyun, ranked ninth at South High, is leading a small force in confrontation with Gangbook East High. The battlefield is in a hair trigger state, but Li Ji Hun at

a disadvantage will definitely be taken down by Gangbook East High. Kimu Hyun can't help but turn to look at one person. He asks Gildu. With Li Ji Hun situation, are you okay? Gildu honestly says he wants to go save that woman. Of course, he knows he can't do this, but He has something to get back from that woman. So, Gildu asks Kim Su Hyun for one thing. Let me go save that woman. Strategist Jang Ji Huk hurriedly stops Gildu. You must know Li Ji Hun is fighting with East High. If Gildu goes to support, he

represents West High declaring war on East High too. They finally became united with East High. If Gildu goes and damages the relationship with East High, they might not be able to take down South High today. Jang Ji Huk understands Gild's feelings, but he still reminds Gildu not to let love cloud his judgment. For this, Kimsu Hun has a solution. Gangbuck South High headquarters also receives Liians request for support, but Young Bay Sang doesn't plan to waste troops there, so he just brushes it off and refuses. Liun is fighting fiercely with East High's people. The prolonged

battle gradually depletes her stamina. East Hai's hang and Park Jian Sai, worthy of being South's rank nine, taking down many enemies alone with just a wooden sword. But with Park Jian's appearance, the battle should end. Li Ji Hian, with her stamina greatly depleted, can no longer dodge his attacks. Park Jian doesn't want to waste more time either. At this moment, a man wearing a hood grabs Li Ji Hun away. The man says flatly, "Making you worry this much, you really are a naughty kitten." Hang recognizes that guy's identity. The strong fighter who Appeared alone in

Gangbok North High's territory and defeated Yang Chan Seiel. Li Hyan asks in confusion, "Who are you? Why are you helping me?" Gild Du calmly replies, "Because there's something I need to take back from you to figure out how awakening works." Kim Su Hyan asks the other two who successfully awakened. Chung Il Chan doesn't know how he defeated Ojinsu either. He just thought about things that angered him in the past and suddenly a power surged within His body. Lie Hyund felt furious that he alone was so weak. So he stood up in anger and his strength

suddenly increased and he won. Kimu Hyan roughly grasps the conditions for awakening. Therefore, he can predict that Gildu will awaken today. Meanwhile, Ju Huk Jong from South High calls the other officers together. He asks everyone if they want to consider betraying Gangbuk South because in Juh Hawk Jongs eyes, South Hai has no hope left. The Officers are one thing. Juh Huk Jong asks, "What did their subordinates do wrong? Why should they sacrifice themselves for a South High that's already finished?" West High and East High want Kang. Once they capture Kang Suk, the war will end

immediately for the sake of his subordinates. Ju Huk Jang wants to end the war as soon as possible. The next second, Liong Min knocks him down with a single punch. Liang Min growls, "You trash! How has Kang wronged us?" He confiscates Jujongs forces. At this moment, Li Ji Hun hears Gil do say to her dramatically, "You took my heart away." She instantly realizes the man before her is that guy from the straight cat encounter. Li Ji Hun doesn't understand what Gildu is doing. Is he here to mock her? To watch her get defeated? Gildu makes

a gesture for silence, he says softly. At least in this moment. Please don't see me as an enemy, but look at me With different feelings. I hope my sincerity reaches you. What you're seeing now is the back of a man driven mad by love. Hang reminds everyone to be careful. This opponent is a master who defeated Yong Chan. Moments later, the underlings can't help but show shocked expressions because that guy is super weak like a punching bag. Gil Du tells Li Ji Hun to leave quickly. He'll handle things here. This is the front view of

a man driven mad by love. Li Ji Hun ses Helplessly. Is Gildu an idiot. Still, thanks to Gildu, she recovers her stamina. Now Li Ji Hun tells Gildu to return to where he belongs. She doesn't need any help, nor does she need anyone to like her. At this moment, Park Jian attacks again. Li Ji Hyun can't dodge his attack. Gild's speed somehow suddenly explodes, and Park Jian actually gets knocked away by him. Gild feels his body becoming strange again. Something inside him starts stirring Once more. Not long ago, Yanguk's father asked his wife if they

should tell the truth. But Yanguk's mother felt it would be better if their son didn't know about such things. Father Yangpong wanted Gukji to know what blood flows in his veins. Mother Yamazaki Tako asks back, "Can you personally tell our son that the blood flowing in your veins is from the Yamazaki clan, Japan's number one Yakuza family?" Yamazaki Tako doesn't want her son to become the white demon, But Yangukji already possesses Yakuza bloodline within him. So perhaps some event will become the trigger, causing Gildu's true bloodline to manifest. The quest pop-up shows Yanguk Gi's potential

is surging violently within. At this moment, something happens on Kimu Hyun side as well. These South High guys had clearly fallen, but they desperately climbed back to their feet. While they don't pose much threat, it's still quite troublesome. Even stranger, guys who Were weak before the fight started have all gotten stronger and rallied. Kim Su Hyun realizes these people have stood back up with a do or die determination for South High. He suddenly worries the officers might get stronger, too. If even Kong Suk becomes stronger, that would be real trouble. At this time, someone appears

behind South High, continuously attacking South's people. Kim Su Hyun and his companion don't understand what's happening at first. Because the newcomer is Ju Hawk Jong, ranked number eight at Gangbuk South High. He throws down his weapon and says he's here to surrender. Ju Hawk Jong explains that Gangbuk South High has no hope left, so he wants to become a member of Gangbook West High. If Kim Su Hyun accepts, Ju Hukdong promises to help him ambush Kang. Moreover, Ju Huk Jong knows the positions of all Gangbuk South High's officers. He's willing to let Kim Su Hyan

use him as Gangbook West High's wild card. Jujongs stats are all decent. The quest pop-up also issues a mission to recruit Juhuk Jong at this time. Depending on whether Kim Su Hian wants to bring him into the group, he chooses to enter discussion time for now. Kim Suian asks the other two what they think about this. Since Ju Huk Jong hit Gildo, Kimu Hian doesn't really like him. Jang Xi Huk also shares the news he received earlier. Ju Huk Jong was beaten by South's officers. He proposed Betraying Kang, but the other officers were very loyal,

so he failed. He was beaten in front of his own subordinates and even his men were taken away. So, it's quite possible Ju Huk Jong really is betraying. Jung Ji Huk votes in favor, but Kimu Hyun suspects this might be South High strategy. There's a chance Juh Huk Jong deliberately let the officers beat him to join West High. He looks really despicable. If that guy does things as underhanded as he looks, West High is done for. Jang Ji Hug also realizes this point can't be ignored. At this moment, Kim Su Hun suddenly thinks of a

good idea. He directly welcomes Juh Huk Jong to join. Jang Xi Huk doesn't know what his lord is thinking. Is this really okay? The opponent is Juhuk Jong with that despicable smile. On Gild's side, he's still struggling to hold on. Li Ji Hun believes South's reinforcements will arrive soon. Right now, when they need fighters most, Liun Believes Jung Bam Sang won't abandon her. At this time, Park Jian tells her bad news. There are no so-called reinforcements. East High just received news that South High's officers are all at their positions. If there were reinforcements, they would

have come already. Actually, Li Ji Hyun should have found it strange from the start that among the officers, only she was sent to the front lines. That's because Yung Bam Sang decided to abandon her From the beginning. Gildu starts using systemma against Park John. He says in a low voice, "If you're going to say something that will scare that woman, whisper it in my ear first." Park Jon roars angrily, "You stupid bastard. I was just messing with Gildoo for fun. I didn't think Gildu would actually act like a complete idiot." That feeling Gildoo had suddenly

disappears again. He doesn't understand how he suddenly got faster just now. Now that woman is in Danger. Gild must defeat the guy in front of him and then help that woman, but he doesn't know how to win. Park Jian seizes the opening while Gildu is thinking and attacks again. He wonders, "How is Kim paper bag so weak? Wasn't he supposed to have beaten Gangbuck North High's Yang Chian Seol?" Park Jian wants to see who this Kim paper bag really is. But Li Ji Hyan swings her sword to stop him. Their battle isn't over yet. Gild

is stunned for a moment. That woman is Getting hit right in front of him. That's the person Gildoo likes. She's being beaten by someone else right now. Not long ago, Gildu told his father he had someone he liked. But he had one question. Since ancient times, males are supposed to protect females. A man must protect the woman he loves. But Gildu is weaker than the woman he loves. Lii Hyun ultimately has no strength left to fight. Park Jian should end this now, but his father told Gildu, "I was once Like that, too." Gild's father was

once a man weaker than his wife. Back then, he was a Korean exchange student who also worked delivering newspapers, and that woman was from Japan's Yakuza Yamazaki clan. All along, they lived in different worlds, and logically, the lives they would lead should be different. But even so, Yangpa Pong still protected her. He fell in love with that woman at first sight. Just as Park Jian's sword is about to fall, Gildu instantly appears in front of Li Ji Hun and blocks the strike. The quest pop-up also shows at this time team member Yanguk's resolve is full.

Yangji's potential begins to surge. Yanguk G's potential has reached maximum. Finally, Yanguk Gi's potential has awakened. Due to potential awakening, Yanguk's stamina is specially restored. Also, due to rank potential awakening, two exclusive attack cards are obtained. One of them is called Yamazaki style Kyokushin Karate. Gildu instantly delivers a frontal attack from Yamazaki style Kyokushin Karate as well as a two-h hit combo frontal attack from Yamazaki style Kyukushin Karate. Gildu suddenly realizes he and Liji Hyun haven't even exchanged names yet. After learning Li Hyun's name, he introduces himself as Yong Gukji. The world calls me the

dark lord. He tells Liun that Gangbuk South High is nearly finished. They even abandoned you, but West High Won't. We have a leader who cares deeply for his comrades. So why don't you take this chance to join West High? Li Ji Hyun's lips move slightly, about to refuse, but Gild Du covers her mouth. Then with an affectionate gaze, he tells Lii Hyun not to say anything because his heart isn't that strong. Li Ji Hun didn't expect Gildu to just leave like that. Gildu recalls the words of strategist Jang Ji Huk. West High really needs Lii

Hyun's strength. Jang Ji Huk Understood that if they saved her this time, she would owe West High a debt. This way, Gildu could use this to recruit Li Ji Hun, but as a man, Gildu doesn't want to use underhanded tactics on that woman. And not long ago, Ju Huk Jang, who joined Gangbuck West High, turns out to be a spy after all. South High strategist Jung Bam Sangs strategy is perfect. Ju Huk Jong first proposed betrayal within the team. then got beaten. Combined with his usual image, Kimu Hyun had no choice but to believe he

truly betrayed. And next, they'll make West High's Chong Yil Chun fall into a trap. No matter how fast he is, once he falls into a trap, it's hard to escape. Soon, Ju Huk Jong tells Kim Su Hun that South High is organizing another strike team. If left alone, they'll ambush us. To deal with the strike team, just him and Chungl with a few men would be enough. Kim Su Hyun and Chong Chian exchange glances, then agree With Ju Huk Jong. The corner of Ju Huk Jongs mouth curls into a barely noticeable smile. He says earnestly,

"This is all for Gangbook West High's sake." On the other side, Jung Bam Sang is already prepared. Once Chung Chan is brought here, they'll break his legs. After dealing with Chung Chan, Kimu Hyun is next. Jung Bam Sang is about to say how to deal with Kimsu Hun when the lookout outside comes flying in. He reports weekly, "This is bad. Our Position has been exposed." Kimu Hyan greets Young Bam Sang in a low voice. Long time no see. Jung Bam Sang doesn't understand how he knew this location until he sees Ju Huk Jong beside Kimu

Hyun. Ju Huk Jong shouts angrily, "I only told you to act. You actually betrayed us, you damned bastard." Juu Huk Jong is also covered in sweat now because Kimu Hyun already knew their strategy because while Jung Ba Sang was plotting to trap Chong Yun, Kimu Hyun Learned everything by using the camera skill on team members. Caught Ju Huk Jong hastily begs for mercy saying he was forced by Jung Bum Sang. Chung Yil Chun is also eager to beat him up. Kimu Hyan warns Juh Huk Jong now you know right? I have eyes everywhere and your

only way to survive now is to tell us the positions of Gongbuk South High's officers. Ju Hawk Jang excitedly cheers for Gongbuk West High on the side. Jung Yil Chon is utterly speechless. How can That guy be so pathetic? Jung Bong Sang doesn't understand how things turned out like this again. He roars, "Even so, we still have more people." Gangbuk South High can gang up on you. Just then, the awakened Gildu finally returns. Kim Su Hyun exclaims in admiration, "So strong, the training quest is also completed." At this time, Kimsu Hyun obtains two advanced strength

and speed cards. This time, he uses all the training cards on himself. Gang book West High is ready. Now, their stats are far higher than South High's officers, except for the powerful Aru Yong. Now, it's time for a fight. Lee Sung Min and Cho Chang Yu punch at Gildu simultaneously. They don't understand why this guy is pretending to withstand the hits when he clearly got struck. In reality, Gildu used the front squat stance from Yamazaki style Kiyokushin karate. Gildu delivers another two-h hit frontal attack combo. Cho Chang can't believe It. How is this ugly freak

so strong? Gildo is about to provide support, but finds that Chongy Chon doesn't seem to need help. He praises Ilon is also quite strong. At this moment, the quest pop-up shows gang book South High has risen again due to an unknown power. The South High officers who stood back up have all increased their stats. They seem to have gotten stronger through determination. Gild can't help but feel worried, but his concern is for Kimu Hyun's side. Rauugo is still too strong. Even though Kimu Hun used all the training cards on himself, he still can't keep up

with Raus speed. Kimu Hyun must find an opportunity to use exceed limits. This skill can only be used at close range, but Raus front kick pushes him back. This kick aimed at his chest directly leaves Kimsu Hyun's whole body weak. Rauom immediately follows with a shin kick. Kimu Hyun simply can't get close to him. Just as Raugong's about to Grab his face for a knee strike, Kimuyong immediately uses the restore stamina skill to push push push push push push push push push push Raug. He almost was done for just now. Rauugyong didn't use this move

when fighting Yang Chan Sail. Turns out it was a secret weapon, so he kept it hidden. To make Rau let his guard down, Kim Su Hyun pretends to be nearly beaten to death. There's only one way he can win. The person most worried about Kim Su Hun Losing is Ju Hawk Jong. If he really loses, this traitor is finished. Ju Huk Jong yells, "Kimsu Hyun, you can't lose, but having used restore stamina, his stamina is nearly depleted. The skill gap between the two is also huge." Kimu Hyun is still looking for a chance to get

close to Rauyong. Ju Huk Jong roars, what are you doing, you idiot? If you get that close, you'll get hit with a front kick again. This time, Kimu Hyun quickly crouches and dodges the strike. He prepared for this battle long ago. Kim Suyun had been constantly thinking about how to enhance his attack patterns. Recently, the technique he's been using is almost entirely ancient flow martial arts taun. But Jang Ji Huk said Kong's main technique is wrestling, in which case ancient flow martial arts Tun wouldn't be advantageous. Kimu Hun started thinking whether combining his existing cards

could create new attacks. Suddenly, something comes to mind. Then He picks up a silver card nearby. Kimu Hyun realizes this skill might have a surprising effect. Having completed the crouch, Kimu Hyun immediately uses exceed limits. And the punch Raw must now face is Kimu Hyun's new attack technique combining exceed limits and rise. A rising punch containing 156 kg of force. The next second strike is a 156 kg heaven's descent. In the end, Kimu Hyun wins. As his consciousness fades, Rauy thinks of the past. It was When he first met Kang. Rawyong, who helped Kang with

things, received good reviews. Kang sincerely thanked him for his efforts in making Gangbuk South High so strong. At this time, the quest pop-up shows again. Gangbuck South High has risen again due to an unknown power. Rauugyong attacks Kimsu Hyun again. Kimu Hyan activates an advanced random attack card. Raug mid charge takes another heavy hit. This time he's completely down. Kimu Hyan throws away the wooden Stick in his hand. Next, it's time to hunt down Kang. This will be the final battle. Ju Huk Jong is completely shocked. Even Rau lost. He didn't expect West High's guys

to be this strong. Ju Hawk Jong says loyally. I'll forever be Gangbuck West High's watchdog. Next, it's time to interrogate for Kangi's location. Jung Bam Sang screams hysterically. You guys ran away so pathetically. Actually, no interrogation is needed. Kim Su Hyan understands Kang Must still be a Gangbok South High. However, he tells everyone to warm up first before heading out because Kimu Hyun needs to check his cards first. He's curious what the gold card from recruiting Juhawk Jong will yield. The result is just the super high pitch ability Kimu Hun doesn't even use the high

pitch card, so merging a super high pitch card seems useless. At this moment, he remembers something. It doesn't seem to be time to use the lucky Bag yet. Gangbuck East High's people have already arrived at South High first. West High's people arrive soon after. South High's other forces have been mostly cleaned out. After the war ends, it'll be time to settle the territory division. Hanj Ha can confirm one thing. Kang is definitely guarding South High headquarters. The people Hanja sent in earlier were completely wiped out. Ryu Kyouong wonders, "Why is there a girl here?" Chong

Yil Chian says Flatly, "I'm not a girl." Both 18-year-old young men. This is the first time they've met someone with looks as mature as their own. Hanji Ha continues explaining, "Inside, there's not just Kang Suk, but also guys who will do anything to protect Gangbuck South High. Take out Kangse and his personal forces, and the war is truly over. Now it's time to begin the final battle. West High enters from the left door. East High from the front entrance. Whoever finds Kang Suk first will contact the other immediately and it's so dark inside to make

it easier for South High's people to ambush. These guys are Kang's final forces. Kimu Hyan is stunned after using the peak skill because these people's potential has all awakened. He just now realizes that everyone can awaken to protect Gongbuk South High. These people have exceeded their limits. Gil Du uses the upper block from Yamazaki style Kyokushin karate and blocks the attack. He asks Kim Su Hyun, I'm pretty cool, right? But joking aside, the situation isn't good right now. Enemies are also attacking from behind. This war will only end when Kang Suck is dealt with. Gild

chooses to stay behind alone to face these people, but Chong Yil Chion doesn't want to leave him here. Gild covers his mouth, then dramatically says to Chongil Chon, "Don't say anything." Kimu Hunan decisively pulls Chong Chon away because he understands Gildu must Have a way. After all, the awakened Gildu still has a second exclusive card. He begins using the dark lord skill. This skill's effect is to reduce the overall stats of everyone around by one level for 3 minutes. A powerful pressure suddenly erupts from Gildo's body. At this moment, Kim Su Hyun is searching for

Kanguk, but runs into Gangbuck East's people. Everyone's search for Kang has become chaotic. East High is the same as West High. To end the war as Quickly as possible, they've left the first floor to Ryuskiong. Now, it's time to end everything together on the fifth floor. At this moment, South's people say mockingly, "Boss Kang Suk isn't here. This is Gangbuk South's last stronghold. They couldn't possibly face enemies without strategy." South's goal from the start was to scatter enemy forces. After dealing with everyone, Gildu is suddenly startled because Kangik has been on the first floor all

Along. Chung Yil Chiian hurriedly wants to save Gildu, but Kimu Hyun believes the one in danger should be Kangse and Gildu is the final fortress that can deal with Kang. At the same time, Kangik is also confused. He doesn't understand what's happening. This guy's belly is too big. I can't even get a grip on him. Gild asks Kang Suk, "What are you doing? If you're finished, can it be my turn now?" Kang's stats are reduced by Gildu. The main quest also updates to defeat Kanguk. Kangok tells this pig, "Gildo to stop being ridiculous, but Gildu

actually withstands it and keeps making groaning sounds. Kang shouts angrily," "Shut up, you pighead." He judges that Gild's strength is about the same as his own. This is exactly what Kangse hoped for. He hates fighting like those weak, tentative battles. Only a fist to flesh brawl can make Kangi feel interested, but his fist doesn't hit Gildu. Kangsey is surprised. This fat pig's speed is Actually faster than mine. Gild uses Systema, continuously striking Kangok's body. Kim Su Hyun observes the battle situation from the other side. The current situation is more favorable for Gildu. The others don't

pose a threat. Looking at it this way, they might win easily. Gild didn't expect that Kang hit in his vital points could still hold on. Then he'll use Yamazaki style Kyokushin karate to break through Kang's solid body. Kang suddenly grabs Gildu. He Glares, "You insulent bastard. You think you can win just because your physical abilities are a bit better? Fighting relies on experience. The position of Gangbuk South High's boss wasn't obtained through cosplay. Gild didn't expect his strength to be this great. Kanguk understands this is a good opportunity. Gild has no strength left. Now is

a good chance to finish him. The next second, Kang Suk freezes because Gildu has already seen through his Intentions. Gildu is also a man who cannot lose. He delivers the crescent kick from Yamazaki style Kyokushin karate. Gildu also has reasons he must win. Just like Kong Suk, he uses the Brazilian kick from Yamazaki style karate, kicking hard at Kong Suk. Gildu has already made a promise with someone. Kong Suk seizes the moment while Gildu is distracted and surges up. Not long ago, Gildu didn't use underhanded tactics to demand Li Ji join West High. He understood

Li Jihuns position. So Gildu asked, "If we take over South High, will you come to West High?" Li Ji ultimately agreed with Gild. This is his first promise with Li Jihun. So Gildu absolutely must defeat Kang Sack. He instantly uses the spinning kick from Yamazaki style karate. Gildu exclaims in admiration, "This is a cool battle, but unfortunately, if you also had someone you loved, you'd definitely be stronger. Everything seems to be over. Kang has Ultimately been defeated." Gild is about to announce the war is over, but he's suddenly stunned again because Kang has stood up

again. Gildu is also completely baffled. He doesn't understand how this is even possible. Kings's strength and speed have become even greater. The quest pop-up shows Genbook South High has risen again due to an unknown power. Kimsu Hyun hurriedly sprints toward Gildo's position because the holographic view has become very strange. The quest Pop-up warns Kang's resolve is full. Kanguk's potential begins to surge. Kanguk's potential has actually awakened, too. Kim Su Hyun begins using the peak skill, but for the first time, Kimsu Hyun has the thought that the quest might fail. Kanguk stares intently at Kimu Hyan,

and his stats at this moment have reached a terrifying level. A foot instantly appears on Kong's face. Hanja also arrives at this moment, but his attack doesn't seem to have hurt Konguk at all. Hanja suddenly has a very bad feeling. He tells everyone to brace themselves because this is also the first time Hanja has seen Konguk like this. Today will be the day everyone works together to catch a monster. And the reason Kong's resolve to protect South High is so strong was initially just because he used South High to sell fentanyl for pocket money. The

pocket money could fill the hungry stomach of Kang after working out. But one day, Jung Sang proposed playing bigger. As long as they didn't get caught, they could make a lot of money. So Kang Suk started his business like this, earning massive amounts of pocket money. Soon, the scale of profits far exceeded what could be called pocket money. During this time, Kanguk also began to have doubts. Why work out? Why study? Making money was clearly such a simple thing. Those teachers and doctors wouldn't earn as much in their entire lives as Kanguk Did. So Kanga

cannot give up his business. In his heart, Gangbok South High can only be his. The business is his. The money is his. No matter who the opponent is, Kunga cannot give it up. Kim Su Hyun is shocked. After opening his eyes, he's practically a monster. But if they can hold out for 5 minutes, Kim Su Hun will have hope. Han Ja also understands their reinforcements will arrive in 5 minutes. But that's not what Kimu Hyun meant. The three Simultaneously attack Kang Suk, but the result is beyond their expectations. The one who withstands it is actually

this guy. After awakening, Kang's strength and speed have greatly increased. He has become a true rhino. Chongy Chan begins counterattacking with Capoera, he's confident in his speed. No matter how solid Kang's body is, if his vital points are hit, he'll weaken. So, as long as Chong Yil Chion aims for his temple, just one strike can take Kang Suk down. However, Chung Ylian freezes as his strike lands. Kang Suk actually caught Chong Yil Jian's foot. He really hates people who use their feet. Kimu Hyan uses ancient flow martial arts Teun to continue the attack, but gets

caught by Kang Suk. Since Kimu Hun appeared, nothing has gone right for Kang Suk just as he wants to end this all. Kimu Hyan uses super high pitch to shout. After all, no matter how solid Kangak's body is, his eardrums will still feel it. Even in this state, Kangi can still counterattack. And Kimu Hyune, exchanging blows with him, simply can't withstand Kangak's strength. But then, Kang feels something strange because Kimu Hyun actually withstood it because he used the berserker skill. Kimu Hyun just used the super high pitch skill, so he called all the remaining forces

inside South High headquarters. Ha wonders, what does Kimu Hyun mean by holding out for 5 minutes? If this Continues, the situation will only get worse. Haya can't help but doubt whether Kimsu Hyuns plan is reliable. Kungak also feels very strange. Kimu Hyan seems unable to feel pain. He suspects it's adrenaline, but even so, it doesn't matter. Kong doesn't believe Kimu can beat him. The 5 minutes Kimu Hyan mentioned have passed. Now it's time for Kong to end the battle just as his fist is about to finish Kimu Hyun. A figure suddenly kicks Konguk away. Guuha

Jun and Li Hun Dong have also come to provide support and Kimu Hyun having used the berserker skill will pass out in 40 seconds. Kunguk sneers at this moment. He thought this was the reason Kimu Hyun needed to hold out for 5 minutes. Kunguk doesn't believe these half-dead reinforcements can threaten him. But Kimu Hyuns strategy is only just beginning. Not long ago, after dealing with all the officers, he was preparing because the diaper skill was About to cool down. The 5 minutes Kim Su Hian mentioned was waiting for this. Now he asked Kang Suk, "Do

you believe in miracles?" After using the diaper skill, all team members stats increase by three levels. Kang sneers and asks, "Will standing up again change anything?" Gangbuck South High can only be mine. Suddenly, a steel pipe appears before Kang's eyes. Not long ago, Kimu Hyun activated an advanced random attack card and obtained the skill called Filipino Stick fighting. This is a traditional Filipino martial art. Caught off guard, Kang Sick is beaten badly. Kimsu Hyun says coldly, Genbuk South High will be finished today. On Hanj Ha's side, they're still clearing out South's endless reinforcements. Yong Chang

Wong and two others finally arrive, asking if he's okay. They've already cleaned up South's forces on the other floors. At this moment, Seo Dong Jong shows a surprised expression because he Recognizes that Kim So Hun is using Filipino stick fighting. SEO Dong Jong understands this isn't like regular tool use mixed with tricks. It's a highly difficult martial art. Just knowing this martial art is impressive, and he's never seen anyone this proficient. Kang Sukak caught by the information gap is very annoyed. He finds the right moment and strikes Kimsu Hyun hard. However, what he hits isn't

Kimsu Yun, but Gildu, who took the hit using Yamazaki style Kyokushin karate. Kang is surprised. Didn't this guy pass out? Gildu uses the dark lord skill again. Kanguk with reduced stats is knocked away again. Immediately after, Chung Chion delivers Capoera again. Now begins the shameless gang beating operation. Kangok grabs Chongil Chion. He just said he hates people who use their feet. But the next second, Kang is pushed back again. He's gradually getting confused. This gang beating operation is really disgusting. Guh Jun begins using Ki fighting method. Kang Suk doesn't believe he'll lose. Gildu delivers Yamazaki

style Kyokushin karate again. Kimsu Hyun immediately follows with ancient flow martial arts. Tay gun. Kang Suk doubts. Am I really going to lose? He absolutely won't allow this to happen. Kang Suk won't hand Gangbuck South High to anyone. He takes a deep breath then roars. What are you all cowering for? Are you going to just hand over South High like this? If we Lose here, it's over. We can win. Gangbuk South High still stands. Gangbuck unification is ours. Fight with your lives. and Kang Suk will finish off Kimsu Hyan. Once he catches the boss, the

war is over. Kimsu Hyan thinks the same way. Kang quickly rushes out to grab him, but Kimu Hyan uses Filipino stick fighting again. Kanguk has no idea how to counter it, but he won't give up. Kang endures trying to find a chance to get close to Kimu Hyun. Jang Ji Huk Understands this is just wasting time. The Lord knowing Kang's intentions will absolutely not let him get close. Jang Ji Huk shouts, "Go my lord, end this troublesome war." But at this moment, Kangak spits out blood. Kim Su Hyuns vision is instantly blocked. Its nose bleed

flowing from Kang Seaks mouth. Kimu Hyians opening is still caught. Kangak suddenly uses infinite suplex. He's perfectly grabbed Kimsu Hyun. Just one more throw And Kong wins. Under Chongil Chians anxious gaze, Kimu Hyun steps on Kong's knee. After using restore stamina, he uses the rise skill to break free from Kong. Kong doesn't understand what happened. Kimu Hyun got beaten up like that. Why is he still fine? Kunguk believes he must be acting. If he's human, it's impossible he wasn't hurt. He'll do it again and completely finish off Kimsu Hyun. Kang Suk, just like before, approaches

Kimu Hyun while Taking hits, he endures the steel pipe coming at him. Just about to successfully grab Kimsu Hyun, but suddenly another steel pipe appears on Kang's head. Kang only now realizes Kimu Hyun has two weapons. Kimu Hyun quickly uses the rice skill. Kang is completely stunned. Turns out Kimsu Hun knew how to use dual weapons from the start. He was just making Kang let his guard down at first. The quest pop-up also appears at this time. The awakened Kang has fallen. Hanji Hasha to South's remaining people. Kang has fallen. Tank top Kimu Hian won.

The war is over. The quest also updates at this time. Looking at the newly appeared final quest, Kim Su Hyun finds it quite interesting. At this moment, Chung Chan excitedly jumps on him. Chung Yan didn't expect they actually won. After Kong fell, South High's other people also lost their will to fight. The war is over. Now it's time to settle things. Gangbuk South High has fallen. So, South High's officers now have no affiliation. Therefore, West High and East High spoils of war are recruiting Gangbuk South officers. But they must be careful. Recruiting unconditionally could become

poisonous. If they refuse recruitment, they must leave Gangbuk. Before leaving, they must settle what they've done before. Gangbook East High's Honja directly abandons Bang Junol and Bang Jun Ji who sound like trash but Kim Su Hyun chooses to take Them. He explains to the puzzled Jang Ji Huk. West High expanded our influence this time, so we need people to manage those areas. Although these two have abilities worse than bugs, they can at least manage a place properly. Most importantly, Kim Su Hyun believes if rumors spread that he took in trash, capable talents in Gongbuk will

seek them out. Hearing Jang Ji Huk's praise, Kimu Hyun thinks what's truly most important is the final quest the quest Pop-up issued. The more talents recruited, the better the reward. So, as long as the reward can be upgraded to the best, even if they're bugs, Kim Su Hyun will take them. And Gang Book East High follows an elite route. So, South High's ordinary officers are basically all taken by Kim Su Hyun. Next are Wang Dong Wu, ranked number 10, and Li Ji Hyun, ranked number nine. These two people's combat power is strong wherever they go.

Both are talents that cannot be Passed up, and Gangbuck East High's thinking is the same as theirs. Hi Ha quickly decides. He decides to take Li Ji Hun. After all, East High with its elite route is suitable for a talent like Li Ji Hyan. But Kimu Hyan wants both Li Hian and Wang Dong Wu. If it doesn't work out, he's willing to give up Wang Dong Wu. In this situation, they can only ask Li Ji Hun first. If she wants to go to East High, there's no helping it. Hanji Ha tells Li Hyan that East

High won't mistreat her. The number seven position is already reserved. Kimu Hyun not to be outdone. States that if Liian comes to West High, he'll make her number one, but Lii Hyan turns to look somewhere. It's the already bruised and battered Gildu. And because Li Ji Hun and Gild Du already had an agreement, she ultimately chooses to go to Gangbuck West High. Li Ji Hun tells Gildu not to get too cocky. She's not joining because of him. And Ojinsu and Cho Chang, who Dislike West High, naturally go to East High, but Kimu Hyun wasn't interested

in them anyway. Then the loyal Lee Sung Min and Jung Baong Sang who experienced team life both say they won't go anywhere. So next is Rau, who tormented West High, and Kang Suk, who fought against all of East High and West High alone. As for which side takes Kang Suk, they need to discuss it properly. Not long after, Kimu Hyuns main quest is finally completed. Kim Su Hyun and the others Finally returned to Gangbook West High. Although this war was long, they also gained a lot. Gangbuk West High gained 11 new members, but Kim Su

Hun has some regrets. After all, the deal still failed. Han Jay Ha asks Kang Sack how he feels about joining Gangbook East High. Kanguk is now part of East High, but he reminds Han Ha he must keep his previous promise. Hanja tells him not to worry. You just need to work hard at East High like a dog. East High, having taken Kang Suk, has become stronger. But Kimu Hune doesn't need to despair because West High also has a corresponding trump card. That is Raw Wu Guiom, currently ranked number seven at West High. Gang Book West

High is also gradually getting stronger. Step by step, they'll unify Gang Book like this. Mid-sentence, Kimu Hyun suddenly can't hold it and needs to use the restroom. This is, of course, because he can't resist opening cards. Completing this main quest, Kim Su Hian Obtained two platinum cards. One of the skills is called slime. Looking at the bizarre skill description, Kimu Hyan is momentarily stunned. The result, he summons a worthless creature with zero combat ability. At this moment, the quest pop-up prompts, "Try giving the slime something." Kim Su Hyan takes out a bill from his pocket

to test it out. Then the bill gets eaten by the slime, but the slime shows no reaction whatsoever. Kimu Hyan frantically Demands his money back. Moments later, the bill actually gets pooped out by the slime. It sits on toilet paper with a wronged expression. After confirming, this is identical to his original bill. Kim Su Hian instantly gets an idea. This slime must be for storing things, and it's an unlimited capacity storage slime. At that, hearing the commotion, strategist Yang Ji Huk asks, "My lord, are you all right? A serious problem has arisen. We need to

talk." Kim Su Hyun Follows Yang Ji Huk to an empty classroom. According to Jang Ji Huk, two problems have emerged. First, Gangbook West High has no money to run an organization. We need basic funding. Kang maintains his operation by selling fentinel. Han Ja raises funds through entertainment establishments. Both factions have their own businesses, but West High doesn't to maintain our power. We must have money. Gangbook West High needs a business, too. Then there's the Second problem. The members loyalty to you, my lord. The new members recruited from South High will gradually lose loyalty because Kang

made them work for money. If West High doesn't establish its own business, they'll leave. But there are also members not motivated by money. However, Jang Ji Huk knows Lii Hyun came because of Gildu, but doesn't know why Rau joined West High. He wants to investigate Raw Guy further. Kimu Hyan thinks to himself, "Since those two Joined West High, they're family now. First, I need to get closer to them." At this moment, the quest pop-up also issues a mission to increase loyalty. In that case, Kim Su Hyan asks the strategist something. How about we go on

a trip together? After all, traveling is a great way to get closer. Jang Ji Huk immediately imagines playing with Chongil Chi. He has to admit it's a good idea. However, regarding the business, Jang Ji Huk urges his lord to think Carefully about it. Little Cloud reminds Kimu Hun, "If you want money, why not start a business?" Hearing this, Kimu Hyun instantly gets a brilliant idea. He just needs to utilize the slime that others can't see since the slime can store many things. Even transporting contraband through airports wouldn't get caught. If Kimu Hyun uses it properly,

he could quickly become the biggest drug lord. Little Cloud asks excitedly, "Master, are you going to become the Drug king?" But Kim Su Hun puts down the slime. Although receiving quests has made him happy, he doesn't want to abuse the rewards. As a human being, Kimu Hune doesn't want to cross that line. But trying to make money quickly, he can only think of crime. Little Cloud praises his master for being cool. Soon after, everyone packs up and prepares for the trip. Though it's only two days, Chong Chun excitedly brings a huge pile of luggage. However,

Kim Su Hyun feels Somewhat puzzled. Kim Deun has also come along, and she came for one reason only, to confirm Chong Ilians gender. Soon, today's main characters make their appearance. Rau remains silent throughout. Li Ji Hyun also states she's only here because she considers it part of her job. At this moment, Gildu asks Kim Su Hun, "Is it okay not to bring the strategist?" Kim Su Hun laughs. If he comes too, Gangbuk West High will be too empty and might get attacked. So, Jung Ji Huk and Li Hyund will stay behind to guard West High.

Now, then, everyone's heading out for a bonding trip. Meanwhile, within Gangbook North High's territory, a certain executive hears that Gongbuk South High was swallowed by West High and East High's alliance. Another executive praises, "What a cute alliance." They ask the number two ranked executive of Gangbook North High what he thinks, and Daniel is currently thinking about Chongil Chon. However, Such a small West High actually swallowed South High. In that case, Daniel wants to meet this guy called Kim Su Hyun. After a long car ride, the Gangbook West High crew finally arrives at the beach. Chung

Yil Chian excitedly rushes toward the ocean. Lie Hunong booked three days and two nights. However, Kim Su Hun and Gil do plan to solve that mystery today. The mystery of Chong Yil Chan's gender. Although Chongiel Shan claims to be male, the two Can't believe it looking at that face. As it turns out, Chong Yil Chan somehow already changed clothes right after arriving at the room. Gildu tells Kim Su Hyan not to give up. We still have three days and two nights. He casually complains, "Women hate body types like Guhaj Jun and Rauyong." Kim Su Hyun

starts changing clothes, too. However, he still remembers the real purpose of this trip, to get closer to Rau and Liian. So, Kim Su Hian starts randomly Giving Rauy a massage while using the camera skill to check where Liian is, but in the holographic view, his annoying sister appears changing clothes. Kim Su Hun instinctively closes his eyes and slaps away. Rau turns around with a confused expression. Kim Su Hian hurriedly explains, "There was a bug on your head just now." Kimu Hyun thought it would be awkward, but unexpectedly everyone bonded so quickly. After all, women naturally

get closer Faster than men. However, he and Gildu wonder why does Chong Chion fit in so naturally. It seems they can't fit in over there. What frustrates Kim Su Hyun and Gildu is that Guhaj Jun just got asked for his number again. However, Gildu didn't expect Lii Hian to have such a fun-loving personality. Kim Su Hyun also sees a different side of his sister and Liians loyalty is indeed rising. Though Rauom shows no expression, his loyalty is also Increasing. But Kim Su Hyun is still worried about one thing, the business. The strategist mentioned, "If they

don't think about establishing a business to raise funds, West High will collapse sooner or later, but the first thing to do now is to play on the beach with everyone." On Daniel's side, Gangbook North High's number two, he quickly receives the news. They've already tracked down Kim Su Hyun's location. Upon learning that West High's people Are playing at the beach, Daniel says calmly, "What good fortune!" However, his subordinate discovered something strange during the investigation. There are rumors that North High's rank 39, Chungl Chon, defected and joined Gangbuck West High and is even now at the

beach with Kim Su Hyun. Hearing this, Daniel feels a rare thrill. Meanwhile, inside Gangbook North High's pool hall, the underlings notice that boss Chung Chion has changed a lot Recently. And of course, this is because it's copy cloud in disguise. The noisy pool hall suddenly falls silent because Daniel has appeared. The underlings wonder why would Daniel, who should be busy lately, come here? Could he be here to see Chung Yil Chion? The copied Chung Chun locks eyes with Daniel. Daniel finds it strange. Chung Yon is actually looking him in the eyes. He can sense that

the person before him is clearly Chung Chon, yet not the same Chung Chon As before. Daniel turns back and orders his subordinate to investigate the exact location where Gong Book West High is playing. Late at night, Kim Su Hyun is sound asleep, but CopyCloud summons itself out. He frantically slaps his master to wake him up, then reports the emergency to his master. Gangbook North High's number two came to the pool hall. Kim Su Hyun is shocked. What's that guy doing at the pool hall? Little Cloud replies, "He came looking for Chung Yun. He said, "I

am Chung Chun, but also not Chongy Chun or something." Hearing this, Kim Su Hyun is dumbfounded. He doesn't know how Daniel saw through Little Cloud. What exactly is the relationship between Chung Yl and Gangbuk West High? And why is the number two so obsessed with ranked 39? Kimsu Hyun understands that if Gangbuk North High finds out he stole their talent, West High will very likely suffer an attack from Gangbuk North High. Kimu Hyun frantically asks Where Chong Chion is. At this moment, Chung Chun is pinned down by Kim Hyun. Kim Hun demands the truth. Are

you male or female? Not long ago, the two were sitting peacefully on the beach. Chung Chan awkwardly makes small talk. Chung Chan doesn't understand why Kim Deun is sitting next to him. Kim Suan suddenly tells Chung Chun that he didn't want to come here at all. It's only because I'm interested in you. It turns out that after Kim Dun was saved by Chong Chion Last time, she developed feelings for him. She asked Chong Chion, "If you say you're male, why do you have long hair?" But Chong Chion actually has a reason. He has a regular

salon, but the person who does his hair has been sick recently. He believes that person will get better, so he's been waiting. Kim Deun is unconvinced by this reason. She pounces on Chong Chon and tells him to stop dragging it out. Tell the truth. Are you male or female? Though Chong Chun doesn't know why she's curious about this, it doesn't matter to tell her. Just as Kim Deun stares expectantly at Chong Chian's mouth. Kimu Hyan runs over, shouting at Chong Chun that there's an emergency. Chong Chan quickly gets up and asks, "Did Gangbok East high

attack?" But Kim Su Hyun says it's gang book North High heading this way and it's a number two ranked Daniel. Moments later, Kim Su Hyun formally asks Chong Yil Chi, "What's your relationship with North High's Daniel? Why is he so obsessed with you? Rank 39." Although part of Daniel's reason for coming is to meet Kimu Hyun. The main reason is still Chung Chun. Chong Chion can't help but recall how he used to interact with Daniel in the past. He asks pitifully, "Can't we talk about it next time?" Guh Jun wonders what could the reason be

that you're so hesitant, but Kimu Hyun interrupts him. Since this matter troubles Chongyun, Kimu Hyun doesn't Want to press further. Then let's talk about it next time when you're ready. However, Kim Su Hyun still feels worried about facing Daniel. Guh Hajun confirms that guy will arrive soon. Kim Su Hyun wants to hide Chongil Chi then personally meet Daniel. If they talk properly, they should be able to avoid conflict. Guh Ha Jun states, "You have no idea what kind of guy Daniel is." Kimu Hyun truly doesn't know. From the name, he sounds kind like a church

boy. Guuha Jun opens the door and leaves alone. Li Hyun is taking a walk on the beach. Gildu asks if he can walk with her. Li Hyun says flatly, "Aren't you already walking?" Gildu casually asks why she took up the sword. Li Hun says calmly. Because I was betrayed, so I wanted revenge, but I lacked strength. When I came to my senses, I was already holding a sword. So Lii Hyun tells Gildo, he'd better stop while he's ahead because she won't trust anyone. Hearing This, Gildu smiles. At this moment, the waves surge toward the shore.

It's okay if Li Hyun doesn't trust anyone right now because Gildu will make her trust him. Li Hun is speechless. What are you talking about? Rauom is quietly alone in the park. At this moment, his phone rings. Konguk tells Rau to wait before he comes to find him. On the other side, Hanji Ha asks Kanguk, "Can you really take back Rauom?" Kanguk says his relationship with Wuiam is solid. Wuom Only joined West High because he had no choice. He believes Wuiam's loyalty to him remains unchanged and can be called back anytime. In that case, Hanja's

plan is taking shape. Gangbook West High will crumble from within. At this moment, another subordinate reports an emergency. North High's Daniel went to find Kimu Hyun. Hanja immediately finds it interesting. In that case, before East High makes a move, Gangbook West High will be taken care of by Daniel. As For Gangbook West High's Kimsu Hun and the person who looks like Chong Ilchun, Daniel also finds them interesting. However, he wonders, "What is this guy doing here?" Gangbook west highs rank three. Guhajun asks Daniel where are you headed? Daniel smiles and replies to meet your leader

of course. Guha Jun asks again what if you're not satisfied after meeting. Daniel says in a low voice then it gets scrapped. In that case Jun can't let Daniel pass. He asks Guajun with a smile. Did you come to protect Kim Su Hyun? You who couldn't even beat King Suk. Guh Jun tells Daniel to shut up and come at him. The quest pop-up also reminds at this moment. Guhajuns potential begins to fluctuate. Not long ago the two were evenly matched. But now Daniel completely dominates and pummels Guha Jun. Guh Jun is shocked. When did he

get this strong? Or is it because I've been too lazy? After dealing with Guha Jun, Daniel is about to go find Kimsu Hyun, but a low voice calls him back. Daniel says puzzled. This isn't like you. Guh Ha Jun actually protecting someone else. In Daniel's eyes, Guh Jun is a selfish and arrogant guy. Yet now he's willing to sacrifice himself to protect Kimu Hyan. Guuhajun says calmly, "Because that guy is transparent. Kimu Hyun will do whatever it takes to achieve his goals, but he's not ashamed of it. Instead, he's straightforward. He's Someone without schemes. Very

transparent." Daniel questions, "That's not transparent. That's crazy." But Guh Ha Jun understands that Kim Su Hyun won't scheme against people like they do, nor will he hide insidiously, he fights to protect his people without calculating any gains. A transparent guy, Guh Hajun thinks, "If this kind of guy is the organization's leader, being his subordinate might not be bad." And before Kimu Hyun unifies Gangbuk, he Must handle things here himself. Daniel smiles. So are Guu Hajun is this kind of person. But back at Gangbook West High, Jang Ji Huk warns Kimu Hyun, "You absolutely cannot fight."

He understands Daniel is a monster. If the conversation goes poorly and they fight, West High will be completely wiped out. After all, Gangbook North High's executives are monsters that can hardly be considered human. So, for West High's future, Jang Ji Huk tells Kimu Hun to immediately Cowtow Daniel as soon as he sees him. Hearing this, Kimu Hun helplessly puts down his phone. He needs to hide Chongl Chon first. At this moment, the quest pop-up alerts. Guh Hajuns potential begins to fluctuate. Feeling puzzled, Kimu Hyun immediately uses the camera skill and sees Guajun fighting alone. Kimu

Hyun is stunned. He instantly recalls what Guhun said before leaving. Kimu Hyun is somewhat surprised. Could Guhajun be fighting for me? He urgently Tells Gil Due to hide Chong Chion first. On the other side, Jenji Hyuk didn't expect Gangbuk North High to come so quickly. He sigh helplessly. Has Gangbuk West High's fortune run out? The battle between Daniel and Guha Jun is completely one-sided. Guh Jun is no match at all. Daniel is too strong. Watching Guhajuns desperate struggle, he finds it quite amusing. Guuha Jun understands that if Daniel gets past him, everyone will be done

For. He absolutely cannot let that happen. Daniel tells Guajun to give it up. No one will know you fought here alone. Guuhajun's consciousness gradually begins to fade, but the next second, the quest pop-up suddenly alerts. Member Guhajun's resolve is filled. Hanji Ha was also surprised to hear that Guh Jun lost to Kang. Kangi admits it was only because Guuh Hajj Jun lacked a do- or die determination that he lost. If he had the resolve to win, The result might have been different. And Kang believes it won't be long before the day Guh Hajun becomes strong

arrives. The moment he gains that desperate resolve, all of Gang Book will be turned upside down. The quest pop-up also alerts at this moment, Guhun's potential begins to surge. But seeing him stand up again, Daniel strikes fiercely once more. Then the quest pop-up alerts that Guhuns awakening has failed. Daniel, who seems to have Noticed something, understands that was a bit dangerous just now. At this moment, Kimu Hyun arrives and attacks from behind, but gets kicked away by Daniel. Kimu Hyun is shocked. What level of damage is this? Daniel questions. So, you're the little guy who

said he'd unify Gangbook. Kimu Hyun immediately starts using the peak skill, but it fails because the opponent's ability values are too high. Daniel asks with concern, "If Gangbook West High perishes Today, you're okay with that?" At this moment, the quest pop-up issues, a mission to survive Daniel's hands. Kimu Hyun can't breathe after just taking one punch. He can't help but wonder, "What exactly hit me? Could this force be a truck?" Kimu Hyun's body can't move at all. At this moment, the quest pop-up issues a warning. If the main quest fails, all previously obtained rewards will

be confiscated and quest will no longer appear. Kimu Hyun quickly uses Restore stamina and gets up. He cannot give up everything he has now. Kimu Hyuns life only started changing after he got the quest pop-up. He begins attacking using the pendulum shift. Daniel rarely shows some interest. Kimu Hyun uses ancient flow martial arts, Téjun, striking directly at the eyes. Daniel immediately recognizes this as Téjun. Kimu Hyan follows up with a knee strike upward just as Daniel's hand is about to grab him. Kim Su Hyun quickly Crouches down. Daniel wonders, is he going for a grapple?

But what Kim Suyan throws is a rising punch, yet it's still easily dodged. Daniel asks, "Is Kimu Hyuns performance over? You've kicked up all this dust?" This kind of power is simply not something Kimu Hyun can withstand. He's also not Daniel's preferred type because Daniel understands that people with eyes like these have resolve, so they're not easily destroyed. Kimu Hyun says Inexplicably, "But I like you." However, Daniel is still going to destroy him. At this moment, Copy Cloud automatically summons itself to protect its master. Daniel finds it strange. Where did this guy suddenly appear from?

He casually slams a little cloud to the ground. Kim Su Hyun takes the opportunity to pull out a wooden sword. After using restore stamina, he immediately uses rise and Filipino stick fighting to counterattack. But Kim Su Hyuns Attacks have absolutely no effect on Daniel. Daniel wants to end all of this. Kim Su Hyun has now reached a dead end. Little Cloud reminds him he still has the lucky bag to use. The lucky bag obtained last time has an effect that randomly raises one ability value to Srank when used. But even if he raises one ability

value to Srank now, Kimu Hyun still can't beat that monster Daniel. Seeing little Cloud get attacked again, Kimu Hyun with no other choice Starts using the lucky bag. On the other side, Gildu is bringing Rau Yong and Li Ji Hun to provide support. They can only hope Kimu Hun is okay. Right now, Kimu Hian is like an incompetent husband, causing little Cloud to get beaten repeatedly. He can only kneel and beg Daniel, "Stop hitting him. Haven't you already won? Isn't stopping now enough? We've lost." Daniel smiles. "Too late. You were the ones who said you'd

unify Gangbuck. Gangbuk North High is still Standing. How can you casually say such things? You can eat carelessly, but you can't speak carelessly." Daniel declares, "Today is the end for Gangbuk West High." Kim Su Hyun was about to say the others at West High aren't at fault, but Gildu and the others have already arrived for support. Daniel praises, "What cute friendship!" Kimu Hyun frantically tells Gildu and the others to run away because he understands that even if everyone attacks together, they Won't be a match for Daniel. Kimu Hyun absolutely doesn't want them to get hurt

for his sake. At this moment, the quest pop-up alerts. Member Kimu Hyun's resolve is filled. Kimu Huns potential begins to surge, and after opening the lucky bag just now, his potential has already risen to Srank. Just as Kimu Hyun's potential reaches its maximum, his potential finally fully awakens. Kimsu Hyun won't allow Daniel to touch his people. After his own Potential awakens, his ability values also surge and he obtains two exclusive attack cards. One is the wild skill, which borrows the power of beasts to make his attack skills exceptionally powerful for 5 minutes. The other is

the one against the thousand skill, where his ability values increase based on the number of opponents. Kimu Hyun immediately activates both skills, and he first uses wildface claw to attack. Under the shocked gazes of others, Kimu Hyun continues with wild organ pierce, then immediately grabs Daniel using wild skin bite. Kimu Hyun can finally dodge Daniel's attacks. He uses wild skin grab, then combines wild with the Tjun skill, landing a knee strike upward. However, Daniel can still counterattack. The others want to join the fight, but can't because if they're not careful, they might become a hindrance.

Daniel's expression finally changes. At this moment, Kim Su Hun's resolve is Unwavering. He wants to protect these hard one bonds. And the other platinum card skill obtained from destroying South High, called Stone Fist, immobilizes the opponent for 3 seconds when hit by a punch. Kim Su Hun finds the right timing to use the Stonefist skill, but Daniel suddenly laughs. He was actually a bit scared just now. Daniel didn't expect he'd still have a chance to fight seriously. He acknowledges Kimsu Hyun now because if It were the old Daniel, he would have definitely lost. Gildu and

the other two immediately launch an attack at him. However, Daniel just lightly rotates his hands and Gildo's trio immediately gets sent flying. Kim Su Hyun's eyes are filled with unwillingness yet helplessness. Then Daniel says to the person on the phone, "We really can't let Gangbuck West High run wild anymore." And Gangbuk North High's rank three, Ma Jong Du, has already cleaned Up inside West High. Now, if they want to eliminate Gangbuk West High, they can finish immediately. Lie Hyund can't believe it. Can this really be happening? Everyone at Gangbook West High has fallen. Can such

overwhelming power really be possessed by a human? Daniel tells Maung to hold off for now. He wants to hear the final words of West High's nominal boss. Kim Su Hun despares. Is this the end? And seeing Kim Su Hian not speaking, Daniel wants To remove his glasses first, but Daniel's phone suddenly rings. Kim Su Hyun wonders who could make Daniel nervous. The person on the phone asks Daniel what he's doing. Why are you doing things I didn't tell you to do? Daniel explains to the leader that Kim Su Hyun is more dangerous than expected. Gangbook

North High's leader solemnly says his name, cutting him off. Daniel then smiles and apologizes, saying he overstepped, but the leader's next words Confuse him because the leader tells him to bring Kim Su Hyun. The quest pop-up also alerts at this moment that the mission is complete. Soon after, Kim Su Hun is brought to a building at Gangbuk North High. This is his first time meeting Gangbuk North High's rank one leader, Joe Yun. He turns to look at Kimu Hyun. A powerful oppressive force immediately engulfs Kimsu Hyun's entire body. Kimu Hyan uses the peak skill, but

it displays that peaking failed because The opponent's ability values are too high. He tells Kimu Hyun to choose, become North High subordinate or die here right now. Although, if it comes to fighting, Kimu Hyun definitely can't win. But he still refuses Joe Yun because he has another way. Kimu Hyun tells Joun to become West High's subordinate instead. Then he summons CopyCloud, wanting to copy Gangbook's strongest. Watching CopyCloud rush quickly toward Jo Yun, but under Kimu Hyuns expectant gaze, the quest pop-up alerts. Copy failed due to unknown reasons. Kimu Hyun can't believe it. What's going on?

Joe Yun is also puzzled hearing him say he wants Jo Yun to join West High as a subordinate. Kim Su Hun decisively kneels in Kao's an apology saying he failed to recognize greatness. He says respectfully, "Joining gangbook north high is our family's dream. I'm willing to become your lackey. Right now, Kimu Hun can't Worry about pride. Being able to survive is already fortunate. Soon after, everyone is shocked to hear this news. But Kimu Hyun has no choice. If they don't join, West High will be destroyed. He wants everyone to at least stay alive." Kimu Hun

apologizes to everyone. If I were stronger, this wouldn't have happened. Chong Chun understands it's all because of him that things turned out this way. He guilty wants to leave the group, but Kim Su Hyun won't allow That to happen. He says he's too weak. You don't need to feel guilty. However, he was shouting about unifying Gong Book and now he surrendered and joined North High. Kim Su Hyun also feels pathetic. He tells the newly joined Raugu and Li Ji Hyun if they're disappointed in him, they can leave West High directly. After all, when fighting Daniel,

Kimu Hyun desperately begging for mercy was truly pathetic. But the two calmly state, "Whether we leave or not is our Business. Don't order us around like you're someone important." At this moment, the quest pop-up alerts. Raug and Li Ji Hians loyalty has risen. Their loyalty actually increased significantly at this moment. Kim Su Hyun is surprised. So you like seeing me submit like a dog. Daniel also can't understand leader Joe Yuns actions. He understands that although Kimu Hyun is still weak, he'll eventually become a threat to North High. They could Eliminate West High now, but Joe

Yun insists on sparing Kimu Hyan. Daniel can't figure out what the leader's plan is or how he wants to use Kimu Hyan. He wonders, could Kimu Hyan be like Gangbuck North High's previous leader? Joe Yun cuts him off and questions, "Since when can you question me?" Daniel smiles and apologizes, saying, "He overstepped." East High's Hanji Ha is also shocked to receive news of Kim Su Hyun joining North High. Kangse doesn't Understand what's going on. They don't understand what Kim Su Hyun is thinking. West High's people hear they join North High and immediately feel completely humiliated.

They even hear that starting today. Kim Su Hyun, who knelt and begged for mercy, will bring lunch boxes for Joe Yun. Speechless, they suspect the guy who said he'd unify Gangbook was just all talk. At this moment, Jang Ji Huk, who has packed his bags, also says goodbye to Kim Su Hyun because his Reason for joining West High was to unify Gangbook together with West High. But Jang Ji Ho can't continue staying at West High, which is managed by North High. But Kimu Hyun tells him to listen first before deciding. When becoming Joe Yuns lackey,

Kimu Hyun asked him for something. Kim Su Hyun wants to end the war with Gangbook East High. He heard that teacher Joun has another plan in preparation. So he mentions that when that plan begins, East High will likely Ambush the teacher. Kimu Hyun understands East High will of course lose to the teacher's power, but he thinks there's no need to waste that power. So Kimu Hyun asks a leader to leave Gongbuk East High to him. He also requests to borrow some of Gongbuk North High's monsters. After all, why use a sledgehammer to crack a nut?

Then Joe Yun permits Kimsu Hyun to attack Gangbok East High. This way, Kimu Hyan can use North High and easily deal with East High without West High shedding blood. When the time comes, he will betray Joe Yun. Hearing this, Jang Ji Huk understands something. Gangbook West High strategist Jang Ji Huk will henceforth pledge loyalty to my lord and the gold card Kimu Hyun obtained from surviving Daniel once again reveals the greeting card that allows him to meet with the highest level challenger. After using the greeting card, everyone around Kimu Hun instantly disappears. The Divine challenger

card praises Kimu Hyun for getting stronger. Kim Su Hyan says he wants to speak with that voice from last time. Meeting Gangbook north high this time makes Kim Su Hyan want to make a deal with that person. The challenger card begins connecting him with that person. Soon that voice sounds again from within the card. Last time his agreement with Kimu Hyun was to deal with East High and South High. Now only Hanj Ha remains. Learning that Kimu Hyun Became Yun's subordinate. That voice is also somewhat surprised and Kimu Hyun can easily deal with East High

by borrowing North High's power. But after that he doesn't know how to defeat monster like North High. So Kimu Hyun needs help. He requests that the other side of the card lend him power. Kim Su Hyun finally understands the reason for issuing the quests. It's not just for himself alone. He guesses the other side is using his quest execution as an Excuse to prevent something. The other side praises Kimu Hun for being smarter than he looks. Kim Su Hyun guessed correctly, but there are many things the other side can't tell him, but the two of

them need to become a mutually beneficial relationship. The other side is persuaded by Kimu Hyun and decides to help. He will grant a special privilege to help upgrade one of Kimu Huns cards to the highest level. This is something the current Kimu Hyun Absolutely cannot achieve. It depends on which skill he chooses to upgrade to the highest level. After careful consideration, Kimu Hyun finally decides. Soon, Gangbook West High holds another meeting. Although they've become a force under North High, everyone's goals haven't changed. If Gangbook North High's Jo keeps his promise, they can immediately attack Gangbook

East High. But now isn't a good time to attack East High because they don't know what Joo Yun will do. Even if they deal with Hanj Ha, Joy Yun can still easily destroy West High. So West High first needs to cultivate sufficient strength before attacking East High. Chong Chian still sits in the back with a guilty expression. Seeing his poor expression, everyone wants to cheer him up. Everyone tells Chong Yil Chan not to blame himself for past events. At this moment, Jang Ji Huk asks Kim Su Hyun thinking about the business is hard work. I

have A way to get money, but that requires borrowing a bit from Joe Yun first. But Kim Su Hun says, "The business matter is already solved and will go smoothly from now on because he obtained the card." After returning home and confirming no one is around, Kimu Hyun can't wait to check the maxed out copy cloud skill. After copy cloud is maxed out, he can summon five clouds with copypaste abilities. With them, Kimu Hyun can do many more things. However, Kimu Hyun Asks the challenger card, "What should I do from now on to get stronger?"

The card explains, "You can become even stronger. Awakening is not the end." They don't view awakening as a limit. Kimu Hyun hasn't obtained a master card yet. Those cards are what will truly make him stronger. The challenger card states, "If you obtain a master card, you can compete with Gangbook North High. Your ability values will also break through limits. This is only the Beginning." Hearing this, Kimu Hyun urgently wants to know what quest he needs to complete to get a master card. But the challenger card says this is already favoritism toward him. This greeting ends

here. Kimu Hyun didn't expect the road to becoming stronger has only just begun. Bech Rayong sees Kimu Hyuns expression hasn't been good lately. She wonders, "Is it because of the rumors that West High was taken by Gangbuk North High?" Then Bake Chay Rayong realizes whether this guy's mood is good or not has nothing to do with me. She heard eating spicy food is best when feeling down and bake Chay Rayong is especially good at making spicy tea kickbaki. So she asks Kim Su Hyun wanted to come to my house after school for spicy tikbaki. Kimu

Hyun wonders why would I go to your house? Snapping back to reality, Bake Chay Ryong is shocked. What did I just say? At this moment, the quest pop-up issues a main quest, kiss Baked Chron, and indirect kisses don't count. Seeing this quest, Kimsu Hyian instantly jumps up. If the main quest fails, everything is over. Bake Chay Rayong's spicy tikbaki receives unanimous praise from her friends. They all say it makes them feel better after eating it. This is what Bake Cher Rayong's previously gloomy friend say. Now she worries, why did Kim Su Hyun actually agree? Kim

Su Hyun, now downstairs at Bech Ryongs place, Calls to ask how to get in. Blood rushes to her head as she thinks, "Am I really bringing a guy into my home?" Bechyong opens the door for Kimu Hyun and lets him in. For some reason, she feels tingly all over. Kim Su Hun, equally nervous, even forgets how to walk. The worst part is this main quest. He politely asks Bake Chay Ryong, "Is there anything I can help with?" Bake Cheray Ryong turns around and thinks for a moment. Then she asks Kimu Hyun to get a Bowl

she could easily reach herself. I can already smell the Tbaki. After getting the bowl, Kimu Hyan turns around to find himself very close to Bake Cherayong. Startled, both awkwardly turn their heads away. Bake Cher Rayan can't help but find it strange that just being in a different place than usual makes the atmosphere feel so charged because they're both so aware of each other. Kimu Hyan takes a bite of the spicy tbaki and genuinely praises it. This is Delicious. He even suspects bake Shay Rayong put addictive fentinel in it. But after finishing the teac and cleaning

up the dishes, Kim Su Hyun should leave. Although he received the quest, he can't figure out how to complete it. Kim Su Hyun slowly shuffles his feet, racking his brain for a solution. Finally, Bake Cheryong reminds him, "Don't go fighting again." When Kim Su Hyun first arrived, she hid in the bathroom to call her friend. Her friend is shocked. You Actually use Tukbaki as an excuse to bring your crush home. Bake Cher Ryong is very troubled. What do I do now? Her friend tells her she needs to make the first move because in her view

that guy Kim Su Hyan is totally clueless. Her friend reminds Bake Chay Rayong that if she misses this chance, Yang So Hua will get Kimsu Hun since she invited him home. Bech Rayong doesn't want to let him leave so easily. She asks Kimu Hian loudly, "Want to stay a bit longer?" The Two sit silently on the sofa. The TV plays a popular romance drama. Kimu Hun suddenly notices his hand being touched. He wonders, "Doesn't Bake Chry notice her own hand?" The two casually discuss the romance drama. After her hints go nowhere, Bech Riyong remembers her

friend's words. So she directly asks Kim Su Hyun, "What if I had feelings for you? What would you think?" Kim Su Hyan tells her to stop joking. How is that possible? Hearing this, Bech Rayong Asks, confused, "Why not?" She asks what Kimu Hyun thinks. After thinking briefly, Kimu Hyan says a bunch of compliments. Basically, there's no way she could have feelings for him. Bech Riyong sighes helplessly, "You're so frustrating." Kim Su Hyun doesn't understand what she means by frustrating. Then he freezes. Bech Ryong actually kisses him. Kimu Hyan remains frozen in place until their lips

separate. Bechyong says with a flush Face, "I gave you so many hints. That was my first kiss, you jerk. The quest pop-up notifies him the quest is complete. Bake Cheryong tells Kimu Hyun to go home for today. Outside, Kimu Hyun feels like what just happened was a dream. He doesn't know when Bake Chay Ryong started seeing him as a man. Kim Su Hian always thought they were just friends. At this moment, the quest pop-up issues a new quest. Kim Su Hyian is dumbfounded seeing another quest Related to Bake Chry. The quest pop-up tells him to

plan a business venture with Bake Chang. Kim Su Hyun wonders, does this mean opening a Bake Chry brand Tikbaki restaurant? Although Bake Chay Ryangs Tik Baky is indeed amazing, Kim Su Hyun feels awkward thinking about what just happened between them. At this moment, Bake Chay Ryang, who gathered courage to confess, doesn't know what their future will become. Bake Chay Ryong, who didn't sleep all night, Rarely isn't late the next day. She still can't believe what she did yesterday. Bake Chay Ryong can't even look Kimu Hun in the eye when he greets her. Class time arrives

quickly. What Bake Chay Ryong finds strange is that even now, this moment feels like they're kissing. Both ramble nervously, resulting in an awkward conversation. The teacher at the podium warns, "No talking during class." Hearing this, Bake Chay Rayong starts writing. She Asks Kim Su Hyun in writing what he thinks. As a result, Bake Chay Ryong hears another round of excessive compliments from Kim Su Hyun. She asks Kimu Hyan directly, "When you see me, do you feel your heart flutter or anything?" Then Bake Chay Rang places her hand on Kimu Huns. Under Kimu Hyun's surprised gaze,

Bech Ryong asks him, "Aren't you nervous?" At this moment, Kim Su Hyun becomes serious and says he has something to tell her. During break Time, Bake Chay Ryong follows him to an empty corner. She's anticipating what Kim Su Hun will say. Maybe it will be a confession that surprises her. Instead, Kimu Hyun seriously invites her to start a business together because he needs to complete the quest and doesn't want Bake Chayong's skills to go to waste. They can use Bake Chrysong skills to open a Tigaki restaurant as a startup and Jung Ji Huk will handle

the startup funds and planning. Bake Chay Rayong confirms Again and again that this is why Kim Su Hyun came to her. So the next second, a punch aimed at his chest lands on Kimsu Hyun. He immediately trembles in pain. Bake Chay Ryong has absolutely no interest in doing business. After she leaves, Kim Su Hyun breathes a sigh of relief because he doesn't know what his feelings for Bake Chay Ryong are. The quest pop-up notifies him the quest is complete. Soon, Kim Su Hun tells Jangji Huk his idea of making a Tikbaki Restaurant into a business.

But Jang Ji Huk understands that business can't be taken too lightly. Not only do we need to scout suitable commercial areas for a tigbaki restaurant, we also need to learn how to do business. And most importantly, West High has no capital and can't even find employees. Janji Huk will figure out solutions for these things and try to talk with Bake Sha Rayong. At this moment, Alaki suddenly reports bad news. Joe Yun from Gangbook North High is looking for the boss. Kimu Hyian is surprised. What does he want with me again? Jang Ji Huk reminds him.

Joe Yun is probably here to press you, my lord. After all, bringing down Gangbook East High was what you and June agreed upon. Now it's time for you to attack Gangbook East High. Han Jay Ha also understands that Gangbuk West High will come soon. East High has deployed its strategy with each person assigned their opponent. Yong Chong Wong prepares For Gildo. Ryuyouong faces Chong Yun. Kong needs to face Guuh Ha Jun and Seo Dong Jong has other things to do. Moreover, Hanji Ha has stationed a massive strike force at the border with West High that

even Kimu Hyun can't handle. In his view, Gangbook West High should take a detour to avoid direct confrontation. They just need to deal with West High when they detour. At this moment, Alaki reports, "Gangbook West High is attacking head-on." Hanja didn't Expect West High to do something so stupid. He asks the Lackey how many total and who's leading them. But according to current intel, only Kim Su Hyun came to the front battlefield. This is because the strategist said there's a way to end the war without full-scale combat. But before using that method, some things must

be done first. Currently, because they came under Gangbook North High, West High's morale has hit rock bottom. Jenji Huk explains, "You must show that you're still strong, my lord, to make East High fear and restore West High's morale." Kimsu Hyun has a way to do this. East's people mock him jokingly. Isn't that Kim Su Hun who brings lunch boxes to Jo Yun? Kim Su Hyun is about to let them know one thing. He lost to Jo Yun, not to East Hai. After observing, Kimu Hyun finds there are about 30 something people here. In that case,

he can try out the one against a thousand skill. A powerful Aura suddenly erupts from Kim Su Hyun. He wants to see just how capable East High's so-called anti-boss strike force really is. Huang Deong roars, there's only one opponent, nothing to fear. Just be careful of his boxing and ancient flow martial arts tun. However, with the one against a thousand skill boost, Kimsu Hyuns stats are far beyond what these people can match. Not only double S plus speed, but also double S plus stamina. Seeing Kimu Hyun not using Boxing or Tun, Hang Des finally realizes

Kimu Hun doesn't even need techniques to deal with these people. Hang attacks him in anger. But the next second, his body flips 180°. Kimu Hyan takes down Hong Day with just one strike. Soon, Hanja receives news that Hang and the strike force are down. He can't believe it. Not long ago, that guy Kimu Hyan wasn't this strong. According to the lackis, Kimu Hyun is advancing with unstoppable momentum. They need a new strategy now. The lackey's mouth is grabbed. Hanja warns him in a low voice to shut his mouth. He'll deploy troops to ambush Kimsu Hyun

on his necessary path. At this moment, another lackey says there's a call for the boss. Yong Chang Wong is at the battlefield. Kimu Hun swept through and Kimu Hyun has already retreated. Yong Chang Wong doesn't know what's going on either. He also discovers that Kimu Hyun deliberately let a few people go without finishing Them. But all of this seems to be Gangbook West High's strategy. Jang Ji Huk also understands that East High should have noticed something wrong. Kim Su Hyun's next quest is to make Jang Ji Huk's strategy succeed. The reward is the downfall of

Gangbok East High and Jang Ji Huk's strategy to end the war without too much bloodshed has begun. Hanj Ha must be troubled now, constantly wondering what his strategy is, but the storm has already begun. East High's Lackey report bad news again. This time, Gangbuk North High is attacking with Yang Xian leading as the vanguard. Han Ha immediately orders everyone to prepare to resist Gangbook North High, but at this moment, the latest news arrives. After receiving someone's call, Yang Chong Seo withdraws with North High's people. Hanja doesn't understand what's going on. However, after hearing the fearful

discussions of his lackeyis, Hanj Ha gradually realizes this is Jung Ji Huk's strategy to make East High surrender voluntarily. To deal with Han Ha, they must occupy the 10 entertainment venues East High manages. But occupying all venues takes too much time and risks falling into traps. Although Han Ha will never surrender easily, everyone else can make Gangbook East High surrender. First, Kimuyan displaying his power is the first wave of fear for East High's people. Then, North High's participation plants even Deeper fear in their hearts. In this situation, if even one person from East High flees,

it will trigger a chain reaction. Then Hanj Ha will have to surrender because he has no one left to fight. Kong Suk of Gongbuk East High understands this strategy must be from that guy called Yong Ji Huk. Gangbuk South High also fell because of that guy. Whenever Yong Sang proposed a strategy, Jang Ji Huk would catch it. Kong Suk absolutely hates Jang Ji Huk to The bone. Now Gangbuk East High's morale is crawling on the ground. He asks Hanj Ha, "What are you going to do now?" And Hanj Ha of course wants to show West

High's people what kind of guys Gangbuk East has. Within an hour, Ryui Kyouong, East High's rank three, will handle this problem. Everyone at Gangbuck West High is acting according to the strategist orders. Everyone is intensifying fear in Gangbuck East High. Someone surrendering isn't far off. Lie Dong and Jeng Xi Huk Just need to wait in the rear area for everyone's good news. But at this moment, the lackey standing guard outside is thrown inside. Li Hyund protects Jangji Huk. Ryuong actually appears at West High's rear with some elite fighters. They fought their way from a corner

to the rear area. Li Hyundes an attack to protect the strategist. Ryiong asks with a smile, "Can you really handle this?" On the other side, Kimu Hyun is dealing with East High's people according to orders. So far, everything is going smoothly. But the quest pop-up suddenly notifies him that a side quest has failed and Li Hyong Dong and Jung Ji Huk at Gongbuk West High have fallen since West High's strategist is so smart. Hona figures why not just kidnap him. At this moment, the quest pop-up notifies him that Gangbook West High's morale has dropped. Learning

of the strategist, Jang Ji Huk's kidnapping, East High's morale rises. Due to morale drop, Gangbook West High's overall stats decrease. While East High's morale rises, their stats increase accordingly. Kimu Hyun needs to hold an emergency meeting. Kidnapped to East High, Jang Ji Huk roars, just kill me, you guys. I will never be toyed with by filthy Gangbook East High. Not just a strategist, but a commander. I choose a glorious death in battle to be remembered in history. Just when Jang Ji Huk thinks everything is about to end, Hanj Ha unties him and says, "We were

rude. Strategist Jang Ji Huk of Gangbook West High is the man called Juju Konging." Hja says he's always wanted to meet this rare genius. He says kindly, "Teacher, you have no grudge against Gangbook East High. We at Gangbuk East High need talent like you, teacher." Hearing this, Jang Ji Huk shouts angrily, "How dare you talk nonsense? I've already sworn loyalty to my lord. Even in death, I won't help gang book East High. Alaki asks Hanji Ha what to do now and Hanji Ha actually orders them to serve Jang Jiuk respectfully. They've investigated and found Jong

Jiuk has no special relationship with Kim Su Yun. The only reason he joined West High is because he fell for a woman named Chung Il Chiian. In that case, Han Ja immediately prescribes the right medicine using a honey trap to try to extract Gongbuk West High strategy. Jong Ji Huk thinks to himself, "He's in Danger now. Please hurry and save me, my lord." Kimu Hyun uses the camera skill to see Jong Ji Huk at the karaoke and breathes a sigh of relief. At this moment, Lie Hyund shouts at him. I was too weak to protect

the adviser. I'll accept any punishment. Kim Su Hyun says, "Seriously, this was my mistake. I should have given Jang Ji Huk more guards." "You did your best. The opponent was too strong." Kim Su Hian understands that morale drop caused Everyone's combat power to weaken. But the way to restore combat power to its original state is simple. Just get Jong Ji Huk back. The quest pop-up issues the main quest at this moment. The downfall of Gongbuk East High. The first step is to rescue Jang Ji Huk. Gangbok East High manages a total of five karaoke bars.

They need to find out where Jong Ji Huk is being held. And for this strategy, Jung Il Chion plays the most important role. Jang Ji Huk apologizes to his lord In his heart because he still revealed West High's strategy and member positions under the honey trap. Han Jay Ha immediately summons all of East High's officers. Jang Ji Hyuk is helpless. He already tried his best. On the other side of the holographic window, Kim Su Hyun knew this guy would do this and West High's Ace Chong Ilian's operation is about to begin. Haya quickly prepares to

capture Kim Su Hyun. He also has others capture their Assigned West High officers. The intel Hanj Ha received is that West High's people haven't started looking for Jang Ji Huk. And to prevent accidents, he'll deal with Kimu Hyun today. But at this moment, another lackey reports bad news. The karaoke where Jang Ji Huk is located is under attack and they still don't know who's attacking. At this moment, a large number of East High's people have fallen inside the karaoke, but they receive no news of Gangbook West High Taking action. An East High person still conscious

on the ground warns others to be careful. Everyone turns around to find that in this emergency, there's actually a woman in the karaoke. The person angrily retorts, "I'm not a woman." East High's people finally realized this person is the attacker. It's actually Chung Il Chiian from West High in women's clothing. He just feels mortified right now. Not long ago, Kimu Hyan launched a cross-dressing rescue Operation, although he's extremely unwilling. If Kimu Hyan and others act to rescue Jong Jihuk, East High will definitely notice, and East High definitely won't expect someone to infiltrate and drag. Kimu

Hyan asks Chong Chion to rescue the strategist, just wear a skirt. Although Chongy Chan really doesn't want to wear women's clothing, West High's current predicament has a lot to do with him. Chong Chian needs to repay his debt. At This moment, Han Jay Ha feels very fortunate because he left Ryuiong there. The commotion inside the karaoke excites Ryuong. He's somewhat eager to go in and see. At this moment, Jang Ji Huk is enjoying Gangbook East's honey trap. Chong Yil Chan finally finds him after much effort. Seeing this, Jang Ji Huk immediately jumps up and curses

East Hai for using a honey trap on him. Chong Yil Chong finds his appearance amusing, but regardless, he needs to get the Strategist out first, but at this moment, Ryuiong appears at the door. Chongyo Chan tells Jong Ji Huk to find a chance to escape first, and he'll cover the rear here. Ryusi Kyouong looks under Chong Yil Chians skirt and asks, "Are those underwear?" He casually flings Chong Yil Chian aside. Chong Yil Chion realizes something's very wrong. The opponent's strength is too great, and he must hold out long enough for the strategist to escape. Ryuyou

Kyouong Suddenly asks Chongy Chan with a smile, "No, why I'm letting him go like this? Because there's still a large force of Gangbuk East High people outside. With Jang Ji Huk's weak body, he obviously can't break through so many people to escape. But Chong Chan dares let him escape alone for a reason. Because Kim Suan said earlier he'd have a way. Just as Gangbook East High's people swarm toward Jang Ji Huk, he thinks he's going to meet his end here. On the other side, Kim Su Hian uses the exchange skill. His stats instantly swap with

Jang Ji Huks, feeling the powerful strength within him. Jang Ji Huk tells Han Ha to come out and fight. East High's people are shocked. How is the strategist this strong? Are all Gangbuk West High's people monsters? Jang Ji Huk apologizes to his lord in his heart. The Gangbuk unification you're supposed to complete might have to be completed by me, Jang Ji Huk. Jenji Huk has never Possessed such powerful strength. He now feels he could beat the crap out of Gang Book's Daniel. And watching Jang Ji Huk's arrogant face, Kimu Hyun can't help but feel disgusted.

However, this way, Jenji Huk can easily escape. Before that, Kimu Hyun needs to hide. With his current stats, he's afraid even a dog could take him out. But at this moment, a tremendous force kicks toward Kimu Hyun. Hanji Ha didn't expect Jongji Huk to actually tell him Kimu Hyuns Real location. Kimu Hyun curses inwardly Jongji Huk. That bastard. At this moment, Jang Ji Huk, who has his stats, is laughing madly. With no choice, Kimu Hyun can only try to stall for time. He asks Hanj Ha, "Even Kang Suck can't beat me. You dare come alone?"

But Hanj Ha, with an A+ intelligence rating, sees right through his stalling tactic. Kimu Hyun immediately feels he's screwed. His current body can't dodge Hanja's attacks at all. At this moment, Guh Jun appears. The morale drop also caused his stats to decrease. Just as Guhajun is about to punch back, another figure pushes him aside. Kong has also arrived here. The situation is now very urgent. Before Jang Ji Huk escapes the karaoke, Kimu Hun can't hold off the two people in front of him. But Guh Hajun suddenly tells him to let go. Just as Kimu Hyun

wonders, the quest pop-up notifies him that team member Guhajun's resolve is full. Not long ago, he was defeated by Daniel in a crushing manner. Even his awakening was interrupted by Daniel. Because he lost, he's super upset. The quest pop-up notifies him that Guuh Hajjun's overlord's aura starts running wild, but Kang Suk understands he won't make it because Guuh Hajjun has no reason he must win. In other words, no resolve. Kimu Hyun can only stand aside foolishly now. His pitiful stats can't help at all. And there's also Han Ja nearby. Guh Hajun blocks another attack For

Kimu Hyun. He says he'll hold on. So Kimu Hyun should quickly come up with a plan, but Kimu Hyun can only wait for the exchange skill duration to end. Chong Jun is fighting Ryuong, but he gradually notices something's wrong. Ryuyouongs speed isn't fast. His strength isn't strong either. Chongy Chan doesn't understand how is someone like this rank three. He suspects Ryui Kyouong has some hidden trump card. Chongy Chan starts using Capoera. He Wants to see what Ryusi Kyouong is hiding. Facing Chong Chan's fierce offensive, Ryuki Kyouong smiles. He's finally getting interested. The next second, Chongy

Chun's body flips 180°. Ryui Kyouong uses wrestling techniques on him. Looking at the fallen Chong Yil Chun, he smiles. My apologies. At this moment, a lackey reports bad news. The escaping strategist is very strong. At this rate, he'll really get away. Ryusi Kyouong has the lackis handled Chung Chion while he personally goes after Jungji Huk. Jong Yil Chian stands up and roars, "I'm not done yet." Ryui Kyouong reminds him, "It's over." Gangbook West High is under attack everywhere because a strategist hasn't been rescued to restore morale. West High's people all have decreased stats. At this

moment, Jang Ji Huk has already seen the exit. Just about to successfully escape. A grunt jumps out. The exchange skill duration ends at this moment. Jang Ji Huk is dumbfounded as his stats switch back. The grunt who knocked him down is shocked. I did what no one else could. He suspects he might actually be strong. Hanja quickly receives the news. Jangji Huk's escape failed, which means Gangbook West High should be finished. If East High launches a full offensive now, they can wipe them out. Guha Jun tells Kim Su Hyun to escape while he holds on.

Kim Su Hun refuses because things are far from over. Through this Incident, Li Ji Hun learned a lot. That is to never lose the strategist. Li Ji Hun arrives for support and successfully rescues the strategist. Gangbook West High's morale rises. West High members stats finally recover. Gildu blasts away East High people before him with Yamazaki style Kyukushin karate. He admires worthy of the woman I fell for. Chongy Chon with recovered stats quickly deals with the surrounding grunts. Now it's their turn to counterattack. Kang Suk realizes this won't work. He wants to capture Kimsu Hyian to

make West Hai's morale plummet again. However, this is already impossible. Kang is flipped to the ground. Hen Ja also quickly attacks Kimsu Hyun. Kanga tries to stop him, but it's too late. Kimsu Hyun raises his hand to block Hanja's attack. Hanja freezes instantly. He doesn't understand what this overwhelming pressure is. Kimu Hyun starts using beast mode. He wildly Strikes with Wild Strike. Kang Sa can hardly believe it. Hanja was defeated in one strike. And because East High's leader was defeated in one blow, Gangbook East High's stats drop with morale. Kim Su Hyun also receives a

hidden reward for completing the quest early. He skipped the second quest and completed the third quest. Kim Su Hyun, who successfully defeated Hanj Ha, receives a platinum card. Kong roars, "What is everyone doing? Take Hanja and Escape." Kong also tells Alakis not to let news of Hanji Ha's defeat get out. As for here, leave it to him to handle. Kimu Hyun still has three quests remaining. He needs to capture Kang first to prevent other problems later, but Guha Jun stops Kimu Hyun, wanting to handle it himself because he previously lost to Kang's second battle. Now,

Guh Ha Jun tells Kim Su Hyun to go help others because he's starting to wonder what the deadly resolve Kong talks about Is. The quest pop-up notifies him that Guha Juns potential is surging within. With Guhajuns current stats, facing the awakened Kang obviously isn't enough. Kangse understands Guh Hajun has no deadly resolve because if he had it, he wouldn't have lost to Kimu Hyun. Kang is about to start infinite suplex again. He humiliates Guajun. You can't beat anyone now. And this is indeed true. With Kangak's second suplex, Guhajun is Already almost done. Kangi understands this

is because he has no reason to win. Guhajun struggles to stand up. Kangak tells him standing up doesn't equal deadly resolve. Guhajun wonders, "Can't win without deadly resolve? He doesn't know what deadly resolve actually is. And how exactly can he obtain it? Why doesn't he have it?" Guhajun gradually begins to think, "Why must I have deadly resolve?" Kang Suk freezes for a moment. Guhajun starts going back to the past. Starting from elementary school, continuing to middle school, then high school, Guhajun once ruled supreme. Nothing could make him afraid. Back then, Guhajun was fearless. That version

of him fell before Daniel with no ability to fight back. Guhajun finally understands. He immersed himself in peace in groups. But he's strongest only when alone. The quest pop-up notifies him that Guhajun's potential starts surging. He's going back to when he was Strongest. Guh Hajun with max potential finally awakens. Daniel at Gangbook North High understands West High won't lose because Guha Jun is there. His subordinate wonders, does Guhajun, who lost to Kimu Hun have such high potential, but Daniel understands that although he lost to Kimu Hyun, everyone still knows. Guh Hajun could have originally unified

Gangbuk. That guy became weak because of emotions. Guh Hajjun's deadly resolve is his past Self. If he returns to the past, Gangbuk will turn upside down due to potential awakening. Guh Jun's stamina specially recovers and due to Guhun's potential awakening, he receives an exclusive attack card. He starts using his exclusive attack skill. Kang suck mid charge suddenly stops his body. Guh Jun's exclusive skill is called Return of the Overlord. Its effect is that with each attack, clones appear to deliver two more strikes and return of the Overlord can be combined with two other unobtained skills.

Guhajun's fists suddenly rain down on Kang Suk like a storm. Kang is overwhelmed by the sudden attack, but he still grits his teeth, continuing to charge at Guhajun, trying to lock him down. At this moment, Guh Jun starts using Ki fighting method. Although it looks like just one pair of hands, under Return of the Overlord's effect, Guha Jun's offense is incredibly swift. Kang Suk ultimately falls. Guh Hajun tells Ehai's other grunts to spread the word. Both Kang Suk and Hanj Ha have been defeated. Kimu Hyun heading for support also receives notification of Kong's fall. He

knew it would be like this. Guhajun would definitely defeat Kong. He lights up a victory cigarette. After awakening, Guhun's stats have also greatly increased. After regaining consciousness, Han Ja furiously smashes a table with his fist. He doesn't understand when Kim Su Hyun became so Strong. The current battle situation is very unfavorable for East High. Everyone is waiting for Hanja's orders, but he has no solution either. Hanja doesn't want East High to become like Gangbuk South. He realizes those guys can't be dealt with using strategy. Hanja tells everyone to steal their resolve. We must fight with

deadly resolve. The quest pop-up also notifies him at this moment that Hanja's potential starts surging. Having completed his mission, Chung Ilchian feels Ryu Kyouong, whom he fought, is strange. That guy seems to have no loyalty to gang book east high because Ryui Kyouong could have captured the adviser again but disappeared after subduing Chong Il Chian. Kimu Hyun also can't figure out what kind of guy Ryu Kyouong is. The lackey delivering intel begins explaining the situation to him. Currently, West High and North High are attacking East High from both sides simultaneously. On one side, Rauyong and

Yong Chang Wong are facing off. But Kimu Hyun is somewhat worried about Rauyong, but not worried about his lack of strength. Ultimately, Kimu Hyun chooses to trust Rauyong in his heart. His standoff with Yong Chang Wong has lasted for a while. The surrounding lackeyis wonder why they won't attack. Yamchang Wong asked Rauom, "You should honor your agreement with Kang Sak, right?" Not long ago, Kang found Rau alone and sympathized that staying at West High is Hard. Now that war has begun, the opportunity has come. Kang Seak tells Rahu to betray West High. He hopes Rau

can stab Kim Su Hian in the back. Now Raw doesn't answer Yamchang Wong. He silently delivers a shin kick. Yamchang Wong is shocked. What's going on? Are you betraying Kang Suk? Both forces begin fighting following their boss's actions. Yamchang Wong questions. Rauyong, who received Kang Seis favor. Are you really doing this? Has Kang Seak's blade already turned to Kimu Hyun so quickly? Rauom says nothing and continues with shin kicks. Yong Chang Wong understands this guy has long limbs, so close-range combat is advantageous for him. Rauom delivers another shin kick. Yong Chang Wong realizes this won't

work. His leg will be disabled first sooner or later. Yong Chang Wong must close the combat distance. Just as Raw Guy is about to deliver another shin kick, Yong Chang Wong is about to defend. But this time, Rauom uses a faint. Lackeyis from both sides immediately stop what they're doing. Rauom stares at his opponent with a serious expression. His faint is too obvious to Yamchang Wong. Yamchang Wong will deliver a devastating blow to Rauom. In an instant, he headbutts Rau. Before the war began, Jang Ji Huk said East Hai is a rather special school. Their

boss, Hanj Ha is a strategist who can fight. This means Han Ha is not East High's strongest fighter. What's special about Gangbook East is all their officers are stronger than Hanj Ha. East High's people are excited. their Chang Wong one. At this moment, a terrifying aura appears. Everyone around has their stats reduced under the dark lord skill. Yum Chang Wong finally meets his assigned opponent, the dark lord Gildo, who masters Yamazaki style Kiyokushin karate. Rau nods to indicate he can continue. In that case, both should Attack together. Everyone from West High waits for Gildu to

give orders. Gildu tells them to guard Rau as he fights. As for that old guy, Yong Cheng Wong, Gildu will handle him personally. And because Yong Chang Wong is affected by the dark lord's skill effect, Gildu can completely suppress him. Neither of them believes the other is only 18 years old. The feeling of this fight makes Gildu feel great. When it comes to fighting, technique isn't everything. Experience Is just as important. This is what Gildu learned from his battle with Kang. He learned a lot from Kang Sack. Now it's time to end everything here. But

the next second, Gildu gets hit by a headbutt. Yamchang Wong realizes Gildu let his guard down. Then he freezes because Gildu deliberately showed that opening. He grabs Yamchang Wong. He unleashes the frontal eight combo from Yamazaki style Kyokushin Karate followed by the spinning kick from Yamazaki style Kyokushin Karate. Yamchang Wong finally falls. He can't believe he actually lost. Gildu thanks Rauugyong because he wore down Yom Chang Wongs stamina first, allowing Gildu to claim victory. But Rawugyong's expression looks strange. When he points behind Gildu, the quest pop-up appears. Gang Book East High rises again with an

unknown power. Yong Chang Wong's potential awakens at this moment. Even under the dark lord skill effect, his stats remain Incredibly strong. Gild gets sent flying by one of Rau's punches. The next second, another fist appears on Gildo's face. Yong Changen Wongs fists keep pounding on him. Gild immediately struggles to grab hold of Yamchang Wong. He roars for them to take Rau and run because Gild Du knows the current Yamchen Wong is not someone he can defeat and he can't hold on much longer. Just as the battlefield is about to be ended by Yong Chang Wong.

Rahu Yim Stares blankly at them. He hasn't spoken since a long time ago. His classmates all heard he suffered a severe mental trauma because when Rauyong was young, his entire family died in a fire and only he survived because it happened when he was very young. The trauma left him unable to speak even now. Jung Sang and Kong who had just started selling illegal goods needed a disposable pawn. Although Kongok felt this wasn't right, Jung Bum Sang understood that if they Got caught by the police selling illegal goods, Rauy, who had no family, would be

the perfect scapegoat. And their conversation happened to be overheard by Rau Guyong. He was originally very loyal because Gangbuk South High treated him well. But from that moment on, Rauyong realized the world only has people who use him until he met Kimsu Hyun. Although he wasn't confident he could treat Rauy better than Kang Suk did, Kim Su Hun could promise Rauy one thing, That was, "I will absolutely never use you." The quest pop-up appears. Team member Raus resolve is full. Rauyongs potential begins to surge when his potential reaches maximum. Rauugyong finally fully awakens. Due to

his potential awakening, he gains an exclusive attack card. Just as Yom Cheng Wong moves forward to finish off the risen Rauyong, Rauyong seems about to throw another shin kick. Yamchang Wong is confident he can block this anytime. The moment Raugs attack lands, he activates his exclusive skill. The exclusive skill is called Terabyte low kick, which gathers all strength into a powerful low kick. It delivers three times the critical damage. Under this strike, Yom Cheng Wongs leg bone cracks on the spot. His entire body flips through the air from the momentum. Yong Chang Wong has lost

consciousness. On this battlefield, Gangbok West High wins. Gildu commands others to inform The enemy camp. Gangbook West High has become stronger. After awakening, Raugong's stats also receive a significant boost. Hanj Ha soon receives news of Yom Chong Wongs defeat and Riqong is now unreachable. Sioong Jong is still fighting Liun at his establishment. Hanja tells his underling to relay to Seio Dong Jong. If he loses again, he'll kill him. The enraged Hanj Ha will only allow him to die in battle. Lii Hyun struggles against Seio Dong Jong who has mastered June Do. Seo Dong Jong looks

down on her slow speed. He feels fighting a little girl is worse than fighting Chong Chion. Lii Hyun apologizes for being a girl. She has to admit Seo Dong Jong is faster than her. If she keeps dragging this out, Li Hun will get caught because of her speed. She hates Seo Dong Jong who keeps calling her little girl. Li Hyun must use a lethal strike. SEO Dong Jong finds this amusing. He's already predicted Liuns next move, so he just needs to use his speed advantage to dodge, but the next instant lies to a two-handed grip.

Seo Dong Jong freezes for a moment. His foot gets hit hard. A piercing pain makes SEO Dong Jong cry out. Then a sword appears at his face. This is Li Ji Hun's lethal strike. She wins this battle. At this moment, the quest pop-up appears. Gangbook East High rises again with an unknown power. SEO Dong Jongs potential also awakens At East High's life or death moment. However, his B rank potential only makes his strength and endurance somewhat stronger. But this is enough for Seo Dong Jong, who has a do or die resolve to win. He presses

his palm against Li Ji Hun's abdomen, then unleashes a 1-in punch. Before the battle began, Seo Dong Jong had privately investigated Li Ji Hun. Her past amuses Essio Dong Jung Li Ji Huns father was an alcoholic abuser and as his violence toward her And her mother grew worse, she picked up a sword to protect her mother. And so Li Ji Huns father was taken away by the police. But the laughable part is that the mother she risked her life to save abandoned her and went back to her father. Seo Dong Jung mocks. History repeats itself.

Just like how you picked up a sword, but still couldn't beat your father. With a woman's natural body, you can't beat a man. As Seo Dong Jungs final strike falls, Liun wonders, "Can't Beat a man with a woman's body? How is this different from what our master said?" The sword technique her master spoke of that can defeat anyone in one strike is also a technique where failure means offering your life. The founder told his disciples, "Stake everything on the first strike. That way, even with a woman's body, you can defeat anyone." Her master asked Li

Ji Hun to think carefully. This dangerous sword technique, do you really want to learn It? The quest pop-up appears. Team member Liuns resolve is full. Liun's potential begins to surge. Seo Dong Jong tells her to stop struggling pointlessly. Women naturally can't beat men. And when Li Ji Huns potential reaches maximum, she finally awakens. Seong Jong has completed his charge. He unleashes the dragon kick from Juneo. Due to her potential awakening, Lii Hyan gains an exclusive attack card. It's a sword technique that Abandons endurance. Staking everything on strength and speed, Jigin Ryu, ignoring the enemy's attack

and pursuing a killing blow on the first strike. This is the true essence of Jigin Ryu. Although Lie Hun's potential is only C rank by sacrificing endurance, her strength and speed receive a massive boost. Now only one entertainment venue remains before completing the second main quest. Kimsu Hyun arrives here alone. Once this place is taken, the war Ends and he knows one more thing. Hanj Ha will definitely be inside. Although Kim Su Hun has beaten him before, he doesn't dare let his guard down because last time Kong Sec also awaken at the final moment. Kimu

Hun walks into the final karaoke bar with firm steps. He and Hanja must fight to the death. But what Kimu Hun doesn't know is that Hanja's potential has already awakened. The guards protecting East High's headquarters voluntarily clear a path For Kimu Hyun. The quest updates at this moment. Defeat the awakened Hanj Ha within 1 hour. Kimu Hyun only has 1 hour, but facing this massive karaoke bar, he has no idea where to start. Just as he's thinking about where Hanj Ha might be, Hanja appears on his own. Kim Su Hun quickly charges wanting to settle

this with him. However, Hanji Ha turns the corner again and disappears into darkness. Kimu Hun is annoyed. What trick is he pulling now? After the Corner is another large area of rooms, Kimu Hun can only open them one by one to check, but there are other East High members in the rooms. They ambush Kimu Hun the moment he opens the door. Slime rubs his belly after spitting out two steel pipes. Kimu Hyun understands now this is Hanj Ha's final strategy. Hide people in every room and make Kimsu Hyun find him. East High members face this

gaze with great seriousness. Kimu Hyan begins using Filipino stick fighting. He'll play along nicely with Hanja. East High's underlings wonder, "Wouldn't this waste manpower? Wouldn't a one-time all-out attack be better?" But Hanja understands this is Kim Su Hyun's weakness. It was like this last time. He discovered Kim Su Hyun gets stronger facing more enemies, so he must wear him down with small repeated attacks. Hanj Ha also finds it strange. Kim Su Hyun is strong but has no stamina. Even a short fight immediately exhausts him, as if His strength is borrowed from somewhere. Therefore, Hanj Ha

will wait until Kimu Hyun finds him in an extremely exhausted state. Then, he'll tear the exhausted Kimsu Hyun to pieces. Kimsu Hyun, after clearing several rooms, is indeed gasping for breath. He finally realizes he should have exercised more earlier, and Kimu Hyun can't use restore stamina now because two quests still remain. No one knows what will happen next. Kimu Hyun realizes he's too dependent on Cards. With 14 rooms left, there's no way he can find Han Ja without using restore stamina. But Kimu Hyun has one last method. East High members in one room are on

high alert. They've received word that Kimu Hune is already very tired. As the door is being opened from outside, they'll subdue Kimu Hyun and save Gangbook East High. But after seeing who it is, the East High members freeze because the person looks like a kid. He coldly utters two words, "So Annoying." East High members demand, "Who are you?" They've never heard of West Hi. Having such an officer. Then another big man walks in. He says in a deep voice, "You guys are really noisy." Actually, these two are brought in by CopyCloud. Because running a snack

shop while unifying gangbook, Little Cloud carefully selected people with good physiques. The boy who looks like a kid is named Ryu Su Jin. He's a former competitive gymnast. His main specialty Is speed. His weakness is that he really hates troublesome things. The other man is named Huang Ilci. He's a former bodybuilder. His main specialties are strength and endurance. His advantage is that he's very straightforward. Han Jay Ha soon receives word. Reinforcements for Kim Su Hyun have suddenly appeared. Apparently, hidden officers from Gongbuk West High. Kim Su Hyun kicks open the messenger underling. He finally finds

Hanja in the last room. Ryu Jin just Wants to finish quickly and go rest. Whilc can't wait to teach the guy bullying his boss a lesson. Kimu Hun says grimly, "It's all over, Hanja. Now it's just you left." He starts using the peak skill, but Kimu Hyun is stunned when he sees Hanja's stats. Hanji Ha is also eager to fight him to the death. Kimu Hyun doesn't understand how can his stats be so strong. Did he get a related exclusive card after awakening? Ryusu Jyn and Hongiel charge forward first. Kimu Hyun can't stop them in

time. Hongiel gets kicked away by Hanja. Ryusu Jyn still tries to ambush from above. Hanja wonders, "What are you doing, little brat?" The stubborn Ryusu Jyn doesn't want to end it like this. Hanji Ha grabs him with a cold smile. The next second, a storm of fists rains down on Ryu Jin. Huang Yilc takes advantage of Hanja's laps and locks him up, but Hanja casually picks up a nearby microphone, then frantically attacks Hangilc. This Tremendous force is not something he can defend against. Just as Hanja is about to finish him, Kimu Hyun steps in and

blocks the strike. He uses the ancient flow martial arts tjun to repel Han Ha. The current Hanja is just too strong and extremely dangerous. But Kimu Hun doesn't panic at all and begins using beast mode. Meanwhile, inside Gangbook North High, Daniel reports to Joe Yun. Kimu Hun and Hay Ha have started fighting. He asks Lord Joe Yun, "If Kimu Hyun loses, will it affect the plan?" But Jo Yun calmly says, "It doesn't matter who wins. In the end, they'll all just become my nourishment." Daniel is still curious. or Jo Yun, who do you think will

win between Hanji Ha and Kim Su Hyun? Joy Yun's answer is the intelligent brain because if it's Hanja's brain, he can see through Kimu Hyan. His taekwond do is very difficult to deal with. Even his speed is faster than Kimu Hyun's, but Kimu Hyan only Needs to catch him once. Although Hanja's speed is faster, Kimu Hyan can still use attacks to limit his movement. Now Hanja has been cornered. At this distance, Kimu Hyun is confident he absolutely won't miss. But the next second, Hanja asks him, "How do you think your acting was?" This is just

a strategy aimed at Kimu Hyun. Hanja completes a turn in the air. He unleashes the tornado kick from Taekwondo, followed by the double Tornado kick from Taekwondo, but it's not over yet. Hanj Ha unleashes a triple tornado kick. He said earlier that one of them must die. The quest pop-up warns again. If the main quest fails, all rewards will be confiscated and no more quests will appear. At this moment, other members of Gungbook West High arrive at this karaoke bar. Ryu Kyouong, who disappeared during the war, also appears here. Chong Chong can't help but ask

what his true identity is. Ryu Kyouong says, "That's not important right now." He asks with a smile. Only five of you came. Liun doesn't want to waste words and immediately attacks. But Ryu Kyouong tells her not to waste her strength because we're not enemies. He invites the West High members to enter the karaoke bar and watch who will win between Kimu Hyun and Hanj Ha. In Hanja's eyes, the Gangbuck conference feels like it happened yesterday. He never imagined the weak Kimsu Hun from Not long ago would torment him like this. But Gangbuck West High should

end here. Kimu Hun immediately uses restore stamina and dodges the attack. Hanja can't believe it. Beaten like that. Why did his stamina suddenly recover? He can't help but wonder if Kimu Hun is even human. But even so, to Han Ha, this is just stalling for time. Kim Su Hyun doesn't know how to beat this monster. He wants to use the berserker skill for a final desperate fight. But even if he Defeats Hanj Ha, there's still one unknown quest. Kimu Hun can't use the berserker skill now. He must use the backup plan. Hanja is constantly thinking

during the battle. He sees that Kimu Hun is waiting for an opportunity. That won't help because Hanji Ha has already seen through this guy's patterns. Small tricks are useless against him. Hanja tells Kimu Hyun, "You have a habit of dodging to the left." Kimu Hyun freezes when he hears this. After confirming this habit, Hanja deliberately corners him, then unleashes the tornado kick again. Seeing this, Hanja sneers because Kim Su Hyan actually blocks his tornado kick with his arm. Then a piercing pain makes Kim Su Hyan cry out. Hanja tells him to rest in peace. This

will be the last tornado kick. Kimu Hyan now has only two choices. Either have his armbbones shattered or have his head knocked off. No matter which he chooses, Kimu Hyan Will lose. But Han Ha freezes as his attack lands because Kimu Hyan actually blocked it and is fine. This is actually because Hanja lost to Kimu Hian not long ago, allowing him to complete the quest early and obtain a platinum card. This platinum card gave him Guardians Feast, which can block all attacks once. Kim Su Hyun asks Hanj Ha, "How was my acting?" Now he has

Guardians Feast in one hand and knockout Feast in the other, which is the stone fist skill he obtained Earlier. Kim Su Hyun unleashes Knockout Feast on the relaxed Hanj Ha. His body immediately can't move. West High members also reach outside the room at this moment. To prevent Kimu Hyun from escaping, Hanj Ha had earlier ordered his underlings to block the door. Chong Chian tells everyone to clear these quickly. Kimu Hyun might be in danger, but just then, a figure breaks through the door and flies out. Kimsu Hyun begins using exceed limits and rise, Then throws

a punch using pendulum shift. Kimu Hun has staked everything. He activates beast mode, then throws a punch using the rise skill. Kimu Hyun has never had this level of super concentration before. For this single chance to win, he's endured for a long time. The victor of this battle ultimately belongs to Kim Su Hyun. The West High members are stunned watching from the side. The quest pop-up appears at this moment. Han Ha has fallen. Now Only the final quest remains. But at this moment, Hanja says grimly, "I'm not finished yet." The quest pop-up appears again. Gangbook

East High rises again with an unknown power. Kim Su Hyun is shocked. How is this possible? Is this a second phase like with Kang Suck? At this moment, an abrupt voice tells Hanj Ha not to bother. Ryui Kyouong says with a smile, Gangbook East High has already lost. Hanji Ha demands where he's been, only showing up now. Ryu Kyouong Casually answers. Probably went for a walk. Hanja didn't expect Gangbook East High to become like this. You damn bastard. You're saying you went for a walk, but he gets slapped down by Ryuong. Ryukiong laughs. You're such

a smart guy. How can you not read the room? The quest pop-up updates at this moment. Choose to help Hanj Ha or Ryu Kyouong. The reward for helping Ryu Kyouong is two diamond cards. The reward for helping Hanj Ha is a Never-before-seen master. The man clearly finished his opponent in a taekwondo match, but was declared defeated for hitting a vital point. The corrupt rules made him abandon the Taekwondo Arena. Hanja, who hates rules, just wants to live freely. One day, he learned from other delinquents that the karaoke bar run by Gangbook East High Seniors was

making good money. So, Hanja started his own business. He took over all of East High's entertainment venues Through violence. After Hanja found freedom, money followed. This is the life he wanted. The freedom of those in power fascinates Hanj Ha. So, he won't let Ryu Kyouong take all this away. Gang bookie tie can only be his. A business that belongs only to Hanj Ha. Kimu Hyan on the side doesn't understand what's happening. Why are people from the same faction fighting? Ryu Kyouong consoles Hanj Ha. If you just live quietly from the start, none of this would

have Happened. Hanj Ha doesn't understand who he really is since it's almost over. Ryuyouong has nothing left to hide. Suddenly Yang Chan Seiel behind him says, "This is an officer from Gangbook North High." Because the highest ranking officers all hide their true identities. The incompetent Yang Xian Seol didn't recognize him immediately. Kim Su Hyun finds this result hard to believe and this was an order from Gangbook North High's leadership, an order from their Leader, Jo Yun. He had Ryui Kyouung become an officer of Gangbook East High because the only person in the south who wanted

to unify was Han Ja. In Joys eyes, West High's combined group had no interest in unification, and South High's Kang Suck was too stupid to unify. So, he had Ryus Kyong go undercover to monitor Hanja's every move. Not long after, West High saw changes. Kimu Hyun became the new leader. Joe Yun seemed to have known This already. And when Kimsu Hyun just became West High's boss, he knew South High would definitely be taken by Kim Su Hyun. Joe Yun told Ryuyouong to pay close attention to Kimsu Hyun as well as Hanj Ha. At that time,

he told Ryu Kyouong, soon Kimu Hyun and Hanj Ha would start the final battle in the south and Ryu Kyouongs mission was to select the superior side, then personally eliminate the other. For some reason, Jo Yun predicted all of this From the very beginning. From Kimu Hyun sudden appearance and rise to the defeats of Kang and Hay Ha. Hearing this, Kimu Hun and Han Ha can't figure out what kind of person is North High's Jo. Ryuyouong tells Kimu Hyun to honor the agreement now and go to Gangbook North High together. For a moment, Kimu Hyun

doesn't know how to choose. If he helps Ryu Kyouong, he won't get the master card. At this moment, Kimu Hyun thinks two diamond cards might be able To be combined, but if they can't make a master card, he'll miss this opportunity. The challenger card said only with a master card can he compete with Gangbook North High. Anyway, Kim Su Hyun will eventually have to fight North High, and he's already made his decision. Kang Seak, who rushed to support, roars, "Dream on. We'll never let you north high have your way." Ryui Kyouong says dismissively, "You of

sweat." Yong Chang Wong also recklessly Launches an attack. He angrily says, "We trusted you and you were a spy from the start." And Ryui Kyouong just calmly says, "Mhm." He doesn't understand why. Kimu Hyun is still hesitating. Coming to his senses, Kimu Hyun randomly asks Ryuiong, "Have you eaten?" Hanjor, "Think carefully. If you go to Gangbook North High, you'll be done for too." No one knows what Joe Yun will do. Please help us. Gangbook East High. If you help us, we Gangbook East High will submit Under Yukimsu Hyun. Hearing this, Kimu Hyun freezes for a

moment. Ryui Kyouong is displeased. You do you want to shut up forever? Hanji Ha doesn't want to believe this outcome. In the end, still being devoured by Gangbuk North High. Suddenly, Kimu Hun la la la la la la la la la la la la la la la la la la la launches a surprise attack. Ryu Kyouong is confused. What are you doing? Kimu Hun says grimly looking at Joe Yun like that. If I go to Gangbook North High, I'll definitely be finished. Kimu Hyun tells Hanja to honor the agreement. The quest pop-up appears at this

moment. Kang Suk and Yam Chang Wong have become team members as well as Hanj Ha and Seo Dong Jong. Kimu Hyun make sure Gangbook North High's people here. The South won't hide anymore. I, Kimu Hyan of Gangbook West High, officially declare war on you from this moment. The quest updates at this moment. The final quest is simply to land one effective hit on Ryu Siong. Facing the coming war, Ryu Kyouong finds it amusing. But the war Kimsu Hyun speaks of will end in his hands right now because Ryu Kyouongs stats are an overwhelming gap above

theirs. Yang Chan sale didn't expect it would end up like this. He starts warming up for battle. Ryu Kyouong is displeased. Are you worried about me? Yang Xian sale quickly apologizes. He suddenly realizes he shouldn't worry needlessly. Joe Yun Didn't tell Ryu Kyouong things would develop this way. So he has no response plan for this development. In that case, Ryu Kyouong will judge for himself. Then let Gangbook West High and Gangbook East High parish here. Kimu Hyun reminds everyone not to let their guard down. Ryuyouong smiles and tells him to be nervous because it won't

change anything. These officers are no different from nobody's in Ryu Kyouongs eyes. Seeing this, Kimu Hyun shouts, "Get away from Ryuong." Their strength is completely insufficient to damage Ruiong. At this moment, one person's attack interests him. It's Rauom's low kick skill that can deal three times critical damage. His attack carries a whistling sound as it strikes toward Ryuong, but it's still easily dodged by Ryuong. Through this strike, he feels Rauom is the strongest person. Kim Su Hyun can't believe it. Four people have already fallen so Quickly. He tells Hanj Ha, "We need to find a

way to land an effective hit on Ryu Siong first." Because in this situation, Kimu Hyun only has a chance if he gets the master card first. But how to land an effective hit on that monster is a huge problem. After thinking carefully, Kimu Hyun decides to take a gamble. Chung Ilchian attacks first using Capoera, but Ryuyouong remains completely unharmed. Guhajuns attack follows. He knows Ryuongs endurance is very high, so dealing damage is very difficult. But what Guhun doesn't know is his speed is also very fast. The gap in their strength is too large. Guh Jun

has almost no power to resist. Chongach Chong immediately wants to go support, but in an instant, Ryusi Kong's large hand appears on his head. Hanja's exclusive skill is he can convert inferiority complex into madness and boost his stats. He begins using the Skill to attack. Hanja doesn't know what the land and effective hit strategy is, but it doesn't matter either way. The main character will be the strongest Kang Suck anyway. His exclusive skill is being able to use infinite suplex until the opponent passes out. However, this is not the end. Where you see Kyouong wonders

if Kim Suyun next will be the final strike. Hanji Ha understands Kongak locks from below. Then Kimu Hyun attacks from above. This will definitely Be an effective hit, but the result is not satisfactory. Ryui Kyouong grabs both Kong and Kimu Hyun with his hands. He scoffs. With this level, you dare to dream of unifying Gangbook. Kimu Hyun feels the same despair as when facing Daniel. This kind of stats beyond triple S rank is truly beyond reason. At this distance, Kangse immediately hugs and locks Ryu Kyouong tightly. Ryuyouong is about to finish him completely, but Kim

Su Hyun takes the opportunity to grab His right hand. The other hand is also firmly grabbed by Hanj Ha. Facing the situation, Ryui Kyouung quickly makes a judgment. He realizes next will be three people working together to perform a suplex. Ryu Kyouongs thighs immediately exert force trying to stabilize his body. But he's wrong about one thing, because Kimu Hyun and the others goal is not the suplex. Locking Ryu Kyouong like this is enough because the strongest person is not the three of Them, but Lii Hun, who has mastered the sword technique, Jigging Ryu. This is

Kimu Hun's true strategy to complete an effective hit. He went through great lengths. Everyone who completed this strike collapses to the ground exhausted. The quest pop-up finally appears. Effective hit achieved. The final quest is thus completed. Kim Su Hyun obtains his first master card. On the other side, Joe Yun stands silently in front of the floor to ceiling window. His cold expression makes it impossible to guess what he's thinking. The fallen Ryu Kyouongs lips curl into a slight arc. Kimu Hyun excitedly looks at the master card before him. This skill is called drain magic. Kimu

Hyun doesn't understand what this means. Can it absorb the opponent's stats? Hanja roars. Kimu Hun, you idiot. What are you doing? The battle isn't over yet. Kimu Hun can't believe it. How could Ryuki be fine after that level of attack? The Strangled Kim Su Hyun immediately begins using the drain magic skill. Ryui Kyouong suddenly freezes because he feels his strength draining away. As Ryui Kyouong repels Kimu Hyun, drain magic also stops. Ryui Kyouong stares at his hand in disbelief, then demands what Kimu Hun just did. Kim Su Hun is equally incredulous because he really feels

his body getting stronger and his stats are also rising. At this moment, Ryuyouongs phone rings. Joe Yun on The other end tells him to come back first. Receiving this order, Ryuyouong is very confused. Joe Yun says calmly, "The South's matters are already complete." Hearing this, Ryusiong is even more confused. What does complete mean in this situation? But he can only follow his leader's orders. Ryuki Kyouong praises their good luck. He hopes the next time they meet, the battle will be more interesting than now. The next day, inside Gangbook West High, all underlings congratulate Kimu Hyun

in unison for completing the unification of the South. They heard Kimu Hyun removed all of defeated Hanj Ha's body hair in certain areas with hot wax. Jang Ji Hu and Li Hyun Dong are also excited. Kimu Hun tells them to get rid of these people who like spreading rumors. There's one more thing that Jang Ji Huk can't believe that Hanj Ha and the others actually join the team. Kim Su Hyun extends his hand. Seriously, I'm Counting on you from now on. Hanji Ha looks at his extended hand and recalls the silence inside the karaoke bar.

Finally extends his hand as well. But the more Hanja thinks about it, the more uncomfortable he feels. He tells Kimu Hyun to honor the agreement well, but not to be too arrogant. Kimu Hyun must prove he's qualified to be above Hanja or he'll become an enemy anytime. Kimsu Hyun smiles. I'll try my best. Finally, Hanja reminds him, Gangbuk North High is Coming. Just how strong is Gangbook North High? It's completely unimaginable. A powerful enemy is waiting for everyone from West High. Han Jay Ha thinks facing such north high Kimu Hun wouldn't declare war without a

plan. He tells Kimu Hun to share his thoughts. Jang Ji Huk honestly tells Hanj Ha we don't have a plan. Although we don't know why Jo Yun called Ryu Kyouong to retreat, if he attacks again, West High will definitely perish. Just As Hanj Ha is about to explode. Jang Ji Huk says actually there's one way to slow down North High steps. Gangbuk originally had only one faction. It split into what it is now later. That man named Chen Wuhan previously unified Gangbook. That period was called the Earth Dog Alliance. But after Chen Wuhan was betrayed

by his subordinates, the Earth Dog Alliance scattered. Then war began to take the masterless territory. In the end, only North High and West High, East High and South High survived. Kangi wonders, "What does this history have to do with stopping Gangbuck North High?" Jang Ji Huk wants to ask that man for help. The legendary man who unified Gangbuk, Earth Dog alliances, Chen Wuhan, although his personality is notoriously bad, Jang Ji Huk has to try no matter what. But Chung Yian freezes when he hears the name Chen Wuhan. Kim Su Hyun back home begins studying the

newly obtained master card. He Understands this is a heaven-deying ability because the magic drained is not temporary but permanent. With this skill, he can just grab anyone and absorb to become infinitely stronger. Kim Su Hyun wants to use his Kim paper bag identity to absorb all of Gangbuk North High's strong fighters. Before that, he needs to level up drain magic to absorb very strong opponents. But Kim Su Hyun doubts, is this really enough? On the other side, Gildu also feels Disheartened. He doesn't understand what he did in the war. As the second ranked person in

West High, he didn't help much. Gild doesn't want to continue like this. He wants to become a man who can protect that woman. The two finally realize they need to make changes. They can't keep relying on cards. Gil do for that beloved woman Kim Su Hun for himself. They must start training to change everything. Just last night, Ryui Kyouong completed his mission and Returned to Gongbuk North High. Joun had Daniel give him his deserved reward. But there was one thing Ryui Kyouong was curious about. He wanted to know why Jo Yun ordered him to retreat.

In that situation, Ryu Kyoukong alone could have taken care of the south. Joun said coldly, "The South must be dealt with by me personally." He told Daniel that the time had finally come. Everything was prepared perfectly. The time to unify Gangbook had arrived. Meanwhile, at Gangbook North High, an officer was beating up an underling because he reported that Ryu Kyouong completed the spy mission and received a reward directly from the leader. His ranking would likely rise even higher. As the number 11 Hiokung was extremely frustrated. He felt that despite working so hard, it was Ryuyouong

who kept rising. He desperately wanted a chance to climb higher and gain that person's favor. Just then, an underling brought Intelligence that the leader planned to unify Gangbook. Therefore, all officers needed to prepare for war. Hiokyung realized this was an opportunity. The primary target of the war was Kim Su Hyun. Hiqyouung thought if he could capture Kim Su Hyun faster than anyone else, he might even gain the leader's favor and become number 10. Soon, Jang Ji Huk and his two companions arrived at Han River Park, where Chen Wu Han frequently appeared. Lie Hyund wondered, "With

so many people here, can we find our target right away?" But Jang Ji Huk had learned that Cheng Wuhan was a dog lover who walked here at a fixed time every day. Li Hun Dong was curious. Someone who unified Gangbook should have many enemies, right? How can he walk in the park so unguarded? Jang Ji Huk understood the reason was actually simple, because no matter who he faced, he had absolute confidence. Jang Ji Huk respectfully greeted Chen Wuhan with a Salute. Li Ji Hun was amazed. This man was the legendary Chen Wu Han. Such a

handsome man had once unified Gangbuk in just one day. Jang Ji Huk stated the purpose of their visit. Chen Wuhan calmly expressed that he had no interest in unification and told them to leave. Changing Ji Huk wanted to say something more. Chen Wuhan asked in a low voice, "Do you need me to say it twice?" The overwhelming pressure made it almost impossible for Li Ji Hun to breathe. Though instinct told them Chen Wuhan could stop Gangbuk North High, he had no reason to help Gangbuk West High. Just now, Jen Ji Huk was so overwhelmed by

the pressure that he couldn't speak. Then an underling ran over to report bad news. Gangbook North High's number 11, Hiong T is invading the south with his forces. His forces are split into two groups attacking West High and many areas have already fallen. Although Hanj Ha and Kang Suk are resisting, North High's numbers are too great and it's extremely dangerous. And just at that moment, something unexpected happened. Even in this place, there were people from Gangbook North High Li Hyundi Hyun told the strategist to leave first. Even though their opponents were north high members of

unknown strength, Lii Hyun understood that for West High's sake, they must protect the strategist. But the North High members suddenly stopped. They seemed to see something terrifying And trembled with fear. And this was simply because of one person's arrival. Lii Hyun and the other turned around in confusion. Unexpectedly, it was the man who had just refused them. Chen Wuhan. He told the man with glasses who had spoken with him just this once. Facing the North High members, his deep eyes showed no emotion whatsoever. Just last night, as Chen Wuhan was taking a walk, Chungil Chan

found him out of breath. As Chen Wuhan turned around in confusion, He asked if Chen Wuhan still remembered him. The North High members were stunned. They were shocked. Why was Chen Wuhan of the Earth Dog Alliance standing with the South? Chen Wuhan calmly told them to leave. If you don't leave, do you want me to unify Gangbuk again? Chongiel Chian was grateful that Chen Wu Han still remembered him because they weren't close relatives and only met during holidays. So Chung Chian was even more surprised. The Chen Wuhan he saw Back then was clearly kind and

warm. He never expected him to become the leader of the Earth Dog Alliance. Realizing he misspoke, Chungl Jian quickly explained, "I didn't mean you're a bad person." Chen Wu Han told him to cut the nonsense and get to the point. Hearing this, Chungl Chiian asked him to help West High. He couldn't watch the people he cherished get hurt. Chongyian was about to mention how he'd repay the favor. But before he could finish, Chen Wuhan Agreed directly. Because Chen Wuhan owed a debt to Chung Chians parents, Chung Chian had no idea what that meant. However, Chen

Wuhan clarified he would only help this once, and next time they'd have to solve things themselves. If you don't have that kind of power, don't form organizations. A small-time officer ranked 31 at Gangbuk North High was no different from an ant in Chen Wuhan's eyes. These North High members who thought they'd gotten stronger dared To challenge him. Chen Wuhan hadn't fought in a long time, and it made these people so ignorant of their own limits. Jang Ji Huk watched the one-sided battle in stunned disbelief. He had thought the rumors about Chen Wuhan were somewhat exaggerated,

but apparently they weren't. A North High officer ranked 21 arrived, but the next second his body flipped 180°. Jang Ji Huk completely believed it now. Cheng Wuhan truly unified Gangbuk in just one day. The Other North High members immediately knelt in surrender. They finally witnessed the terror of that legendary man. Jang Ji Huk seized the opportunity to urge Chen Wuhan to just unify Gang Book together like this. Chen Wuhan said coldly, "Stop with the tricks." News of what happened here spread quickly. Soon, a messenger hurriedly found Daniel. He was startled to learn that Chen Wuhan

had intervened, and Cheng Wuhan had also repelled Hiokung and other officers who Attacked the South first. The South took this opportunity to reclaim all territory seized by North High. The war that just began had reset to a blank slate. Daniel turned to ask Joe Yun for orders. He didn't understand why Joe Yun kept staring blankly at empty air. But Jo Yun didn't consider Chen Wuhan or Kimu Hyun a threat at all. However, the plan needed adjustment, so he told Daniel to wait. Then an underling reported that someone from West High had Arrived. The visitor was

Gangbuk West High's strategist, Jeng Ji Huk. He came to negotiate a ceasefire with North High. Jang Ji Huk understood that the first wave of attacks was quelled because of Chen Wuhan, but Chen Wuhan wouldn't help West High again. In this situation, if Gangbuk North High launched a second wave, they had no way to resist. Kungak was confused. Don't both sides need equal strength to achieve a ceasefire. With the current Power gap, North High has no reason to accept a truce. Jang Ji Huk was about to say something, but Han Ha, who walked in, said first

that they just needed to use Chen Wu Han. He understood that Gangbuck North High didn't know Chen Wuhan would only help West High once. So, they just needed to perfectly deceive North High and use the Tiger Sway Prestige. Therefore, Chen Wuhan was West High's trump card for achieving a ceasefire with North High and the reason For the ceasefire was that West High needed to train. The South had to use this ceasefire period to make their officers strong enough to have the power to resist the North. Daniel was unmoved after learning Chen Wuhan joined West High.

He said mockingly, "Our plan is to take care of Chen Wuhan as well before finishing." The reason Gongbuk North High has been hiding its strength and soul was to prepare a plan to deal with Chen Wuhan in advance. Now they've Already measured Chen Wuhan's level and West High's strategist even delivered himself to their doorstep. Daniel asked the leader, "Should we just attack Chen Wuhan and West High like this?" Joe Yun opened his eyes and started staring at the air again. Then he told Daniel to accept the ceasefire. Daniel was surprised, "Why isn't the plan to

deal with Chen Wuhan already sufficient?" But Jo Yun made this decision not because of Chen Wuhan, he murmured quite resilient. Then Joe Yun asked, "How long is the ceasefire within North High's acceptable range?" Jang Ji Huk proposed the maximum of two months. The short two months passed quickly. Li Hyian Dong complimented strategist. You look even more handsome except your hair in the back looks disgusting when it's long. Jang Xi Huk was displeased. Pick one. Compliment or insult? He was excited to see what West High's officers had become after 2 months. Especially Kim Su Hyun And

Gildu who started training earliest. Then a man walked in and asked, "Isn't it meeting time yet?" Hearing this voice Jung Ji Huk and the other were dumbfounded. This muscular man was actually Gildo who was previously overweight. Being stared at like that made him a bit shy. This was thanks to Gildo's mother helping him lose weight over these two months. But Gildo was more curious. What had Kim Su Hyun, who worked even harder than him, become? From the beginning, Kim Su Hyun said he wouldn't rely on others this time. During those two months, constantly battling himself

earned Gildo's respect. Kim Su Hun had completed his transformation. Jang Ji Huk and Lie Hun could hardly believe it. They changed so much in just 2 months. What exactly did they do? Kimu Hyun scratched his head somewhat embarrassedly, though Gild Du didn't want to recall it, seeing their curiosity made him want to be generous. But Jong Ji Hyuk and the other walked right past them because Guuha Jun and Chongya Chian had also arrived along with Rau and Li Ji Hyun. Kimu Hyun was about to greet them when he was bumped. Kong Sak and Hanja casually

greeted the leader. Djang Xiuk felt everyone had gotten stronger, so he was very happy. Now then, the gangbook west high meeting should begin. Over these two months, Kimu Hyun did many things. During the day, he trained independently at home With constant exercise. At night, he disguised himself as Kim Papaper Bag and went to the north to drain magic. After countless fights as Kim Paper Bag, he learned a terrible truth. Initially, Kim Su Hyun was curious about the limits of drain magic. So, while experimenting with how many stats he could take, he witnessed a horrifying scene.

Those whose stats were drained gradually dying. Jang Ji Huk snapped the day's Kim Su Hyun back to attention. We're in a Meeting now, not the time to space out. Kimu Hyun apologized and said to continue the meeting. He thought to himself, "Can I really use a skill like drain magic?" At North High, Hiokung smashed a table with his fist. If not for Chen Wuhan, he could have captured Kimsu Hyun and presented him. Hiong T's commotion annoyed others in the gambling den. Shinyong Chu of the Gangbook Crossroads faction told him to keep it down. Hiong T

suddenly threw a punch at The speaker. He desperately wanted to be noticed by Jo Yun. Then an underling ran over saying Joe Yun had arrived. Hiong T didn't believe him at all, but Jo Yun had indeed truly arrived. Hiong T knelt respectfully and asked, "Why would you seek out someone like me who isn't even in the top 10?" Jo asked him back why he attacked Kimu Hyun first two months ago. Hearing Jo Yun say his name, Hiong T felt incredibly honored. He honestly said he did it because he wanted to Climb higher. Hearing this, Jo

Yun made Hiokyong a promise. Bring me Kimsu Hyun and I'll let you rise. Hiqyouong obsessively grasped Yuns hand, he would capture Kimsu Hyun at any cost. Others in the gambling den complained, "If these two want a loveydovey act, go outside. Without Joe Yun moving, those behind him were knocked down. These people came at just the right time. I need power right now. Bake Cher Rayong snack shop had already opened for Business. She looked at the visitor with a very cold attitude. Kimu Hyan found it quite natural since he had pushed away Bake Shay Ryong after

she confessed to him. Business at the snack shop was quite good. Kangi drooled as he smelled the aroma. Yang So Hua had originally stayed here with the lie that Kim Su Hyun asked her to work. After being exposed, Bake Sherang pulled her away without looking back to have a talk. At that moment, Kim Su Hyan received a call From Chung Chun because Chung Chan wanted to say that before going to war with North High, it would be better to meet with someone first. Kim Su Hian jokingly asked him, "Are we meeting both sets of parents?"

But Chung Chian seriously said it was the former leader of Gangbook North High. Soon they arrived at the location of North High's former leader. Kim Su Hyan wondered, "Why is North High's former leader in a hospital?" Chongy Chon explained that North High's former leader was a very admirable person even during power struggles. He wouldn't fight the weak and prioritized his subordinates over himself. So, he was well-liked and many people followed him. Hearing this, Kim Su Hyun was even more curious. Why would such a charismatic person be in a hospital? Seeing what was inside the room,

Kimu Hyun found it incredibly hard to believe because Gangbook North High's former leader, Kang Sean, was lying on The hospital bed. Emaciated, Chung Il Chion explained he was originally a healthy person, but suddenly fell into a coma. Even doctors couldn't determine the cause. The only thing certain was that the last person to meet with him was Jo Yun. Kim Su Hun didn't understand the situation. Just meeting with Joe Yun. Why would he end up like this? He suddenly had a terrifying thought. Kim Su Hyun started using the peak skill, but the quest pop-up displayed peak

Failed. This was because of the master card, causing the opponent's stats to be non-existent. Kimu Hyun was instantly shocked to see Kong Suchan in this state because of cards. Only then did he realize that besides himself, others had also received quests. Kim Su Hyun immediately called Jang Ji Huk to investigate Jo Yuns past, including how he was at Gangbuk North High and how he became North High's leader. Jang Ji Huk said he would find out as soon as Possible. Kim Su Hyun arranged to meet him at the club classroom. Meanwhile, at Gangbook North High, number

11, Hiokung T roared, "Are you bastards already?" A large group of subordinates answered in unison. It turned out Joe Yun had entrusted the attack on the South to Hiqyouong. He was now the commander-in-chief for conquering the South and could mobilize forces at will. Number 12. Jun Hyong didn't understand why Joe Yun would have such a person Handle things. In his eyes, Hiqyouong was at most only fit to be a bullet shield. Number 13. Limong understood they couldn't defy Joy Yuns words, but he would seize the opportunity to conquer the south. When Hiokyouong failed. Number 14.

Dumyong Wu didn't care who was commander. He reminded Hiokyouong T. If I don't get paid, I won't move. Hiong T shouted angrily, you bastards. Didn't you hear what Yun said? The other three keenly sensed something Was wrong. That guy Hiong T shouldn't have been this strong originally. Jun Hyong hadn't planned to disobey Yoo Yun anyway. He asked coldly what Hiokung's plan to capture Kimu Hun was. Hiong scoffed back. What kind of plan do we need to catch a loser? Just attack all at once. Hiqyouung believed that no matter how strong the south was, there was

a huge numerical gap. He told the other officers to think of it as investing with their respective forces. If I get a reward from Joe Yun, I'll share it with you. It's just Kim Su Hyan after all. Having finished investigating, Joun, Jang Ji Huk arrived at the classroom as agreed. He even found and sent Kimsu Hyun photos of June from the past. Hearing this, Kimu Hyan couldn't wait to check the information. Seeing the photos, he found it hard to believe because the Joun in them looked completely ordinary. At first, Jang Ji Huk even doubted whether

this person was Really Joe Yun. In the past, he excelled in many areas. Good grades, good interpersonal relationships, loved reading novels, a student completely unrelated to fighting. In that case, Kim Su Hyun was even more surprised. Such a guy became the leader of Gongbuk North High. And Jang Ji Huk explained that Jo Yun unified Gangbook North High in less than a month. Logically speaking, no matter what you do in just one month, it's absolutely impossible to achieve Such success. Han Jay Ha, who walked in, added, "Back then, North High's people were all very strong. Joe

Yun appeared suddenly like a comet, a monster who unified Gangbok North in just one month. Kangsek, Hanj Ha, and Guuh Ha Jun all thought it impossible. So Hanj Ha was certain that guy definitely had a secret. He asked Kimsu Hyun if he didn't find it strange. Joe Yuns journey was too similar to Yors. Kimsu Hyun, who had been skeptical, was now certain of One thing. Then an underling reported, "Bad news. Gangbuk North High has made a new move. Joe Yun seems to have appointed Hiokyong as commander-in-chief. Hanji Ha and Jang Jihuk both felt strange, though

they weren't underestimating Hiqyouong's combat ability. Wouldn't it be simpler if Jo Yun attacked personally? And Kim Su Hyun, who had figured everything out, finally understood the reason for Joo Yuns abnormal behavior? Jong Ji Huk Worried this was Jun's strategy and planned to prepare for defense first. But Kim Su Hyun decided to have the South launch the attack first. Hearing this, Jang Ji Huk wondered, "What if June makes a move, but Kim Su Hyun understood June wouldn't come?" Number 15 of Gangbook North High, Hungai, was leisurely playing golf, but an underling hurriedly reported, "Bad news. Gangbuk

West High actually attacked North High first. West High's officers are Attacking from all sides with their forces. They seem to be using a divide and conquer tactic. Lii Hyun was also confused. Suddenly ordering a full offensive. What is he thinking? Chung Chan worried if Jo Yun moves. We're in trouble. He didn't understand why Kim Su Hian dared to do this. At this moment, Kimu Hyan returned to Kang Chan's hospital room. He looked up at the empty surroundings, then asked, "Jo Yun, are you watching this?" At first, Kim Su Hyun didn't believe it. How could Jo

Yun be like him? But now, everything matched up. Kim Su Hyun was certain Jo was also a quest player, and he started doing quests earlier than himself. As for why Joun wasn't taking action, Kimu Hyun had also guessed. It was because he received a quest related to it. Understanding this, Kimu Hyun couldn't help but laugh because this meant the world now belonged to him. Kimu Hun also understood that Joun had suffered like Himself, which is why he got the chance to do quests. However, he believed Joe Yun was wrong to act this way after gaining

power. Kimsu Hyun didn't know what happened between Joun and Kangucha Chan, but he knew that as humans, there are lines that must not be crossed. Kimu Hyun also understood the reason he became a quest player. It was to stop Jo Yun. He was going to give it a proper try until one of them was finished. Little Cloud was also surprised to learn Jo Yun was a quest player. From various situations, Kim Su Hyun could confirm Jo Yun was waiting for him to grow and then absorb his power. So, Kimu Hyun was now very worried because

Jo Yun started receiving quests earlier than him. This meant he definitely had far fewer cards than Jo Yun. Moreover, Jo Yun was a cruel guy who felt no guilt about leaving Kangi Chan on the brink of death. Kimu Hyun couldn't help but doubt. Could he win against such a guy? Little Cloud comforted him. Master, you still have me. No matter how strong that guy is, it doesn't matter. Let's break Jo Yuns limbs together and display him at the Gangbook West High School gate as decoration. Kimsu Hyun also realized he had misspoken. He shouldn't show weakness

to Joe Yun. There must not be a second Kangsuch Chan. Gangbok West High's first wave of attacks was complete. They subdued North High's officers ranked 26, 27, and 28, Respectively, and occupied the corresponding territories. Just as Kim Su Hun said, Jo Yun took no action even as he watched his territory being attacked. He explained that although Joun was like this now, he would act eventually. So, West High must take advantage of this. Before Joun acts, gain all the benefits they can. Jong Ji Huk stated bluntly, "This isn't such a simple matter because Gangbuk North High

has the central five in order. They are Hiokyong Tiun Hyong, Limyong, Dumyong Wu, and Hong Gi. These five have strength comparable to Ryusiqyouong. They must be subdued first before they can face Ja Yun. To deal with these five, West High needed a strategy. Jong Ji Huk's strategy was to divide the south into five parts, split into five groups of forces, each facing one of the five. Because if the five gathered together, it would be very dangerous. Kim Su Hyun asked Hanj Ha to share his Thoughts as well. and Hanji Ha's strategy was to concentrate forces

and attack Hi-Kokong Tay with full force. If they could successfully defeat Hiqyouong TE, the remaining four would fall due to losing their power. However, the downside was they might face attacks from all four simultaneously. Then the quest pop-up issued a main quest. Follow Jenji Hukes or Hanja's strategy. Though there's no reward, the next quest will change depending on the strategy. Kim Su Hyun confidently considered, though Hanja's method could gain benefits quickly, facing all four at once was too risky. In the end, Kim Su Hyun still chose to use Jong Ji Huk's strategy. The next quests

would also change because of this choice. Kim Su Hyun was about to end today's meeting. Then another underling rushed in to report. Gangbook North High is attacking. Jang Ji Huk urgently asked who the enemy commander was. This times enemy was Gangbook North High's number 19 Jong Wu. He faced West High's number 13 Ju Huk Jang and number 14 Wang Dong Wu. Juu Ha Jang scoffed. Just you alone and you think you can take back the lost territory. On the other side, Kim Su Hyun wondered, "Who is Se Jong Wu? What makes Jang Ji Huk show

that expression?" Hanja explained he's not scared by the name Seong Wu. He's scared because North High's officers within the top 20 have started moving. Because from number 19 onwards At Gangbook North High, they're the real powerhouses. Hanji Ha asked Kim Su Hun, remember number 20, Yang Chaniel? Even 10 Yang Chanels couldn't beat S Jung Wu. Other West High members were horrified. Their officers were so easily defeated. At this rate, the territory they just gained would be taken back. To this, Hanja told Kimu Hyan not to worry because just in case, he had sent that person.

The former number two of Gongbuk East High, Yam Chang Wong. His stats had Also risen over these two months. As a headbutt came crashing down, Yamchang Wong froze because his center of gravity was broken before he even made contact. Se Jong Wu quickly grabbed Yamchang Wongs neck, then delivered a clinched knee strike from Wu Thai. Yam Chang Wong had been careless. He didn't expect to be defeated so easily. After landing the attack, Se Jong Wu stared coldly ahead. He didn't know who this guy who suddenly appeared was. Gildu said into the phone That he just

made it in time. Kim Su Hyan could leave the rest to him. Gildu marveled at how wonderful fate was. Former enemies were now comrades. He told Yong Chang Wong to rest. He was enough here. Se Jong Wu asked coldly, "What are you?" Gildo's answer was, "A man who will never be defeated again." Sejong Wu was sent by number 13, Lim Hyong, to test West High's strength. Hiokyun doubted whether he could handle it alone. Limong asked if he'd forgotten Who Sejong Wu was, the champion of the National Youth Muay Thai Championship, a guy who almost became

a national representative, though he's only ranked 19 at North High. If he were in the South, he'd absolutely be leader material. Lim Hyong gave him the South's data. He'll have no problem against anyone. In his eyes, West High's number two Gildu was only impressive in rumors. Just a guy putting on airs. Song Jung Wu delivered his signature clinch knee Strike again. The Gangbuck West High members couldn't help but feel nervous. North High members sneered. The South's number two is only at this level, but one of them felt something was strange because he noticed Song Jung

Wu in the fight seemed to be sweating heavily without realizing it. North High members wondered, "Is he sick? Could he already be tired?" Jung Wu in the fight was also shocked. He'd never seen such strong endurance. Se Jong Wu doubted, "Was the Data Limong gave him wrong? The guy in front of him didn't seem like someone putting on airs." Feeling the intense pain on his face. Se Jung Wu cursed inwardly. This wasn't the guy who only ranked high thanks to friends from the data. Se Jong Wus attacks were easily dodged. Gild had once doubted before

this. Could he really do it? A guy like him, fat as a pig, could he really make a change? After falling, he picked up the dropped brick again. Gild Understood he had to do it. He took a deep breath, then ran so he would never lose to himself again. Gildu wouldn't lose to anyone anymore either. His systemma was faster than Song Jung Wu imagined. He had to defend first and wait for an opportunity, but Gildu suddenly assumed a strange stance. His Yamazaki style kyokin karate dealt critical damage. This amazing destructive power alarm song, Jung Wu.

When Gild first started training, his Strength wasn't strong enough. Compared to now, it was a world of difference. Over these two months, he constantly punched at trees. Now, every punch he threw contained terror. Gild's stats increased with each punch. Even thick trees couldn't withstand his fists. Hard work didn't betray Gildu. His stats grew stronger with continuous punching. Song Jung Wu's forearm bone used for defense suddenly fractured. Just like how Gildu broke trees in the past, he completed His transformation. Within these two months, Gildu dealt critical damage again. His stats had now reached a terrifying level.

Yamazaki style Kyokushin karate also upgraded to can deal critical damage to opponents with lower endurance. Other Gang Book North High members were stunned. They never expected Song Jung Wu to be knocked down. Other West High members cheered for Gildu upon seeing this. Even Yoam Chang Wong began to reflect. He didn't Expect Gildu to become so strong in 2 months. Gild said seriously, "If I can do it, you definitely can too." After this battle, North High's morale would surely decline, and Gildos reputation would rise accordingly. He reported to Kim Su Hyun that he'd taken care of

Jung Wu and Kim Su Hyun had already watched everything through the camera skill. This is just the beginning. He told Gildu to rest first because there were several reliable Guys. News of Song Jung Wus defeat by Gild quickly spread back to North High. They heard S Jung Wu had many bones broken and felt strange because this situation was completely unreasonable. A subordinate asked number 18 Beh told them to wait for now. Hearing this, the subordinate was about to leave but was kicked back in. Beh sneered as he welcomed a familiar face. He was curious. Did

you attack alone? Meanwhile, on another side of Gongbuk North High, number 17, Joo Mun Ho was displeased. Song Jung Wu lost so they think we're easy targets. He asked the visitor if they weren't thinking of handling this place alone. On yet another side of Gangbook North High, the same scene was unfolding. Number 16, Bake Chanho asked the visitor, "Is Kim Su Hyun trying to launch a full offensive while boosting morale?" He scoffed. West High people are so Ignorant of their own limits. Gang Book West High's number 10, Kang Sock, faced Bake Chanho. Number nine, Han

Ja faced Junho. Number three, Guha Jun faced Bayuk J. Everything at Gangbuk West High was proceeding according to Kim Su Hun's plan. He believed in everyone's strength. The main quest also updated at this moment. The more territory seized before Jo Yun acts, the better the reward. Now the war between Gangbuk West High and North High had fully erupted. As Gangbuk West High's number 10, his opponent was Gangbuk North High's number 18, Beay Hukj. Beh mocked him. As the king of South High, after defeat, he humbly became Kimu Hune subordinate. Did he really have no self-respect

left? Kong didn't answer, but quickly grabbed Beay Huk J in a clinch. But the situation didn't develop as Kongak expected because Beayhukj who joined North High was no longer what he once was. He grabbed Kongs face then Violently threw him away. Then Beahuk J ordered his underlings to finish off Kong Suk. He scoffed. Those lunatics from the south actually attacked without bringing forces. On the other side, Hanj Ha was also facing attacks from a group. North High's number 17 Joe Manho discovered his weakness. Hanj Ha who excelled in Taekwondo would be finished once someone got

close. Joe Manho wondered, "Didn't they say Hanja got stronger in 2 months? Doesn't look like Much now." The same situation was playing out with Guha Jun. North High's number 16, Bake Chanho, understood the method to deal with boxers was simple. Control the distance. Before this, Bake Chanho's subordinates had already dealt with dozens of boxers. Guh Hajun's luck was very bad because he happened to encounter Hunter who specialized in catching boxers. At Gangbook West High, Jengi Huk was somewhat worried about the officers acting alone. Though those Three volunteered to go, they should have been given more

support because the opponents weren't ordinary officers. Those three were guys who could become part of the five with effort. Jang Ji Huk felt reinforcements might be needed now. Two months ago, Kimu Hyun might have worried, but now he believed in Guha Jun, Kang Suk, and Han Jay Ha. Because they were Gangbook West Hai's big three. If those three can't do it, Gangbook West Hai has no future. Having Defeated all of Beahukj's subordinates, Kang cursed that the fat pig was wrong, he was only temporarily borrowing Kimsu Hyun's power. Gangbook Southhai would surely revive. The identity Kangak

acknowledged was always South Hai's leader. He quickly charged and grabbed Beayukj in a clinch again. Knowing Kang would use infinite suplex, Behuk J grinned wickedly, "You can't lift me." What Beh said was indeed correct. However, that statement only applied to The Kang Suck from 2 months ago. Over these two months, Kang Suk kept thinking, "How could he become stronger?" He understood he was ignorant and had no teacher. So, he could only keep getting hurt and keep trying until he could lift everything. Beh, who was thrown into the air, was completely dumbfounded. This was the result

of Kong's two months of effort. Now, lifting Beayuk J was like pulling up a utility pole. Then, he used his unique Skill, Infinite Suplex again. The situation on Hanjaha's side was the same. His fists continuously pounded on Joan Ho's face. Having realized the limitations of Taekwond do, Hanjaha practiced some other things over these two months. And the reason he worked so hard was because there was someone he wanted to kill, Hanjaha wouldn't forget the hatred from Ryus betrayal. At this moment, Ryuyouong, who was resting, yawned for no reason. He wondered if Someone was thinking about

him. The battle on Guajuns side was also nearing its end. His return of the overlord skill combined with Ki fighting method was far more than Bechan Ho could withstand. In the final moment, he couldn't help but ask Guuhajun something. What made you become so strong? Guha Jun also had an enemy he must defeat. That was Daniel who once beat him without any chance to fight back. Good news quickly came to Gangbook West High. Bechan Ho, Jooho, and Behug J were all defeated. Because of this result, West High gained North High's territory and morale soared. Gimu

Hyun knew they could do it. He's curious about one thing right now. What will Yun do in this situation? Oh, Guanol, the leader of Gangbok Crossroads faction, questions Joe Yun about why he touched his men. However, someone appears behind Joe Yun without warning. The group from Gangbok Crossroads faction quickly falls Silent. Majong Ddu, ranked third at Gangbook North High, reports to Jo Yun that everything's been handled. He tells Majung Du, "Our territory was taken, so go capture Kim Su Hyun." At this moment, Hiong is disciplining three defeated officers. Their territory was taken. "If you lost,

you should have died right there." Hiong roars. At this rate, what will Master Joo Yun think of me? Jiun Hyong is just waiting for me to lose Master Joy Yuns trust so he can Steal the opportunity to conquer the South. Hokyouung snaps, "What the hell is your problem with me, you bastard?" He'll show Juny Hyong why he's ranked 11th. Jiun Hyongs strength is not to be underestimated. He tells Hiqyouung to know his place. I'm only holding back because my men are here. The other three officers, ranked 13 to 15, find it amusing to watch them

argue every day. At this moment, a subordinate asks Master Hiong to stop because Master Majungdu has arrived. The other officers present are instantly shocked. Majung Du walks forward without saying a word. Hiung is surprised. Master Majung Du, what brings you to such a shabby place. His words are cut short because Hiong T's entire body is lifted up. Giun can't help but feel disbelief because his terrifying strength is truly astounding. Hiong T is shoved into the water basin. Majung Du tells him, "The leader is extremely angry right now." Hiung Desperately apologizes, but that's not what Ma

Jungdu wants to hear. He gives Hokyouung one last chance to speak. Hiun begs for one last chance, swearing he'll capture Kimsu Hyun. Next, Majung Du make sure everyone else listens. Everyone must work together to capture Kimu Hyun. If you fail again, you'll all be held accountable together. Soon after, inside the snack shop, Kim Su Hyan looks at this month's sales with shock on his face. This is all thanks to the rumor Genius Lie Hon Dong. He just spread rumors around Gangbook like usual. Many people heard the snack shop's food was heavenly, so they came seeking

it out. But it's not all Lie Hyunds achievement. Bake Chay Rangss cooking and service are both perfect and many people visit captivated by her beauty. Moreover, Bake Chay Rayong promoted extensively on social media. She's an indispensable talent for the snack shop. Kim Su Hun sincerely thanks her for her Efforts, but Bake Chyongs attitude toward Kimu Hun is quite cold. She says she's doing this work because she likes it, so he doesn't need to worry about it. Finally, Beck Chang says, "We all need to take our work seriously." Suddenly, Yang Soha warmly hugs Kim Su Hun.

She's also helped increase the snack shop sales significantly. Lie Hyundes of them, thinking to himself if this will start a rebellion. Though Yang So Hua is by his side, Kimu Hun's gaze Still turns elsewhere toward where Bakech Ryang is. At this moment, a subordinate reports, "Big trouble." Gangbuk North High has launched a full assault. The officers of Gangbuk West High quickly assemble. They receive intel that Hiokyouong TE has mobilized large scale forces. The enemy forces are now advancing toward this location. West High, having received the intel, set up guard here in advance, but only Lim

Tyong and Hong Beg show up here. Kimu Hyun is puzzled. Why isn't it Hiong's forces? Something's not right about this. At this moment, another subordinate brings news from elsewhere. Not long ago, Hiong Tay was unhappy about having to work alongside Gun Hyong. But if they can't capture Kimu Hyun, they're all dead. And Gun Hyong has a way to easily capture Kim Su Hyun. Strike directly at his weakness. The three defeated by West High aren't simple opponents, meaning a frontal Attack could also lead to their defeat. Therefore, Gun Hyong tells everyone to do what they're good

at. With his triple S rank intelligence, his specialty is spreading false intel, and Hiokung with A- rank intelligence specializes in stealth. So, Gun Hong will leak false intel to Gangbook West High, while Hiokung will stealthily strike Kimu Hyun's weakness. He's somewhat jealous that Kimu Hun gets to work with such beautiful girls. After learning the Snack shop is in danger, Kimu Hyun leaves this place to Hanj Ha. But things aren't that simple. Hungai Gi ranked 15th at Gangbuk North High. Won't let him provide support. But actually, Kimu Hyun isn't in that much of a hurry. During

the fight with Gangbok East High, Kimu Hyun learns something from Hanja. Never let your guard down. This time, Rauom and Chung Chain are guarding the rear, though the two of them are at the snack shop. Kimu Hyun knows the odds are Low in a one-on-one, so he must quickly finish here and go help. Suddenly, Gildu flies with a kick toward Hong Bike Gi. Roaring the snack shop is more critical. Leave this to us. Kim Su Hyian chooses to trust Gildu. After all, the chances of Chung Chan beating Hyokyouong are too slim. But Kim Su Hyun

using the camera skill to check the battle is somewhat surprised because Chongy Chan seems to have the upper hand in the fight. Hiong T curses. Why does this hurt so much? Strange. Is this really Gangbook West High's Chungl Chi? How did he get this strong? Two months ago, Chen Wuhan was taking his usual walk with his dogs, but he suddenly stopped and looked behind him and asked Chongy Chan if he was a stalker. Why was he following him? After apologizing, Chung Chan wanted to ask him for something. He wanted to become stronger. Chong Yo Jan

asks Chen Wuhan to take him as a disciple. Now he corrects Hiqyouong T. I'm not from Gangbook North High. I'm from Gangbook West High. Outside, Rauyong, ranked seventh, faces off against Dumyong Wu, ranked 14th. Every time Raw Wuongs attack lands, Dumyong Wu exclaims in surprise as Raugongs attacks get faster and faster. Dumyong Wu's strange cries also get faster. Finally, Rauyong breaks through his defense with a kick and Dumyong Wus body crashes hard into the wall. Rauy is about to follow up, but Dumyong Wu asks him, "Think you Have the upper hand now?" Actually, Dumyong Wu

is just doing a job for money. He asks Rau Guyong if he knows what Hiokung paid him to do. Is to not let anyone interfere with his fight. And of course, Hiokung isn't doing this out of fear. After all, he's the strongest of the Central 5, and he's also a complete sadist. Hiokyung mockingly asks Chongy Chong, "Is that all you've got?" He's not an ordinary satist. He first gives the weak hope, then completely Tramples that hope. That way, hope turns completely into despair. Rau is about to go support Chongyong, but Dumyong Wu drops the act.

Defeating Raw is a piece of cake for him. However, Dumyong Wu didn't want to treat him so cruy. After all, Rauyongo might become his customer someday. Chong Chon is completely outmatched by Hiokong. Hiong really loves this feeling. Watching Chongy Chan go from looking confident of victory to an expression of helplessness and Despair. Hiqyouong absolutely loves this thrill. His opponent's mental breakdown is the real pleasure for him. Bake Chang strikes him with a stick while he's off guard, but Hiokyouong just casually waves his hand and Bake Chay Ryang falls to the side motionless. Now it's about

time to end this. What comes next is the best part. Hi-kong breaks a chopstick, then apologizes to Chung Ilch because it's not over until I hear screams, feeling the intense pain from his Fingertips, Chung Il Chan immediately cries out in pain, but Hiong tells him not to scream so soon. After all, you have 10 fingers. Kimu Hyun still arrives too late, having wasted time on North High's ambushes along the way. Chonglan is defeated in a short time, and both Bake Cheryong and Yang So Hua are taken hostage. Jang Ji Huk deduces that North High wants

to use hostages to set a trap, though he knows they must act cautiously in this situation. Jang Ji Huk also knows Kim Su Hyun won't listen to him. Inside North High, Hiqyouong Tay comforts his subordinates for their hard work. He can already imagine the furious and flustered expressions of those gangbuck West High guys. Hiokyong T asks, "Strategist, is the trap using the hostages ready?" Jun Hyong retorts, "I'm not your strategist. The trap isn't ready yet. He knows they can prepare slowly because with hostages, West High won't act rashly, but at this moment, a Subordinate reports,

big trouble. Gangbook West High has launched a full assault. Yokyouung is puzzled. Are you mistaken? We have hostages. But the subordinate indeed saw massive enemy forces in area A. It's Gangbuck East High's assault team led by former East High leader Hanj Ha. Area B also has large enemy forces heading here. Their Gangbuck South High's boss special forces led by former South High leader Kang Sick. Area C is also under enemy Attack. They're the officers of Gangbuk West High led by the leader who unified the South, Kimu Hyun. They currently can't stop West High at all.

North High's territory is gradually being taken. Kimu Hyun will show North High the consequences of touching West High's people. He wants to thank North High for finally giving him the determination to seriously unify. Now Kimu Hyun will crush them all. Over these two months, his stats have improved tremendously. Kimu Hyun is now in a state of lost reason, and Gunyong knows fighting an excited enemy is the easiest thing. His strategy is to spread false intel of the hostages being in other locations. This way, Gangbook West High's stamina will be exhausted in the search, and then

North High can exploit the opening and launch a full assault. Kimu Hyun is waiting for news about the hostages. Jang Ji Huk also discovers that North High is spreading false information. They can't confirm the hostages exact location. After thinking for a moment, Kim Su Hun has an idea. He's thought of a way to find out where North High's officers are. At this moment, Bake Chay Rayong and Yang Soha are trapped in Texas Holden Bar. The North High subordinates guarding them start having ill intentions. These scumus worrying the hostages might contact the outside as an excuse,

wanting to search the hostages. Though Bake Chayong and Yang So Hua are tied up and couldn't possibly contact anyone, North High's sinful hands still reach out toward them. But at this moment, a man appears just in time. The North High subordinate trying to touch the hostages is immediately thrown to the ground. The others look at the newcomer in confusion because he's also an officer of Gangbook North High and he's Yang Jian Seiel ranked 20th. Not long ago, he was reading Nija in the hotel he manages. When the infamous Kim Paper bag came to visit, Yang

Chan Se is about to stand up and fight, but Kim Papaper Bag says he's lucky to still be reading. Doesn't he even know what happened to his own sister? After hearing Kim Paper Bag say his sister was kidnapped, the enraged Yang Xian Semands if what he said is true, Kim Paper Bag reminds Yang Chian Se that as the 20th ranked officer, he should be able to find out where the hostages are. And now seeing her brother, Yang So Hua relaxes And passes out. Lim Tyong, North High's 13th ranked officer, demands, "What the hell are you

doing?" Yang Chian Seol join North High to cultivate the strength to protect his sister. But North High is using his sister as a hostage to lure West High. He never heard about this strategy. Yang Chian Seol who joined North High for his sister can only watch helplessly as she gets hurt. So he makes up his mind to leave Gong Book North High. Yang Shan Seiel joins Kimu Hyuns team. Limong says disdainfully, "A mere 20th rank dares to interfere with us. He lectures Yang Shan Seol. You should feel honored that your sister was able to help

Kaku High School." At this moment, the quest pop-up appears. Team member Yong Chan Sil's resolve is full. When his potential reaches maximum, he finally awakens. Yang Chan Se tolerate insults to his family. However, his stats after awakening aren't that strong. Lim Tayong Mocks, "I was almost scared to death." Yang Chian Sale also knows that even if he stands up again, he can't beat Lim Tayong, but he just needs to send a message with his phone. Gangbook West High finally learns that the hostages are at Texas Holden Bar, but their current location is far from there.

All because of the false intel North High released. Jang Ji Huk anxiously asks, "Isn't anyone near Texas Holden Bar?" At this moment, a cold voice says he's Close. It's Kimu Hyun who's been following Yang Xian Seol all along. The quest pop-up also issues the side quest rescue the heroine at this moment. Kimu Hyun will definitely complete this quest. Lim Hyong coldly asks him, "Can you really handle this? Because we've prepared quite a lot. Where there are hostages, of course, there are many elites guarding against West High's attack." Then these so-called elites quickly lose consciousness. Kim

Su Hun Tells Lim to get over here and take his beating. Actually, the situation isn't great, though Kim Suhan can beat Limhong. It will take some time and having hostages here makes it difficult to move. If it drags on too long, the other four of the central five will arrive. Even Kimu Hyan can't handle four of the central five at once. Just as he doesn't know what to do, Yong Chan steps forward. He tells Kimu Hyun to go ahead, leave this to him. But Kimu Hyan knows This is impossible. Even if Yong Chan awakened, his

stats are still far below Limys. Just then, the quest pop-up appears. Yang Xanols potential begins to surge. Under Lim's disdainful gaze, Yang Xan Seiels potential begins to boil. He tells Kim Su Hyun to hurry and leave. Take my sister to safety. Yang Xan's potential begins battling its limits at this moment. Kimsu Hyun decisively places the rescued hostages in the hotel Yong Chiian Seiel manages. He can only choose to trust Yang Chi Seiel. Now Jang Ji Huk is very surprised when he learns Kimu Hyuns location because with hostages there, Kimu Hyun can only wait for support.

Jang Ji Huk urgently reminds him Gangbuk North High will also know your location, so North High's main forces will likely head there. Kimu Hyun knows this because North High's main forces have already arrived. Jang Ji Huk on the phone says support will arrive as Soon as possible, but Kimu Hun clarifies that he's not the one in real danger. He tells Jangji Huk to go help Yang Chan Seiel. Yang Shan Sil's attacks are like mosquito bites to Lim Tyong. While his Yokushin karate is not something Yang Shan Seil can withstand, Yang Shan Sil knows that dragging

this out will be disadvantageous for him. Yang Xan Seiel activates his exclusive card, betting on his strongest move. This skill increases his speed by three levels when using Judo techniques. This is Yang Chan Seiel's strongest suplex right now. But Yang Chan Seiel freezes after executing this move because Lim Tay Hyong is actually supporting himself with his lower body. The two of them are on completely different levels in this situation. Yang Chan has no chance of winning. He wonders if he can only give up here. Yang Chan grits his teeth hard. He knows he can't give

up, but Lim Tayong executes the Kyukushian karate Recoilless high kick again. Looking at the fallen Yang Xian Seiel, he coldly spits out the word trash, then prepares to recapture the hostages. Yang Chian Seo's body can no longer move. He absolutely cannot let Lim Tayong succeed. When Yong Hua was young, she thought her brother was the family superhero because he would take her to school and punish those who bullied her. Yang Saua's father was a bit hurt that he wasn't her superhero. And Yang Saua Believed that her brother would always protect her. She hoped that even

when they grew up, her brother would still be her superhero. Quest pop up. Yang Xian Seo's potential begins battling its limits. Finally, his potential transcends its limits. Gimsu Hyun, who is fighting, is somewhat puzzled. He doesn't understand what that window just meant. As the challenger card said before, awakening is not the end. Awakening is waking the sleeping power. Awakening is not the limit. Therefore, there is a next stage after awakening. After waking the sleeping power, you must defeat it. The stage after awakening, the challenger card calls it transcendence. Yang Chion Seol's stats surge after transcendence.

Team pop-up. Congratulations to Kimu Hyun for unlocking the path of transcendence. The reward for all team members achieving transcendence is 10 ultimate training cards. The transcendence quest Officially begins. Lim Tayong, not understanding the situation, says dismissively, "Even if you stand up again, nothing's different. You're just trash who can't even beat the 19th rank." In Lim Tayongs eyes, Yang Chan is just stalling for time. But soon, he realizes something's wrong. Yang Chan Seiel's speed has increased and his striking power has also grown. Lim Tayong is shocked what's going on. He wonders if he's going to lose.

Limong Can't believe this outcome. He executes the Kyokushin karate forward rising kick again. Limong knows that if he loses here, he'll have no face to see Master Joe Yun. He's fighting for Master Joe Yun. A year ago, the Central 5 were just aimlessly wasting their days until Jo Yun's arrival that day completely changed their lives. The Central 5, as if possessed, swore loyalty to Master Joe Yun. Lim Hyong doesn't know the reason. He just feels it's natural. From That moment on, the Central 5 existed to protect Master Joe Yun. Lim Hyong executes the Kyokushin karate

recoilless high kick again. As guardians who've protected Master Joe Yun for a year, they won't fall. But Yang Chan Seiel doesn't fall after taking this hit. He actually withstands it. Yang Chan Seiel agrees with Lim Hyongs words that guardians won't fall. He starts using suplex again. Limong is confident he just needs to counter it like before. But Yang Chi Seo activates his transcendent exclusive attack card, the thunder suplex skill. When the opponent's endurance is lower than his, it deals critical damage. After using thunder suplex, Yang Chan Seo leaps to a high position. He's upset that

Limyong says won't fall after just guarding for a year. You should know Yang Chanol has been protecting his sister since childhood until now. He's been a guardian his whole life. In the end, It's Lim Tayong who falls. The news from here quickly reaches Hiokung. He furiously punches the messenger. At this rate, the central 5 will have no face to see Master Joe Yun. Hiqyouong T knows he must quickly capture Kim Su Hyun. Another subordinate just received news that Master Jiun Hyong has made his move. He's dispatched forces to Gangbuk Hotel. Master Jiun Hyong has the

most forces among the central 5. A full 100 men begin attacking Gangbok Hotel. Even Kimu Hyun can't handle 100 men alone. Victory will ultimately belong to Gangbuk North High. Kimu Hyun side quest also updates to defeat 100 men, but Hiong Tay feels this still isn't enough. He orders the remaining three of the central five to be dispatched. After all, if we can't capture Kim Su Hun, we're doomed. Jiun Hyong, North High's 12th rank, is about to reach Gangbuk Hotel. A subordinate can't help asking why he's deploying his personal forces To capture Kimsu Hyun. Before he

finishes speaking, he's knocked out with a strike. Giuns team is surrounded by Gangbuk West High's people, he says coldly, the one who could think of this move. It's you. As expected, the newcomer apologizes to Jiun Hyong and asks if his entrance was too villainous. But anyway, I already know I'm a bad guy. Han Jay Ha fell for Jun Hyongs trick last time, but he doesn't like going debts. Han Jay Ha, also a Strategist, predicted North High's people would pass through here. Jian Hyong reminds him, "This is decisive. The other two of the central five have

also mobilized to capture Kim Suyun. Rather than ambushing me, you should be protecting Kim Su Yun." Hanj Ha smiles, "Attacking you is our way of protecting Kim Suan because I've also dispatched forces to deal with the other two." Dum Yong Wu is facing Raw Guy again. Hungbeek Gi, North High's 15th rank, Also stops in his tracks because Guhajun appears in front of him. The situation quickly reaches Hiong's ears. If this continues, they might not be able to capture Kim Su Hun. And Kim Su Hyun, even facing a 100 men, shows no sign of being pushed

back. He seems determined to protect Gongbok Hotel with the hostages behind him and looks like he'll really defeat all hundred men. And Kimu Hyun, using drain magic again, commands coldly after his stats rise. North High People tell Hyokyouong Tay to get over here. Though Dumyong Wu is paid to capture Kimu Hyun, he still needs to adjust the appropriate force. After all, Raulyong might become his customer later so he can't damage him too much. Dumyong Wu is somewhat surprised because Raus counterattack is quite good. This is because Rauom separately asked the strategist about him. Dumyong Wu

uses combat [ __ ] from warrior fighting techniques. However, Rauom is still too Weak. Even though his technique is decent, there's still a significant gap in physique between him and Dumyong Wu. But Dumyong Wu doesn't understand one thing. Rauom actually isn't using his feet. You know, when they fought last time, Rauyong clearly used both hands and feet. Dumyong Wu realizes he's conserving his legs, and the reason is obvious. He wants to deliver a fatal blow with a high kick. Rauyong's high kick, lacking in power, is blocked by Dumyong Wu. Seeing he's about to use a

high kick again, Dumyong Wu prepares to block it again, then finish off Rauom with one strike. Not long ago, Hanja told Raugong that Dumyong Wu could be left to Kang Seek. He knew Raugong held a grudge for losing to Dumyong Wu, but if he lost again this time, the battle situation would become very difficult. Rauom didn't speak, but pointed at himself, then clenched his fist tightly. Hanja sigh helplessly. You need to speak To have a conversation. In the end, he still chooses to trust Rauom because Rauy has a fatal blow. He starts using terabyte low

kick. Dumyong Wu is deceived by the faint. It's a low kick disguised as a high kick. He didn't expect Rauyong to be hiding this kind of move. The next second, Rau's expression changes because Dumyong Wu locks him up again. Dumyong Wu apologizes and explains that he learned military [ __ ] which includes grappling techniques. So Whether Raw Wus fatal blow is a high kick or low kick, it's useless against Dumyong Wu. In the end, Rawyong still falls. Dumyong Wu is puzzled. Didn't you West High guys get stronger in 2 months? Is this level just wasting

time? He asks Rauy, "When you were getting stronger, didn't anyone give you advice?" Two months ago, Rauom, who wanted to become stronger, found a powerful person he met at the juvenile detention center. He handed him a Request to become stronger. But the other said he was currently wanted, so he wasn't in good spirits, but he could tell Rau one thing. If you want to become stronger, you must have resolve. If you start a war, fight with a determination to die, and you won't lose. He is Kim Kimyong, leader of the Hungry Wolf Alliance. Kim Su

Hyun, battling a 100 men, suddenly receives a quest pop-up. Raugs potential begins to surge. Raug's potential begins Battling its limits. When Rawus potential transcends its limits, he stands up again. At the same time, he also obtains a transcendent exclusive card. Raugs gaze is firm as he stares ahead. Dumyong Wu can sense something's wrong, but facing an opponent he's defeated before, he's still confident. Seeing Rauom about to use the same kick, Dumyong Wu knows it's useless. He just needs to grab him like before, but then he freezes because Raw Guy's transcendent card is terabyte thrust kick.

This powerful kick executed at full speed makes the opponent's body stiffen. Dum Yong Wu faced with the thrust kick hitting his chest dead center doesn't react at all and he's already fallen into the stiffness abnormal status. Rau Guiom executes terabyte low kick again. The intense low kick concentrating all his power delivers three times critical damage. Dumyong Wu's leg bone suddenly fractures Under this terrifying striking force and his entire body flies into the air from the momentum. The victor of this battlefield ultimately belongs to Rauy. The other people from Gongbuk North High are dumbfounded. They didn't

expect the central 5 would actually be defeated. News of Dumyong Wu's defeat quickly reaches Hong Bay. He didn't expect two of the central five have already been defeated. Guh Jun corrects him. It's three people because you're about to be Defeated, too. Hongbeek Ji tells him not to be so arrogant. Guhajun immediately starts using the return of the overlord skill, but his attack is dodged. Guhajun realizes the distance is too far. He must close the distance with Hong Becki, but something puzzles Guhun. Why are the other North High people so relaxed? They laugh and mock Guuhajun

for his bad luck. Our master Hong Ji has never lost to a boxer. His speed is the highest among all his stats. Gujun's attacks Can't hit him at all. Hungji reminds him being impatient isn't good. As a boxer, you can't be hasty. Hungji, whose attack landed, is somewhat surprised because Guhajun tanks the hit and quickly counterattacks. However, Hungji still notices his speed has slowed considerably. Hungbeeki is different from the others. One more strike and he can finish off Guhajun. Guhajun continues attacking with Return of the Overlord. Hongbeeki sees he's Deliberately closing the distance and Guhun's

purpose is obvious, is to trap Hongbe, using the wall to achieve his goal. He's been cornered. Guh Hajun's strategy isn't wrong, but an enemy who sees through his strategy just needs to strike first. Hongbe's golf club swings down hard, but the result doesn't develop as he expected because Guuh Hajun also predicted this strike. Actually, Guhun is pretending to corner Hong Beck. His real purpose is to steal Hong Beck's weapon. Now, it's a fair fight, but Hong Becki's fist strikes Guuhajuns face first. He hasn't used boxing in a long time. It turns out Hong Becki was

once the gold medalist of the Yung Chong Du Boxing Association Chairman's Cup. A true talent among talents, but for some reason joined Gangbook North High. Lim Tayong was curious, why would a boxer use a golf club to fight? Hong Bake Gi is puzzled. Isn't it obvious? because a golf club is Stronger than boxing. Guh Jun's boxing is completely outmatched. Hungbeg, who hasn't boxed in a long time, feels pretty good. He sincerely says this is the first time he's met someone as impressive as Guha Jun because only a boxer of his level would know that Guha

Jun never formally learned boxing or rather never systematically learned it. Hungbe is curious how he self taught and how he climbed to such a high position with self-taught boxing. Young Guhun Wasn't an orphan like others, but he desperately wished he was because Guhajuns mother couldn't take the domestic violence and abandoned him to escape. After that, Guhajun took his mother's place being beaten by his father. He learned defense before learning arithmetic, studying every day how not to get hit. So, Guhajun self-taught boxing. Back then, his only goal was to beat that person at home. And on

the day he became a middle Schooler, Guhajun successfully defeated his father. He felt no regret, no guilt. From that day on, looking at his father who could no longer hit him, Guha Jun knew how to live from then on. He must dominate everything. So, the world would become weaker as a result. Whether boxing or the world, Guhun is self-taught. His potential begins battling its limits. Guhajun asks Hung Gi, "What are you doing? Hurry up and come fight. His potential successfully Transcends its limits. Hungbeek J glares, "Don't be so arrogant." At this moment, Guhajun activates his

transcendent exclusive attack card. Hungbei doesn't understand what's happening. Guhajun's overlord's descent skill increases his own strength while spreading overlord's aura to bind surrounding enemies and reduce their endurance. All of North High's people are bound by a powerful aura. Watching Guhajun walk toward them step by step. Hung Bake Gi can do nothing. Guh Hajun uses Return of the Overlord again, finishing him off. The North High people present can't help but break into cold sweat. After transcendence, Guha Jun's stats have also greatly improved. Meanwhile, on another battlefield, a massive brawl is underway between Gangbook North High and

West High. Hanj Ha always felt Jon was similar to him. Besides being smart, he also has explosive combat power and handsome Features. Hanj Ha feels it's a waste for someone like Junyong to be at North High, so he invites Junyong to join Gungbuk West High. After all, the mighty Central 5 now only has two members left. When you're defeated, Joun will hold you accountable. Jiun Hyong swiftly swings a punch, cutting off Hanj Ha's words. He doesn't think he's like Hanj Ha. In his eyes, Hanja looks like the kind of guy who steals people's girlfriends. Hanja

accuses Junyong. You really can't talk Properly. I was only saying that for your own good. While talking, Hanja adjusts his distance, then finds an opportunity to break Jons leg. However, Gunyong already anticipated this. He sees that Hanja's upper kick is just a faint. This is exactly why Hanja hates smart guys. He carefully observes Gons fighting technique. From his footwork and strikes, it's likely boxing. Against an opponent with a warrior fighting style, Han Ha has the Advantage. He immediately finds an opportunity to extend the distance, then aims for Gun Hyongs chest. But the next second, Hanj

Ha loses a large portion of his vision because Gun Hyong executed a back spinning elbow. He didn't expect Hanj Ha to dodge this strike. Ha smiles. I have pretty good reflexes. Junyong pretending to be a boxer yet using a back spinning elbow. Hanja knows he can't trust guys with glasses. He roughly understands Jiun Hyongs fighting style is similar to his own. The type who compensates for physical inadequacies with brains. Both of them learn many fighting techniques. This duel will be won by whoever has more tricks. Jiun Hyongs offensive is extremely fierce. His back spinning elbow

is executed perfectly and Hanja is gradually cornered and Jon Hyong targeted his weakness from the start. His goal is to trap the feet of Han Ha who uses taekwond do. But the next Second Hanja swings an uppercut, but Jon Hyong immediately counters with a headbutt. Actually, Jon Hong didn't learn many fighting techniques. His learning originates from Japan. He can use judo techniques or karate. It's mixed martial arts in a GI that allows all illegal moves. North High and West High in the midst of fighting both stop their movements. North High people are shocked. Isn't that

a perfect shoulder throw? But why wasn't Hanji Ha thrown? Though Han Ha's guess that Jun Hyong learned many fighting techniques was wrong, the many fighting techniques he thought of also included the mixed martial arts Jiun mastered. Because Hanj Ha is naturally suspicious, he doesn't trust anyone. This is the reason for Jun Hongs defeat. He ultimately falls. Resentfully raging, "If it weren't for you, you despicable guy with brass knuckles, I would have won in the end." Hanj Ha scoffs, "Despicable is just an Excuse for losers." News that even Jiun Hyong was defeated quickly reaches Hiokung's ears.

There are no more officers left to face West High. The scales of victory have completely tipped toward West High and Gangbook West High's people have already arrived here. They swarm forward, launching an attack on Hiokung. Hi-Kong grabs the frontmost enemy, then slams him hard on the ground. In this situation, North High can still turn things around as long as Hi-Kokyouong can capture Kimu Hun. He mockingly asks the newcomer, right? Kimu Hyun, having finished off the other North High people, also arrives here. He turns his head coldly looking at Hiong Tay as the strongest of the

Central 5. Hiong Tay can't wait to see how strong West High's leader is. However, before he finishes speaking, he's knocked to the ground with one punch from Kimu Hyun. Kimu Hyun thanks Hiokung for sending those hundred men. Thanks to Him, Kimu Hyun has fed well. From now on, Hiqyouung will be beaten like a dog. Hi Jinte never expected Kimu Hun to be such a good fighter, but he understood that Kimu Hyun would be emotional right now, driven by revenge. Hi Jinte could exploit this and counter with technique, but his plan quickly fell apart. He simply

couldn't react to Kimu Hyun's punches. Furious, Hi Jinte immediately swung back to counter, but he gradually realized he couldn't use his techniques. The reason was simple. The level gap between him and Kimu Hyun was too large. Kimu Hyun questioned Hi Jinte, why did you do that? Wasn't achieving your goal enough? Why torture people to that extent? Hi Jinte just sneered mockingly because it's fun. Giving the weak hope and then snatching it away excites me. I live for that expression when hope turns to despair. Kimu Hun slammed another brutal punch into Hyojinte. He wasn't some righteous

judge. Everything he was Doing now was purely his own emotion. Kimu Hun would make Hoyo Jente taste what it's like to be weak. He began using drain magic on Hojinte. Kimu Hyuns stats gradually rose. Sensing something wrong, Hojente roared, "You bastard. What did you do to me?" However, Kimu Hune ignored him. But thinking of Kanguchi Chan's dying state, Kimu Hun stopped draining magic. He couldn't become like Joe Yun. After being drained, Hio had become worthless, His body weak. He screamed horsely, demanding to know what Kimu Hune had done to him. Soon after, the two hostages

in Gongbuk Hotel woke up. Kimu Hian apologized to them as they'd been dragged into this because of him. But it's fine now. I won't let you fall into danger again. You can go home now. On the other side, Jang Ji Huk had already reached the entrance of Gongbuk Hotel. He never imagined his lord had defeated over a 100 people alone. Kimsu Hyun told Him to take Hio Jinte back to West High and extract information, but Jang Ji Hyuk wondered if his lord had made a mistake. Hio Ginte wasn't even at Gangbuk Hotel. Before he finished

speaking, Hojinte appeared before Kimsu Hyun just as his fist was about to fall on Bake Chyong. A figure blocked in front of Bake Chay Ryong just in time. Kimu Hyun was sent flying by a single punch. He was shocked. What's with this terrifying destructive power? Hio Ginte, Who had his stats drained, is even stronger than before. Kimsu Hyun immediately activated peak. Moments earlier, the weakened Hio Ginte furiously pounded the ground. He felt as if all his muscles had vanished. Filled with hatred for Kim Su Hyun, he refused to accept this. Hio Ginte's twisted face appeared

in the holographic view. Joe Yun watched him coldly. Joun had a card he never intended to give trash like Hioint. The deal card burns a member's Potential in mind to explosively boost combat power. But as long as I can catch Kimsu Hyun, it's worth it. Looking at Hioe's bizarre stats, Kimu Hyun had no idea what happened. Hioente had lost his consciousness as a human, he'd become a pure fighting machine. Caught off guard, Kimu Hune fell into a disadvantage. As Hojente's attack fell again under the worried gazes of Bake Sherong and Yango Ha, Kimu Hyun activated

restore stamina, he questioned Yao Yun, "Is this a card That should be used on humans? Do you have any humanity left?" Kimu Hyun repelled Hi Jente using ancient flow martial arts Teun. He'd worked hard to hide the cards he'd obtained these past two months. If Kim Su Hyun revealed his cards first, the next showdown with Joun would be very disadvantageous. In this situation, he had to reveal some of them. Joe Yuns biggest mistake was giving Kim Su Hyun two months because in those two months, he took on many quests And collected many cards. Kim Su

Hyun activated the chapter skill card. This buff card raises stats based on the number of cards held. After adjusting his stats, Kim Su Hun's strength increased again. He could now see Hiojint's attacks. Thanks to chapter skills effect, Kimu Hyun stats were now higher than Hioe's. With his newly acquired cards, he could easily win this fight. But there was one important problem. Joe Yun was watching this Battle too. For the upcoming showdown with him, Kimu Hyun had to hide his cards as much as possible now, meaning he could only use cards he'd revealed before. Hi Jinte

broke through Kimu Huns defense as Hiojinte's heavy punch came crashing down. Kimsu Hyun understood he was fighting like a pure beast. Kimu Hune activated Guardians Feast with one hand and knockout Feast with the other. Kimu Hun only had 3 seconds. In that time, he had to use all His cards to take down Hioente. First, he charged forward with pendulum shift. Just as his fist was about to land on Hioe's head, Jo Yun coldly uttered three words on the other side. Nullify. This skill nullifies status effects used by the opponent. Released from the stun, Hojinte immediately

dodged Kimu Hyun's punch. Kimsu Hyun never expected there'd be such a card. Joe Yun then used advanced enhancement. This skill temporarily raises a member's stats Randomly. Hiojint's stats were immediately boosted. Although his stats were now higher than Kimu Hyun, Hiojint was still in a mindless state. This meant fighting with technique would give Kimu Hyun the advantage. He found an opening and landed a rising punch, then immediately activated beast mode and restore stamina. Next would be the final strike. Watching this, Jo Yun's expression didn't change at all. He just felt it was a waste to use

the deal card On trash. Joun Yun noticed Kim Su Hun had used restore stamina. But he wasn't the only one with stamina recovery cards. Joe Yun activated restore stamina. This skill could also restore a member stamina. Kimu Hyun seemed defeated under Jo Yuns command. Heinte was about to end everything, but then Kimu Hun suddenly smiled. Joun didn't know why he was smiling. Suddenly, the quest pop-up alerted Joun. Hi Jinte has been bound. Joun Yun had Used four cards total in this battle. Kimu Hun was amazed by his incredible skills. Joyou suddenly realized Kimu Hyun had

deliberately struggled to learn what cards he had since he'd seen four of Joyous cards, showing some of his own wouldn't be a loss. His callover skill could summon up to three cards from his members for his own use. First came Guuhaj Juns Overlord's descent. Then came Guajjuns return of the overlord. Hi Jin Taye was bound and Unable to move. Kimu Hun activated rise. Then summoned slime to retrieve the wooden sword. Next, he called over Lii Huns Jig and Ryu. This swordsmanship that abandons endurance for a single killing blow struck viciously upon the bound. And with

return of the overlord's boost, Kimu Hyun strike dealt double damage. Joy's cold expression finally changed. Hioente the fighting machine finally fell. Next comes Jo Yun. The quest completed at that moment. After call over ended, Kimu Hyun's stats returned to normal. He never expected his new platinum card skill would be this. The room door was violently torn down at that moment. Jang Ji Huk led forces to rescue his lord. However, the scene inside wasn't as dangerous as he'd imagined. Kimu Hyun comforted Yang Sua. It's fine now. It's all over. Go home quickly. The subordinates murmured. Is

that the boss's woman? Hearing their chatter, Kim Su Hyuns gaze shifted Somewhere else to where Bake Chron stood. She apologized. "I'm bad at reading the room." Although Bake Chry thought she wasn't the one Kim Suan came to save, she still thanked him for saving her. Kim Su Hyun was puzzled. How can you say that? He released Yong Soo Hua and said sincerely, "I came for you." Hearing this, Bech Ryong turned back in disbelief. Yong Hua, now released, was stunned by those words. Kimu Hyun said seriously to Bechyong, "I Came for you." At that moment, an

anxious Yang Chian Seiel rushed in, shouting, "Where's my sister?" Seeing Yang So Hua, he finally relaxed. Yang Chian hurriedly asked if she was injured anywhere, but Yang Hua's gaze shifted elsewhere. She didn't understand why those two were acting like this. The war with the central 5 ended here. Jang Ji Huk comforted everyone. You all worked hard so late. Thanks to Yang Chong Seo joining West High, the tide of battle Changed. This war gained West High Yang Chi Seiel and the Central 5's forces. Jang Ji Huk reminded his lord, "It's time for the execution." The execution

targets were the Central 5 defeated in this war. After perfectly mocking the losers, it was time to consider what to do with these four. Kim Su Hyun didn't hesitate much. After all, successfully recruiting Jiun Hyong would give West High another Hanj Ha. After activating Elder, he began his persuasion. This Skill increases the probability of persuading others. Kim Su Hyun invited all four to West High because West High is an organization like family. Under elders boost, the four quickly made their choice. They unanimously refused to join Gangbook West High. Kim Su Hun's persuasion actually failed. The

quest pop-up alerted. Card versus card battle. The lower grade elder card failed. Elder is ineffective on targets under status effects. Kim Su Hun didn't know what Status effects meant. He didn't understand what Joun Yun had done. In reality, Jo Yun possessed a skill that could brainwash up to 10 people, but the quest pop-up suddenly alerted him. Card versus card battle. The lower grade brainwashing god card failed. Brainwashing effect has dissipated. Kim Su Hyun thought, "Johnn better not be too angry because the platinum card I just got is the same as Joe Huns nullify skill." Kim

Su Hyun decisively Activated the nullify card. He was simply correcting a wrong. With the brainwashing gone, Jian Hyun couldn't remember why he'd follow Joe Yun. The other three were the same. Only now, after waking up, did they realize they'd been following Joe Yun. Kim Su Hyun couldn't help wondering how many people Yun had put under the status effect. He asked Jun Hyong, "What now? Will you come to Gangbook West High?" Han Ha understood West High needed talent like Jiun Hyong. After a moment of thought, Jun Hyong agreed to join Gangbook West High. He couldn't forget

the feeling of being controlled like a puppet by Joe Yun. So, even if it was dangerous, he had to know the truth. Jiun Hyong would discover Jo Yuns true identity. And as a high-ranking officer of North High, he knew lots of intel. Kim Su Hyun thought to himself, "Recruiting Jun Hyong is fantastic. With intel, future battles will be easier like this." After Strengthening the officers, they could face Joe Yun. But then, a massive figure suddenly appeared. West High subordinates warned him, "You can't just enter here." But he kept walking forward as if he hadn't heard.

Hanji Ha and Kim Su Hyun were confused, but Jiun Hyong and Yang Chian Seiel were already breaking into cold sweat. Jang Ji Huk instantly felt suffocated because he knew the newcomer was gang booked North High's Mount Thai. Ma Jung Du, North High's rank three, reported over the phone that he'd arrived and that the Central 5 had joined West High. Ma Jung Ddu asked Jo Yun not to worry as he wouldn't make mistakes. Then from now on, gangbook west high will be completely eliminated. Kimu Hyun quickly launched Knockout Feast at him, but the quest pop-up alerted.

Knockout Feast failed. Target is immune to status effects. Kimu Hyun was instantly stunned. He was sent flying by Majungdu's single punch. As Majungdu was about to attack again, Hanj Ha intercepted with a roundhouse kick. He understood this was both a crisis and an opportunity. Even though Majung Du was called Mount Thai, he was only one person now. The strengthened West High might have a chance to make North High lose this major force. Hanj Ha and Guhajun attacked Maungdu together, but the result wasn't what they expected. Two large hands suddenly grabbed them Both. They hadn't damaged

Maungu at all. Rawongs kick followed, attacking Majung Du just as he was about to counter. Hanji Ha wouldn't let him have his way. He and Guajun firmly gripped Majung Du's left and right hands. Raw Yong successfully landed a low kick with triple critical damage. The strike landed perfectly on Ma Jungdu's head. The next second, a hand grabbed him again. The battle wasn't over. Yang Chaniel slammed Mjung Du into the ground With thunder suplex. Their combined attack worked, but Ma Jung Dus cold voice reached their ears again. I didn't expect to get thrown for letting my

guard down. Seems I need to take this seriously to not be rude. West High's combined attack hadn't damaged Ma Jung Du at all. They were crushed by absolute power. Piled together like trash. Then Ma Jung Du apologized over the phone because it took him a full minute to deal with everyone from West High. This Was slower than Joun Yuns expectations. Worried about Jo Yuns displeasure, Maungdu immediately moved to take the unconscious Kimsu Hun. But Jo Yun reminded him not to let his guard down. At that moment, Kimu Hyun asked Majung Du, "Do you believe in

miracles?" He activated diaper. The fallen West High members became stronger after standing back up. Mjung Du asked dismissively, "Why do something pointless?" But Kimu Hyun didn't think Refusing to give up was pointless. He questioned Maong D. You know what evil Joun is doing, right? After Joun unifies Gangbook, he'll turn his attention to the whole nation. The reason Kimu Hyun can't give up is that he's the only one who can stop Jo. He activated exceed limits and chapter skill. Today will be the day Gangbook West High hunts Ma Jong Du. News of this sudden battle quickly

reached Kang Sick. He urgently asked the messenger, "What happened to Kim Su Hyun And the officers, but the subordinate mentioned something strange happened. The West High officers who were fighting Ma Jung Du suddenly disappeared. They vanished without a trace as if they'd never been there. Kang didn't understand what had happened. Then another subordinate came to report. This is bad. Gangbuck North High's main forces have started moving and North High's leader Joe Yun is among them. Kangek wondered. Kim Su Hyun disappeared. Why would Joo Yun suddenly start moving? He didn't know if Jo Yun was launching

an attack or if something went wrong. The subordinate urgently asked the highest ranked Kangse for orders. What should we do now? Kangak realized he had to do something with the officers gone. West High was still useful to him, so it couldn't be destroyed yet. Having thought this through, Kangse roared, "From now on, I'll command personally, but then a familiar voice appeared." Kang and the others didn't understand what was happening. How did the vanished Kimu Hun reappear? Meanwhile, Joun had Majungdu explain the situation. He apologized for failing to capture Kimu Hyun. The next second, Majung Dus

neck was violently grabbed. Jo Yun lifting him with one hand questioned him, "You dare to fail?" Originally, Jo Yun saw through camera that Maung Du and Kimu Hyun suddenly disappeared, so he came personally, but Kimu Hyun wasn't Captured. Joe Yun didn't know how Kimu Hyun escaped Maung Du or what happened in such a short time. West High members cheered seeing their leader reappear. It turned out that when Kimu Hyun led the officers to surround Maongdu, he activated negotiation mist. This consumable card forcibly turns the battlefield into a neutral zone for 5 minutes and has an

invisibility effect that prevents those outside the mist from seeing in. Everyone on the Battlefield entered Negotiation Mist's range. Kimu Hyun decisively called for everyone to run because he knew even together they couldn't beat Majung Du now. But Kimu Hyun could finally see what he couldn't before. The terrifying stats of Gangbook North High's officers. If he kept growing at this pace, he could face Joe Yun. However, the North High territory captured this time had to be abandoned. Kimu Hyun scratched his head and told the subordinates they ran Back. Then a figure stepped forward and called out,

"Kimsu Hyun." Chongchian thought if only he'd taken care of Hojinte from the start. Kimu Hian comforted him. Either way, Jo Yun would have sent Ma Jong Du. We still would have run away like beaten dogs. But Chongil Chan still felt guilty. Seeing this, Kimu Hyun said to him, "Let's get stronger together. What if we make mistakes? Just keep challenging." Kimu Hyun assured Chongil Tion, "You can get Even stronger." On the other side, Jo Yun didn't give Majung Du a second chance to fail. He used Majung Du because Majung Du didn't make mistakes. But if he

couldn't even do that, he could only be discarded. Joe Yun warned him, "Remember, I have many people I can use." Mongdu said to Jouns back, "I will be loyal to you." Back home, Kim Su Hyun was excited he could finally see the gap with Joo Yun. Suddenly, his phone rang. Jian Hyun told Kim Su Hun to Check the message he'd received. It was intel on Gangbook North High's rank seven to 10 officers. After all, a new round of war was about to begin. Kimu Hyun was curious how strong the next batch of officers would be.

He had to catch those guys and get stronger. After all, the final battle with Jo Yun wasn't far off. Inside Gangbook North High, Joe Yun stood before the floor to ceiling window. Lost in thought. Soon, two subordinates brought Hio Ginte. Now he'd Become a mindless fighting machine. Yo Yun said coldly, "You're not even worthy of being trash." He grabbed Hio Gente. Then an eerie aura flowed from Joun Yuns body. Under his cold gaze, Hio Gente's once solid muscles gradually turned to withered bones, finally dropping completely powerless. Hi Jinte had been drained to a dried husk.

Then Jo Yun summoned slime to devour him. Amidst horrifying chewing sounds, a female voice asked Yun, "Does anyone Still see you as human?" This woman who appeared in the room at some point wondered, "Is Kim Su Hyun more troublesome than expected? Though she didn't think Joun would lose, a fail safe would be better." So the woman asked Joun, "Want to try again?" Soon after, gathered by North High's ranked 10 Ryuong, North High's rank 7 to 10 officers assembled. He was there to relay Joe Youn Yun's words to gather the strength of 10 and prepare to

Deal with West High. Seeing Jo Yun had finally given the order, the rank nine officer understood he was very angry, the rank eight officer asked the person beside him how his condition was. Then the rank seven officer beside him leaped up. After landing steadily, he answered, "Excellent. He eagerly wanted to know who's the strongest guy in Gangbook West High." Meanwhile, Jiun Hyong in Gangbook West High pointed out two problems. First, the officer's rankings were a Complete mess. Jun Hyong had never heard of an organization ranking by order of joining. With such a system, no one

would want to work hard to improve their rank. So Gunyang proposed re-ranking West High based on officers abilities. The second problem was officer deployment. The West High's officers had their reasons for current deployment. The war with North High was most important. So officers had to be deployed to the front lines. Just this Battle alone, many officers couldn't participate. If officers had been deployed closer from the start, they might have caught Ma Jungdu. Jiun Hyongs two points were correct. Hanja praised him for showing value right from joining. And regarding officer ranking, Jang Ji Huk had been

thinking about it since Gangbuk North High started expanding. Now it was his turn. First, rank 21 was Moon Chang. Rank 20 was Wang Dong Wu. Rank 19 was O Jin Su. Rank 18 was Ju Huk Jong. Rank 17 was Li Hin Dong. Rank 16 was SEO Dong Jong. Rank 15 was Yong Chang Wong. Rank 14 was Hong B. Rank 13 was Dumyong Wu. Rank 12 was Lim Hyong. Rank 11 was Jang Ji Huk. Rank 10 was Yang Xian. Rank nine was Jiun Hyong. Rank eight was Li Ji Hyun. Rank seven was Chong Yil Chion. Rank

six was Raw Wuong. Rank five was Kang. Rank four was Han J Ha. Rank three was Guaja Jun. Rank two was Yanguk Ji, also known as Gildu. and Gangbook West High's leader was undoubtedly Kim Su Hyun. However, he felt Jang Ji Huks rank was a bit too low. Next, after adjusting officer deployment as Jiun Hong suggested, Kim Su Hyun wanting to end today's meeting suddenly heard sobbing. He wondered why is Jang Ji Huk suddenly crying and ruining the mood. Actually, Jang Ji Huk was deeply moved. Gangbuk West High had grown from less than five people.

As a founding contributor, how could he hold back Tears? Kim Su Hyun agreed with Jang Ji Huks words. At this rate, they might actually unify Gang Book. Hanji Ha reminded Kimsu Hyun he couldn't relax yet. Joe Yuns primary target is you. Without you, Gangbok West High is finished. So, Hanj Ha told Kim Su Hian he must stay vigilant. Soon after, Kimu Hian arrived at a cafe waiting for Little Cloud. He began thinking. After dealing with Heo, West High got stronger again. Jo Yun should be very concerned About me now. So, I need to get stronger

before Joe Yun makes his move. Little Cloud arrived at the cafe quickly after shopping. He was curious what Kim Su Hyun was thinking about so seriously. Then, a figure in high heels approached the two as they talked. Little Cloud asked his master somewhat puzzled. Do you know this woman? Before Kim Su Hyun could react, he was forcefully kissed. Little Cloud was instantly dumbfounded. The sudden woman walked away without Looking back after kissing Kim Su Hun. Little Cloud was exasperated. When did Master go seducing women, but he suddenly froze because Kim Su Hyun collapsed to the

ground. The woman left with a smile amid Little Cloud's shocked cries. She told Jo Yun not to worry anymore because she'd set up the fail safe. Jang Ji Huk was bewildered learning from subordinates that Kimu Hun collapsed. Everyone wondered, did he overwork himself? Jong Ji Huk understood The situation was bad. If North High attacked now, it'd be dangerous. Sure enough, another subordinate reported, "Gong Book North High has launched an attack." Jang Ji Huk urgently asked how many enemies there were, but according to the subordinate intel, only one person was attacking Gongbuk West High this time.

And at the enemy's location were many West High officers, plus Hong Bike Ji and his 50 elite soldiers. Hearing this, Hanja relaxed, but he Suddenly noticed Jiun Hyong seemed off. Unexpectedly, Jun Hyong ordered all forces to retreat because he knew only that man would attack alone. Gangbook North High's rank seven, Chiian Ho. His booming voice instantly filled the area. Chiant Ho actually asked if everyone from West High had gathered. Revered as Lubu funian, he only wanted a perfect battle. Know that Chiian Ho climbed to North High's rank seven purely by force. Even Majung Du couldn't

easily subdue Him. Gangbook West High's members use swarm tactics to suppress Chiian Ho. On the other side, strategist Jang Ji Huk urgently asked what his fighting style was, but Gun Hyong said, "Ciente Ho has no fighting techniques. He only possesses powerful animal instincts, crushing enemies with absolute strength. That's why Chonteho has that Lubu nickname." West High members couldn't help but begin fearing him. Facing such power, they could only turn and dodge. Seio Dong Jung fiercely struck Chante Ho with Jik Kundo. He'd worked hard to get stronger for this day. Yong Chang Wongss headbutt followed. Strengthened,

he wouldn't fall behind this time, but reality dealt them both a harsh blow. They were sent flying by Chonteho's single strike. At that moment, Hong Beg greeted the long-unseen Chiho. Shantae Ho immediately charged at him. This traitor understanding his strength, Hongji sweated nervously. Can I hold out? Meanwhile, Hanja also gathered forces to provide support. This battle was an opportunity for West High. If they could use numbers to defeat Shantae Ho, they'd weaken North High's power again. Almost all officers set out toward Shanti Hos location, but Hanji Han knew they needed a stronger man. He didn't

know what Kim Su Hun was doing right now. The unconscious Kim Su Hyun woke up at that moment, but the quest pop-up alerted. You have been Sealed. Kim Su Hyun was shocked. What's going on? The quest pop-up explained, "Stats have been sealed and cannot increase. To break the seal, you must wait for time to pass or use a card." Kim Su Hun instantly realized that woman works for Jo Yun. At that moment, his phone rang again. After learning Kim Su Huns condition was okay, Hanja told him, "The battlefield situation isn't good. Chi-ho has broken through.

Though Hung Begi is dealing with him, it's not Enough. We need your strength right now. The quest pop-up also updated at that moment. Defeat the intruding Cho reward one master card. Kim Su Hyun was amazed. The reward this time is actually a master card. I absolutely can't miss this once in a lifetime opportunity. So, he told Hanja to mobilize all forces for a brawl. He told Kimu Hyun, who thought the same, not to worry. The volunteers should all be there by now. But Kimu Hyun understood this quest definitely Wasn't that simple. He told Hanji Ha

to throw that person into battle, too. After hearing the name Kim Su Hyun mentioned, Hanja was instantly stunned. The other officers had been expecting some strategy. Now they all suspected Kim Su Hyun had gone crazy because he actually told strategist Jang Ji Huk to fight. Jang Ji Huk, who struggled even killing ants, wondered, "My lord, are you abandoning me?" Seeing this frail strategist, Chiant Ho immediately got Excited, rushing to the battlefield. Kim Su Hyun understood that though Chiante Ho was strong, his intelligence wasn't high. Sending the strategist to battle would definitely make him let his

guard down. But Kimu Hyun could give the strategist great power by swapping his stats with Jang Ji Huk. Suddenly, Jang Ji Huk said to the charging Shihjo Ho, "Actually, I felt very frustrated lately. From now on, it's my turn." With his stats surging, Jang Ji Huk felt Invincible. Shiant Ho sneers. A cute little strategist thinks he can catch me. Suddenly, he feels his body weakening. This is because Gil Du activated his dark lord skill. It reduces all surrounding enemies stats by one level for 3 minutes. Jong Ji Huk sends Shante Ho flying with a single

punch. He tells Cho, "I'm not a strategist. I'm the man who will unify Gangbook." Jang Ji Huk feels his true power might even surpass his leaders. Then why has he been following his leader's orders all this time? From now on, Jang Ji Huk will rule this world. But Chante Ho, who was just sent flying, starts laughing because he, who craves battles with the strong, has finally found a worthy opponent. Chant-ho's heavy punch strikes toward Jang Ji Huk. He's going to adjust his abilities for Gangbuk West High. This battle, Chante Ho is going to thoroughly enjoy.

Hearing his subordinate say, "Jang Ji Huk and Chant-ho are evenly matched." Hanji Ha is stunned again. The subordinate asks him, "Has the strategist been deliberately hiding his strength all this time?" But Hanja doesn't understand what's going on either. He wonders, could Jang Ji Huke have a twin who can actually fight? Regardless, Hanji Haan knows this is an opportunity. As long as Jang Ji Huk stalls for time, Gangbook West High's forces can assemble and capture Chante Ho. At this moment, Guny Hyong feels something is off. He understands. Chant-ho can't possibly handle all of West High's forces

alone. And North High definitely knows this, too. Things shouldn't be this simple. Jun Hyong can't figure out what North High's rank eight executive is really up to. Could they be planning to abandon Chiho? Facing this powerful opponent, Jang Ji Huk, Jonteho continuously boosts his stats. West High's goal is simply to wear down his stamina. It won't be long Before Kim Su Hian arrives. Attacks from various executives keep striking at Chiante Ho. He wonders, "Is this West High's fighting power?" He's somewhat disappointed, having hoped for a perfect battle today. If that's the case, this battle should

end now. Li Ji Hyun, who was about to be ambushed, freezes in place because Chiian Ho's attack didn't land on her. Gildu says in a low voice, "She's not a woman you can touch." Gimsu Hun arrives at this moment as well. He Brings the fighting force just as Ho wished. Now, a truly perfect battle is about to begin. Chi-ho's arrogance finally betrays him. West High's remaining forces are about to arrive as well, but Chiant Ho suddenly shouts excitedly, "Time to run away now. Before anyone can react," he turns and bolts. Kimsu Hyun is about to

chase Chante Ho. When another subordinate reports, "This is bad. Gangbook North High has invaded." It turns out while the Executives left their positions to deal with Chiant Ho, North High seized all the vacant territories, and this strategy using Chian Ho was devised by Gangbook North High's rank 8, Hion Wu. With his S-rank intelligence, he played West High for fools this time. Only now does Hanja realize they've been tricked. Jun Hyong didn't expect this to be Hiang Wus plan. If Chion Ho is like the mighty Lubu from the three kingdoms, then the strategist Cheng Gong by

his Side is undoubtedly Hiang Wu. This war is Gung Book West High's defeat. Even Chante Ho's escape route was perfectly planned. Pursuing further might lead into an ambush. Kimu Hyun realizes this is a perfect defeat. Chante Ho doesn't have a single fatal injury. Kimu Hun is puzzled. Why is there such a huge gap between West High and North High? West High executives potential isn't weak either. Kim Su Hun understands that Joy likely started his quest around the same Time as himself. He wonders if he's missing something. What secret does Jo Yun have to make his

members so strong? Kim Su Hun suddenly remembers he once obtained special cards. That lower grade strength boost card he got from the Gangbuck Conference quest. Though it had major negative effects, maybe it's only because it was a bronze card. If Kim Su Hyun could get an upper grade strength boost card, the effect might be completely different. Kim Su Hyun Speculates, is this Joe Yun's secret to rapid power growth? Either way, this is a ray of hope. Kimu Hyun wants everyone to keep getting stronger. To do that, he must complete quests and collect cards. Meanwhile, Hanj

Ha is called by his subordinates to a burger joint because Kong Suk has been stress eating non-stop for the past hour. Hanji Ha knows this guy always does this when he's stressed. The reason is that Kong Suk was ignored by Chante Ho. He's been feeling lately That he can't find worthy opponents. Someone of Chant's level would be just right for him. But Chant-ho has no idea who Kang is. This kind of provocation is unacceptable to Kong Suk. He vows to take down Chi-ho with his own hands. Meanwhile, inside North High, Han Wu reflects on the

war with West High. Chante Ho who returns safely thanks him because thanks to Hassan Wu he got to enjoy a battle for the first time in a while. North High also recovered the Territory it had lost recently. Hi Wu is about to discuss the next strategy with Chiho. Chiant Ho interrupts him saying he just wants to fight strong opponents. Hi Wu will grant his wish soon enough. After this battle, the atmosphere at Gangbook West High is grim. The morale of all soldiers except the executives is extremely low. They must find a way to restore morale

quickly. Kimu Hyun thinks of using a mob fight to capture Chiho. Because Chion Ho and Hassan Wu rely on Superior combat skills and intelligence, they have few personal troops. But Gi Hyong knows a mob fight won't work because they're still North High's rank nine executive Kyong Jin. This guy has the most personal troops in North High. Jiun Hyong is certain he'll lend his forces to Chonho and Hion Wu this time. As Kim Su Hyun ponders this, a side quest updates. The quest is defeat North High's rank nine Hyong Jin. The first step is to break

through his personal Forces. Kim Su Hyun is thrilled to finally have a quest, but if he goes to deal with Kyooyong Jyn, then dealing with Jon Ho becomes a problem. Ji Hyong tells him he's thought of a solution. West High will split their forces into three teams to pin down Chante Ho, Kyong Jin, and Ryu Kyouong. Hiong Wu and Shantae Ho are inseparable, so they must be dealt with together. If these four executives unite, West High has no chance. First, Ryu Kyouong will be Handled by Hanj Ha because they have scores to settle. Jun Hyong

will accompany Kimu Hyun to deal with Kyong Jyn because Gun Hyong knows Kyong Jinn well. However, who will face Chho to stall for time is another challenge. At this moment, a low voice says, "Leave it to me." Hanja asks doubtfully, "Can you handle it? You don't look so good." The person is Kong Suk carrying a huge pile of food. Kim Su Hyun is about to mention his intelligence issue when Jong Ji Huk Interrupts because even Jong Ji Huk has never seen him with such an angry expression before. In that case, Hanji Ha will handle Ryui

Kyong and head to area A. Kim Su Hyun will handle Kyooyong Jin and head to area B. Konguk will handle handho and Hiang Wu and head to area C. A tough battle lies ahead. Gangbook North High receives news that West High has begun moving. Ryu Kyouong is already looking forward to Hanji Ha's arrival. At this moment, the three of Them form West High's founding trio. He sees Gildu is in good condition. But what concerns Kim Su Hun more is Chungl Chian's condition because his potential has started to tremble. So the one Kim Su Hyun needs

to worry about most is still Kong. Ju Huk Jong who used to be his subordinate now greets him casually. Kong heard he has a secret to defeating Chantho. Ju Huk Jong confidently says even Junyong and Jang Ji couldn't think of this secret. He tells Kong to sit Back and watch how Chongho will be defeated. Meanwhile, North High Kyouong Jin scoffs when he hears West High split into three groups. After all, he has a full 300 subordinates. And to complete the quest, Kim Su Hun must defeat Kong Jin. A new round of war begins. Kim Su

Hun will show North High what West High is made of. This time it's their turn to fight back. Before the battle begins, Kyooyong Jin subordinate asks if they can touch Chong Il Chion, but if they Do, Daniel will likely be furious. Kyongjin finds it amusing. Daniel was the one who made Chong Yil Chon like that. Yet, now that he's an enemy, Daniel wants him back. Kyooyong Jinn doesn't care about their issues. Attacking Gangbook West High is the priority. They'll use their best tactic, overwhelming numbers. Meanwhile, Ju Hawk Jong watches Kang stress eating and asks if

he can have a burger. Kangi tells him to go ahead if he has a death wish, Though the fries are fine. After thanking him, Ju Huk Jong reveals his secret to catching Chion Ho. It's divide and conquer. What makes Chion Ho and Hiang Wu formidable is each other's presence. So, all they need to do is drive a wedge between them. Juu Hawk Jong will pretend to defect a gangbook north high and so discord. This is his specialty. It worked on Kim Su Hyun when he was at South High. Ju Huk Jongs only concern is that

the clever Hian Wu might See through his fake defection. For this, Kunguk has a solution. He tells Ju Huk Jong to stand up first, then punches him without warning. Kungak wants word to spread that he beat up Ju Huk Jong. This way, rumors of internal conflict at West High will spread, and Ju Huk Jong can defect to North High without Hiang Wu's suspicion. Having taken a hard punch, Ju Huk Jong reminds him they didn't need to actually hit him. Just spread the word, right? Kang Sak Suddenly looks like he just realized this. Juhuk Jong has

no words for this bastard. At this moment, Kyong Jyn's personal forces have begun moving. Learning the enemy has over 100 men, Junyong shows no panic because an eye for an eye, operation has begun. Kyong Jyn's forces sneer. Are the West High guys joking? Just one person thinks he can handle us. Kyong Jinn is also stunned to learn West High sent only one person to block his forces. At this Moment, a familiar phone number calls. Jiun Hyong tells Kong Jyn, "We received your strategy using Chiian Ho." Kyong Jin says disdainfully, "North North High's traitor. Are you

calling to betray again?" But Jun Hyong just wants to tell him. West High can also do what Chiho did before. Kimu Hun will show North High too. He sends the front enemy flying with one punch. When the others realize it's West High's boss, they rush forward. Kimu Hyun activates his card Master skill along with one against a thousand, which raises his stats based on enemy numbers, plus his skill that adjusts strength based on opponent level. However, since Kim Su Hun's stats are sealed, he can only use temporary stat boosting skills. He's going to fight a

perfect battle, too. Upon learning Kimu Hyun appeared, Kooong Jin sends all his personal forces. He doesn't believe Kimu Hyun can handle over 300 alone. But Jiun says he Miscalculated because while Kyong Jyn sent out his personal forces, Jun Hyong sent people to his location. Kyooyong Jin scoffs, "You're sending this trash to ambush me?" He asks Chongy Chun, "You already lost to Hiokung and you still want to oppose us?" Actually, two months ago, when Chong Yil Chun asked Chong Wuhan to teach him, Chong Wuhan said he had no ability to teach. Learning from him might make

him even worse than before. So he told Chong Yil Chan to Find someone else. But a few days later, Chong Wuhan saw Chong Yil Chan again. Seeing the bandages on his hands, he knew he'd been beaten up somewhere again. Chung Wuhan size helplessly, "You're hopeless." He already said he had no ability to teach, so Chung Wuhan could only demonstrate the techniques he knew. Now, Chung Chan tells Kyouong Chin not to say his name because he's here to defeat Kyong Jin. These two months made Chongy Chan feel he has the ability to Copy. Meanwhile, after Kimu

Hyan defeated 200 alone, he obtained five platinum cards, but only one is useful for combat. North High's remaining hundred men begin attacking Kimu Hyun, but he's more worried about the other team members in battle. Kyong Jin subordinate Lisa Sadong finds it strange. A guy like Gildu is gangbook west high's number two. This is because Gildu can't react to his kicks. Even though Gildu trained desperately these Two months, he's still not strong enough. He feels very disappointed in himself. The other subordinate, Chen Wu Hyun is also strong. Li Ji Huns stats are far inferior compared to

his. Lisa Dong remarks, "Genbuk West High strategy is decent. It's just that these team leaders doing the ambush are too worthless." Lisa Dong asked, "Kildo, you know it yourself, right? Your body has reached its limit. If you understand human speech, just collapse already. But Gildu can't give up because that woman is here too. Not long ago, seeing Gildoo again after two months, Lii Hyun was stunned because his transformation was truly dramatic. After chatting for a bit, Lii Hyun couldn't help asking Gild why he lost weight. Gild Du answered, "Seriously, because I wanted to do something."

After falling for someone, I realized how insignificant I was. So, to stand beside the person I like, I had to do something. Losing weight isn't the End. From now on, let me protect you. But no matter what Gildu said, Li Ji Hyun couldn't believe it. Someone who once said he'd stay by her side abandoned and left her. That person's words were just empty promises. Left with psychological scars, Li Ji can't trust others anymore. But Gildu suddenly told her, "I will defeat Ma Jung Du." Li Ji was confused. Why bring up Ma Jung Du all of

a sudden? This was because Gildu wanted to prove he wasn't just all talk. Defeating Ma Jungu seemed impossible to anyone. So Gildu wanted to beat him to prove his sincerity to Lie Jiun. I'm sorry I couldn't become more handsome. Lie Jiun turned away telling Gildu to stop pushing himself. From that moment, Gildu didn't want to lose to anyone anymore. But now he understands the road ahead is still long. Lii Hyan's side is about to end too. Chen Wu Hyan recognizes her technique as the troublesome Jig and Ryu. Jigin Ryus Weakness is poor defense, though both

sides rely on one hit kills. North High has two people. Li Ji Hun can't handle attacks from two people simultaneously. As Chen Wu Hyun's attack lands, he asks Li Dong, "Are you joking? Finish off your enemy first before coming to help." But Lisa Dong knows this guy is just making a final struggle, though he doesn't understand where this momentum is coming from. Meanwhile, having finished off everyone, Kimu Hune Realizes he must help those still fighting. He has a way to turn four useless platinum cards into boost cards by using the card master skill. Breaking down

one platinum card randomly yields zero to six gold cards. Kimu Hyun repeatedly combines and breaks them down until boost cards appear. Then he gives all the boost cards to Gildu. Chen Wu Hyun doesn't understand what's happening. How is this so sudden? The guy in front of me got stronger and Faster. Lisa Dong tells Chen Wu Hun to stay calm. That guy's almost out of stamina. If we work together, we can definitely win. But Chen Wu Hyan knows they can't win, though he doesn't know why. Gildo's level is completely different from before. The two fall defeated

under overwhelming power. Gildu asks Li Ji Hun to watch him closely because he will definitely keep his promise. Suddenly, Gildu realizes Chong Yil Chan is still fighting. He asks Urgently, "Is Chongy Chan okay?" wiping blood from his mouth. Kyooyong Jyn asks Chongya Chan, "Don't you want to return to North High? Will you still betray Daniel whom you once followed?" Chung Chan says coldly, "That person is the one who changed. I don't want to hear about Gangbook North High or Daniel because I'm a Gangbook West High person." Quest pop-up notification. Chongy Chion's potential begins struggling against

its limits. In that Case, Kyooyong Jinn says, "From now on, I'll treat you as a West High person." Kyooyong Jin isn't someone swayed by old feelings. So from now on, he'll beat Chongil Chiian to death. Gildo is about to warn Chongy Chian to dodge. The next second, his abdomen takes a brutal punch. Kyong Jyn tells this pig to stop squealing. Gildo's stats are still far too inferior to his. Li Ji Hyun immediately uses Jigan Ryu to provide support. Chongy Chian quickly strikes With Capoera. The two attack Kyooyong Jin together, but the result surprises them. Kyooyong

Jyn's strength completely overwhelms them. Chong Chion and Li Ji Hian are knocked flat with one blow. Kyooyong Jin mockingly tells Chongy Chion, "Show your willpower. Are you giving up just like this?" Gangbook West High's reinforcements arrive. Chongy Jian is powerless to stop them because Kyouong Jinn is just too strong. Chongy Chian feels it's all his fault. If I Were stronger, if I weren't this weak, he's lying on the ground pathetically just like back then. Gang Book North High used to be peaceful. Chong Yil Chon, Kang Sea Chan, and Daniel were good friends because Chongyon wasn't

social. The two always worried about him, especially Kong Sean. He was a great person. Everyone followed Kong Chan. Gangbuk was very peaceful under his leadership. The three of them were happy together back then until that Person appeared. He was Joe Yun who destroyed it all. After he appeared, the sky fell. Kanguchi Chan fell into a coma due to an incident. Even the police and doctors didn't know the cause. From that moment, Gangbook North High changed. The person called Joe Yun appeared and ruled Kang Seai Chan's gangbook as he pleased. What Chungli couldn't believe most was

Daniel was also among those destroying Kang Sech Chan's gangbook. He became unlike the Daniel of before. Never once Visiting Kang Seai Chan in the hospital, he went mad for new power. When Chungil Shan went to find Daniel again, he was beaten badly. Daniel told him, "There's no place for the worthless here. Soon, Lord Joe Yun will execute his grand plan." Rank 39 Chung Chon isn't qualified to participate. Daniel said he didn't need Kangauchan's north high, only Lord Joe Yuns power. He told Chung Chun to know his place and not cross the line. Chung Yil Chuns

Obsession with rankings had only one reason. He wanted to know what Joe Yuns plan was, and what plan could make Daniel abandon them and follow Ja Yun. The reinforcements Wang Du Wu brought were quickly wiped out. Just as Kyouong Jyn's attack is about to fall again. Quest pop-up notification. Chong Yil Chans potential begins struggling against its limits. His potential finally surpasses its limits. Confused, Kyong Jyn asks him, "Did you Decide to return to North High?" Of course, Chung Chan will return because he has much to say to Daniel. Disdainful Kyooyong Jin strikes at Chongy Chon

again, but he suddenly freezes because Chong Chan used his transcendence card, copy, which can instantly mimic an opponent's attack technique. And the first technique Chung Wu Han showed him was CQC, close quarters combat. Chung Chong can't help feeling strange, things he couldn't do back. Then now he feels He can do again. Wang Du is shocked. How is this possible? Kyooyong Jin actually fell just when Chongy Chan thought it was over. Kyooyong Jyn stands back up. He didn't expect Chongyo Chan to become this strong. He'll get serious, too. At this moment, Kim Su Hian arrives to

provide support. Kyooyong Jin ties up his hair, preparing to fight seriously, the side quest finally updates to defeat Kyongjin, and the reward is a master card. Feeling the combined power of Chong Chion and Kimu Hyun, Kyong Jyn realizes dragging this out will be disadvantageous. For a quick victory, he must eliminate one person first. His fist smashes into a nearby wooden board, but Chongyon is protected by Kimu Hyun because he heard from Jon before. Kyong Jyn's ultimate move is the left hook from mixed martial arts. Fortunately, Kimu Hyan found a strategist who knows Kong Jin. He

also starts using hooks to attack Kong Jin, but Kyong Jyn can see He's not proficient enough. However, with the transcendent skill copy, Chung Chan starts attacking him with Kyong Jyn's specialty, the left hook. After Kimu Hyan uses Ancient Flow Martial arts tunes copy again, mimicking his attack. Both simultaneously use ancient flow martial arts. Tigun, pushing back Kong Jin, but Kyong Jyn quickly intercepts again, attacking Kim Su Hyun. This is just as Kim Su Hun expected because Giong told him about Kyong Jyn's Follow-up attacks before. Kim Su Hyun plans to time his transcendent skill, but unexpectedly

Kyong Jin sends him flying because Kyong Jun also guessed Kimu Hyun obtained intel on him and his target from the start was Chongil Chion. This powerful shin kick makes Chongy Chion feel like his leg is about to break. He's about to block Kyong Iik Jyn's next shin kick. But Kyooyong Jyn's raised foot suddenly drops because that was just a faint. Fortunately, Kim Su Hyun blocks his left hook in time. Kyooyong Jin curses him. This fool blocked it head-on. That should break Kimu Hyuns arm. However, Kimu Hyun uses Guardians Feast to block the blow, then uses

Knockout Feast to hit Kyong Jin. 3 seconds is enough for Kim Suhan to finish him, but due to Kyong Jin's strong resistance to status effects, knockout feast duration decreased. Seeing this, Kimu Hyun immediately uses callover. First is Rauyong's terabyte Thrust kick. Kyooyong Jyn is stunned by the sudden thrust kick. Kimu Hyun immediately calls over Rawyong's terabyte low kick. The low kick containing triple critical damage strikes Kyong Jyn's leg hard. The powerful impact sends Kyooyong Jin crashing down instantly. He doesn't understand how Kimu Hyun has this kind of power. Kimu Hian ignores him and activates buff

skills. Then after drawing his wooden sword, he calls over Jigan Ryu. Just as this finishing blow is about to land, Kimu Hyun freezes because Kyong Jin actually blocked it with his right hand, though his right arm broke as a result. As a return gift, he delivers a vicious left hook to Kimu Hyun. The intense pain from his right hand infuriates Kyoo Jyn, but his leg is grabbed again. Kyongjin says coldly, "If you're down, give up." Persisting is unsemly. After using Berserker, Kimu Hyun grips his leg tightly. He reminds Kyooyong Jin, "Did you forget something? There

are two of us." Chongy Tian uses copy and instantly learns Jigan Ryu. Speechless, Kyooyong is utterly speechless. Chongy Tion uses Jigin Ryu to strike him down hard. This battle, the quest is finally complete. Kimu Hyan will pass out in 1 minute. However, he first checks the newly obtained master card. The skill is called tactical schemes, an attack card. Kim Su Hyan feels this skill can be used on Chonho. Meanwhile, at area C guarded by Chiho and Han Wu, Juhak Jang, dissatisfied with West High, comes to defect. After he finishes badmouthing that idiot boss Kong Suck,

Hiang Wu smiles. How wonderful to have someone who knows Gangbook West Hai's inner workings defect. Just when Ju Huk Jong thinks his defection succeeded, Hiang Wu suddenly questions him. You didn't think I'd say that, did you? He can roughly guess why Ju Huk Jong came to defect to drive a Wedge between him and Shante Ho. Just as Kim Suian wakes from unconsciousness and wants to check the tactical schemes skill again. Chongyian keeps tugging at him because Kyong Jyn is about to get up again, but his current physical condition really isn't enough to stand. Kim Suian

uses the elder skill, asking Kyong Jin if he wants to join West High. Kyooyong Jyn tells him to stop joking. I will never betray Lord Joe Yun. Quest pop-up notification. The Elder card is Ineffective on targets under status effects. Kimu Hyun realizes Kung Jin was also brainwashed like the others. Then there's only one method. He uses the nullify card to remove Kong Jin's brainwashing. Afterward, Kyong Jyn says he doesn't remember why he followed Jo Yun. He was originally close with Kong Chan. In that case, Kim Su Hyun asks him again, "Will you join West Hai?

After all, with Kyong Jin's combat power, he'll be a great asset in West High's Fight against Joe Yun." He thinks of Kong Suchi Chan lying barely alive in the hospital. Then agrees to lend his strength to Kim Su Hun, but Kooik Jyn still doesn't plan to become a West High person. He's accompanying Kim Su Hyun only because he has many things to ask Joy. And he also tells Chong Chun to find out why Daniel became like this. But be careful because Daniel is very strong. Meanwhile, Hassan Wu is still interrogating Ju Hak Jong. But his

Subordinate suddenly brings news that Ju Hawk Jong really was beaten by Kong Suk. But even so, Han Wu can't trust Juj Jong. So Hassan Wu orders, "Lock him up for now." But Ju Hawk Jong confidently says, "I've prepared a gift for you." At this moment, Hi Wu subordinate brings another report. Some of Gangbook High's forces actually surrendered. Without fighting, they obtained all of Juh Huk Jongs territory and subordinates. Even so, Han Wu still doesn't trust Jujong, but Jujong grins wickedly. My gift has only just begun. Soon after, Kang Suk roars angrily, "What are you doing,

you bastard? You carved away all of Gangbuk West High's territory." Juh Jong explains helplessly, "This is all strategy. If I don't do this, Han Wu won't believe me. He'll give North High all the territory up to West High's headquarters to deceive that clever Hian Wu. Anyway, if they can't catch Chion Ho this time, the territory will be taken Anyway. From now on, Ju Huk Jong will exploit Hiang Wus characteristics, watching North High expand territory without shedding a drop of blood. Hi Wu can't help wavering. After all, he's about to achieve what even Daniel and Ma

Jung Du couldn't. Shantae Ho also congratulates him on gaining so much territory. But Shanti Ho is curious when he can keep fighting. While Hi Wu is thinking about the great reward Lord Joe Yun will give after taking West High. Shantae Ho keeps nagging in his ear about fighting. Hi Wu reflexively snaps at him. Just be quiet when you know nothing. Suddenly he snaps back to reality then hastily explains he was just concentrating on thinking. But Chante Ho isn't angry at all. He smiles and says, "I'll be quiet." And just as he's standing on the rooftop

feeling the breeze. Ju Hak Jang seizes the opportunity to approach him. He butters him up saying he's a fan of Chiong Ho And has always wanted to meet him. Chante Ho also wanted to meet him because Hiun Wu said things became easy with his help. When Hassan Wu is mentioned, Ju Hawk Jong seems troubled and scratches his head. At Jont-ho's urging, he says he feels if Chiho were deployed, the war would end quickly, but Han Wu keeps holding him back. Hearing this, Chiian Ho wonders if Han Wu won't let him fight. Ju Huk Jong adds

fuel to the fire, suggesting Han Wu wants to hog All the credit. Inside Gangbook West High, Kang Sak roars, "It's time to deal with Chiian Ho and Hassan Wu because Ju Huk Jong has notified him. West Hai's main force will move to area C to wait for the enemy. This strategy is called draget, though Kong Suk doesn't know what it means either. Kyongek Jinn is also called by Kim Sou Hyun to continue dealing with Shante Ho. Just as he's about to depart, a figure gradually approaches. The person is North High's Rank two Daniel. He asks

the traitor is Kyouong Jin, "Do you want to come back now?" Kyong Jin is surprised how he got in. Actually, all of Kyooyong Jin subordinates outside have already fallen. Daniel doesn't want to waste words with Kyong Jinn. He'll spare Kyong Jinn if he just tells him where Chong Chun is. But Kyooyong Jin just betrayed. How could he betray again now? Although Kim Su Hyun told him to deal with Chian Ho, he thinks it's better to deal with Daniel first. Daniel asks in confusion, "Are you really going to fight me?" It turns out that when Kyooyong

Jinn decided to leave Gangbuk North High, Jo Yun could no longer use the camera card on him. He originally wanted to find Kyooyong Iik Jyn himself. But when Daniel learned that Kyooyong Jyn was defeated by Kim Su Yun and Chong Ilchian, he requested that Jo Yun let him go instead. Because I know Kyongjin, I must make him taste the flavor of Betrayal. Daniel asks Joe Yun not to worry. He'll make sure Kyooyong Jin can never form a squad again. And now Kyooyong Jinn realizes the situation is bad because his attacks have no effect on Daniel

at all. Daniel is completely toying with Kyooyong Jinn. He wonders about Kyong Jyn's arms. Were they broken when fighting Kimu Hyun? Kyouong Jinn questions him. Why are you following Jo Yun? Kang Such Chan used to be everyone's idol. Daniel originally Thought that way too. Kyooyongjin questions him. Were you lying from the very beginning? Daniel says coldly. It seems you have many misunderstandings about me. That guy Kang Chan isn't the talent who can unify Gang Book. Daniel says while turning off the lights, don't think of me as too bad because I genuinely like Jo Yun. I've

been searching for the man who can unify Gangbuk. Kyooyong Jin doesn't wait for him to finish and attacks again with a Kick. However, Daniel easily dodges it again. But Kyong Jyn wasn't actually using a kick. He was just pretending both his arms were broken just to land this left hook that could deal Daniel a fatal blow. Kyong Jyn's attack indeed successfully lands on Daniel's face, but Daniel just laughs. His hands start rotating. Daniel's aikido is incredibly powerful. Before Kyooyong Jyn can even react, he's already knocked to the ground. Daniel relays Yo Yun's words to Him.

Execute Kyoo Jin and then return. On the other side, Kim Su Hyun is shocked to learn that Kyooyong Jinn has disappeared. A subordinate judges from the fighting traces at the scene that someone must have fought with Kyooyong Jin. Kim Su Hun exclaims in surprise, "Did Majungu come?" Then doesn't that mean there's no one to deal with Jon Ho now? He suddenly realizes he needs to confirm Kyooyong Jyn's safety first. So Kimu Hyan orders Kyongjins personal Forces to be dispatched to search for him personally. Meanwhile, Konguk roars out Ju Huk Jongs name because dealing with Chian

Ho has made no progress whatsoever. Kong Suk has already done what Ju Hawk Jong said, bringing everyone to Area D and perfectly setting up the draget. Kunguk tells him to explain the strategy quickly. Do we just need to ambush the enemy here? Ju Huk Jong says area D is large, not suitable for ambushes, but Rather good terrain for overwhelming enemies with numbers. Seeing that Kong still doesn't understand, Ju Huk Jong says helplessly, it means it's suitable for group fighting. Just then, a subordinate reports the enemy has appeared. Chante Ho is attacking. He came alone again

this time. However, this time, Chant Ho seems to have become very weak. He's different from when he attacked before, as if he has a lot on his mind. Ju Huk Jong tells Kang Suk What he did to Chi-ho. After hearing it, Kang Suk immediately shows a wicked smile. He roars, "Now's the chance. Chiante Ho is getting weaker. Today we'll wipe away our past humiliation and deal with Chiante Ho. Kimu Hyan watches all of this through the camera skill. Without Kyong Jin, he must go himself because tactical schemes is a car that requires getting close to

the opponent to use. Today is a day to deal with Chiho. Kong greets him enthusiastically Again, but Chiante Ho asks in confusion, "Who are you?" Kang roars, I'm Kang, you bastard. His potential also starts struggling against its limits at this moment. Under the curious questioning of the twin brothers, Jujong reveals he simply exploited their characteristics. Between Chiian Ho and Hon Wu, there exists a difference few people know about. Chiian Ho who craves battle really likes Hassan Wu who can satisfy his desires while Hassan Wu who craves Fame also really likes Chiant Ho who helps him.

Ju Hog Jong used their desires to get close to them. He deliberately gave large amounts of West High territory to Hassan Wu causing him to fall into fame seeeking madness. So Hian Wu said things to Chi-Ho he shouldn't have said and Chante Ho would feel very disappointed hearing this. The twin brothers praise Ju Huk Jong is truly despicable and dirty. But Juj Jong understands that Chante Ho is different. That guy is genuine about Hiang Wu because when Juhuk Jong provocatively asked if Hassan Wu wanted to hog all the credit, Chant-ho warned him to prepare to

die if he talked about Hiang Wu like that again. Thus, Ju Huk Jong's divide and conquer had no effect on Chante Ho at all. So, he should use Chiant Ho's loyalty to replace the divide and conquer strategy. Hi Wu has already been blinded by fame. So, manipulating Chiant Ho, who's all alone is very easy. After A subordinate passed him the message that Han Wu has been kidnapped by Ju Huk Jong, Chiian Ho immediately becomes anxious. The subordinate adds fuel to the fire, saying, "The kidnapping location is in area D. You must hurry there." And Shiah

Ho completely lacks the mind to discern false intelligence. He thus goes alone to rescue Hassiang Wu under Juhuk Jong's calculations. Then Ju Huk Jong clearly tells Kang Suk, "An opportunity this good only comes once Today. Everything is proceeding according to plan." When Shantae Ho is distracted, worrying about Hian Wu, the winner of this battle is destined to be Kang Suk. He roars, "What is everyone doing? Shante Ho is weak right now. Hurry up and beat him to a pulp." Some of North High's subordinates still want to go forward to help Chanti Ho. Yang Shanol can't

help but feel fortunate because he didn't want to participate in such dirty tactics in the first place. Hungbegi thinks the same way. So, the two of them decide to deal with North High's small fries and stall for time. Someone else will deal with Chiante Ho anyway, and Shiante Ho is just taking hits one-sidedly. He hopes these despicable guys from West High will spare Han Wu. Meanwhile, Han Wu inside North High is stunned when he hears this news. He pushes away the messenger. Hi Wu finally realizes his mistake and wants to go help Chiian Ho, but

his path Forward has already been blocked because Jang Ji Hu already knew he would pass through here. Chong Chon is looking forward to fighting his long unseen senior Hian Wu. Hassan Wu says coldly, "This is troublesome. I hope Chanta-iho is okay. And Kang Suk is also puzzled about what Chante Ho is doing because he's kneeling on the ground admitting he's lost and can't fight anymore. As long as Kang Suk is willing to spare Hian Wu, Chi-Ho will do anything. Well, Then Kang Suk is going to play golf with him. Finally, the golf club slams hard

on the ground, but Chante Ho is completely unharmed because this isn't the duel Kang Suk wants. He tells Chante Ho to listen carefully. Hi Wu hasn't been captured. You were just deceived by Ju Huk Jong's strategy. This was a trap from the very beginning. Yom Chang Wong and Du Mino don't understand. What stupid thing is Kang Suck doing? The two of them want to deal with Chiho as Quickly as possible. Just then, the quest pop-up warns Kimu Hyan, "If the quest fails, all rewards will be reclaimed and no more quests will be received in the

future." And the quest pop-up is warning about is the defeat quest. Kimu Hyan doesn't understand what's happening. Maung Du, ranked number three at North High, knows that Chiian Ho is an underestimated officer. With his original strength, it wouldn't be strange if he rose to rank six or Higher. Chiian Ho is only ranked seven because he likes the number seven. He asks Kang Suck why he revealed the truth. Not long ago, Gion Hyong said Chiian Ho fights purely by instinct, but he heard Chiian Ho learned wrestling before. Therefore, Kong Suk, known as Rhino, really wants to

have a real duel with him. Chant-ho murmurss, "Finally found it. You're the true strong fighter I've been looking for." Kangse thanks him for the recognition. The next Second, a fist lands on his face. Kang is actually knocked out with one punch. All other officers immediately launch attacks at Gian Ho, but no one can withstand even one exchange with Gianho. The overwhelming pressure makes West High's subordinates flee in fear. Jiun Hyong is still one step too late. He curses inwardly. Kang Seek is truly too foolish. He actually let Chian Ho show his original strength. Jiun Hyong

takes off his glasses and also attacks him. Chiho says disdainfully, "That reckless appearance, even more foolish than me. Knowing you can't win. Why even step up?" But Jun Hyong is just stalling for time. Kim Su Hyun, who came with him, uses the ancient flow martial arts Tjun as a sneak attack, but it has no effect at all. Shantae Ho exclaims excitedly, "Finally get to fight West High's boss." His heavy punch slams toward Kim Su Hian. The powerful impact makes Kim Su Hian drop to one knee. As Shiant Ho's Fist is about to fall again, all

Kim Su Hyun can do is dodge his attacks. Because he fought with Kyouong Jyn, he doesn't have many cards left to use. This time, Shih Ho won't let Kimsu Hyun dodge anymore. But Kimu Hyun still has the newly obtained master card, Tactical Schemes. Its effect is to make the opponent's stats plummet for a short time. After designating Chiant Ho as the target of tactical schemes, Kim Su Hyun immediately launches an attack at him, But the quest pop-up indicates there are 10 seconds left before Chi-Ho's stats decrease. If attacked within 10 seconds, the use of tactical

schemes will be cancelled. As Chiian Ho's fist is about to fall, Kim Su Hyan curses inwardly, "Why didn't you mention the activation time earlier?" Kang wakes up from unconsciousness, wondering what happened. He remembers he seems to have been knocked out with one hit. Hearing the fighting sounds, Kang Sick forces His eyes open. He wonders, "Why is Kim Su Hyun fighting Chiho? Is it to protect me after I fell?" Kanguk doesn't want Shihjo to attack Kimu Hyun because Kim Su Hyun must be defeated by him personally. Two months ago, Kang Suk in order to revive Gangbook

Southhai found Jung Bam Sang who was delivering takeout. But Jung Bong Sang no longer had confidence in fighting because he didn't know how to defeat Kim Su Hun who had become so strong. After that, Kang Found Liong Min at a construction site. But even the loyal Liong Miner had confidence to fight again. He understood that as soon as their force rises again, it will immediately be suppressed by Kimu Hyun. Leong Min says helplessly, Gangbook South High disappearing is right. But Kang Suk is still unwilling to accept it. He asks in a deep voice, "Are you

okay with this? Is it okay to just continue living like this? Since you're a man, you should at least think About dominating this world once." Kang can't give up. Gangbook South High is his career. He absolutely won't live under anyone as long as I'm here. Gangbook South High will never disappear. Now Kimu Hyun is in a situation where he has cards but can't use them. As Chion Ho's final strike is about to fall, the quest pop-up indicates Kangok's potential starts struggling against its limits. He calls out to Chiho then asks, "Who am I?" Kangok's potential

has surpassed its limits. Chiho wonders how can he still stand up again? Kangi says in a deep voice, "Because I won't fall and I can't fall." Not until I revive Genbuk South High. Kang completes his transcendence. But Kimu Hyan knows he's still not there yet. Because even if Kang transcended, he's still far behind Chiante Ho. Chante Ho, who thought he could finish Kang with one punch, is stunned because Kang Suk actually withstood his punch. Kang's Exclusive transcendent skill is called invincible wrestler, which allows him to take no damage for 2 minutes and his stats will

continuously rise until the 2 minutes end. Kangak starts using infinite suplex. He wants Shiante Ho to firmly remember. His name is Kangsey, the king of Gangbook South High, who will rise again sooner or later. Kimu Hyun is amazed. Kang really got an absurd card. This means he won't fall within these two minutes. Kangak wants To continue using infinite suplex, but the gap in stats between him and Chiian Ho is too large. At this rate, Kang can only be a punching bag for these two minutes. Chiant Ho praises, "Your endurance is pretty good. You can actually

withstand my punches." Kang Suk really becomes a punching bag. He can't react to Chintho's attacks at all. As Chintho's attack is about to fall again, but this time, Kangse dodges. He can clearly feel that Chanteho has slowed down. Chintho at this moment also feels strange because he feels like his body suddenly weakened. And this is of course because Kimu Hyun's tactical schemes was successfully activated. He reminds Kang Suk to pull himself together. Right now, only Kang Suk can still fight. Everyone else has been defeated by Chiante Ho. You must deal with Chiante Ho, he says

in a deep voice. Don't order me around. I'm the king of South High. I won't Follow anyone's orders, but I'll repay you for your previous help. Although Chanta-Ho feels he slowed down, he's happy he's now on the same level as Kang. The two bodies collide heavily. Kim Su Hyun wonders, does Kang want to use wrestling? But Gon Hyong knows this will be very disadvantageous for Kang because what Chiian Hjo uses isn't ordinary wrestling. But Seneagalles wrestling unlike ordinary wrestling that only uses grappling traditional Senagalles wrestling allows strikes. Chiian Ho understands this type of wrestling should

be unfamiliar to Kong Suk. Kong Suk says in a deep voice, "Then teach me," Kim Su Hyun observes the battle with some surprise because the two people fighting are absolute madmen. "This requires no tricks whatsoever. It's a pure duel between beasts without any disguise." Kim Su Hyun exclaims in amazement. It's actually a head-on match without needing Any tricks. But Gun Hyong understands they can't deceive. They can only duel like this because both of them are super stupid. After Kongok grabs Chiant Ho, he delivers a fierce suplex. And after Chiante Ho grabs Kong, he also delivers

a brutal suplex. The high-intensity battle starts to tire Chiant Ho. This time, others are about to rush forward to deliver the final blow. But Kanguk roars, "Nobody move. Whoever dares to move, I'll attack them first." Kanguk Understands his body has reached its limit, but Chiante Ho has also reached his limit. The two share the same thought, which is to fight until the very last moment. Their fists land solidly on each other. This fleshp pounding sensation makes both Chionte Ho and Kang Suck happy. Next comes the final strike of this battle. After a loud crash, Kim

Su Hyun is curious who the winner will be. Giant Ho calls out the name Kang Suk, then laughs. He Exclaims in admiration, "This was a perfect fight." The winner of this battle ultimately belongs to Kang Suk. He can't help but feel gratified because Chiian Ho finally remembers his name. The main quest to defeat Chiho is thus completed. Kim Su Hyun immediately activates the newly obtained master card. This skill is called card buffet. Kim Suan thinks to himself after Chjo falls. Only one person remains at North High, and that's Ryui Kyouong, ranked Number 10. Ryui Kyouong

greatly anticipates Gangbook West High's arrival. Meanwhile, Among Chong Wong asks on the phone, "Can you still be this relaxed now?" Hanzha tells him not to be too nervous. Ryu Kyouong will die today anyway because Hanja's plan started 2 months ago. Just as Kim Su Hyun wants to check the card buffet skill from the master card, the fallen Shianjo stands up again. He excitedly wants to fight another perfect battle And Gangbuk West High has no one left who can fight now. Kim Su Hyian immediately puts his hand on his back. He thinks this guy Chante Ho

must have been brainwashed by Jo Yun too. He just needs to use nullify to remove the brainwash state. But the quest pop-up indicates nullify failed to activate because Chante Ho has no status abnormalities. Kimu Hyan is shocked. This guy simply just loves fighting and touching the back for Chintho is a Signal to fight. If Kimu Hun doesn't strike first, he's going to make a move. Kimu Hyun curses inwardly. This guy is a 100% pure lunatic. He has a flash of insight and shouts, "If you want to fight strong opponents, why not just go fight Joe

Yun?" Hearing this, everyone present is stunned. But Chian Ho has an expression of sudden realization. On the other side, Chongy Chian just faces off with Hian Wu. Hi Wu has intelligence on all of Gangbook West High's officers, so He knows Chong Chan uses the speed-based capoera. And the way to beat Chung Chan is to get close to him. But what surprises Hassan Wu is that Chong Il Chon actually uses the ancient flow martial arts, Téjun. Hi Wu is surprised. This is clearly Kimu Hyun's technique. Chong Ilchon then delivers a powerful left hook. Hi Wu is

shocked again. Isn't this Kyouong Jin's technique? Although he doesn't know why this is happening, he still Counterattacks calmly. But Jung Ji Huk on the side shouts to wait because he has a phone call for Han Wu. On the phone, Shantae Ho excitedly tells Hassan Wu he fought a perfect battle under Hiang Wu's stunned gaze. Chante Ho says his goal is to fight Joe Yun. Hassan Wu is shocked. Are you crazy? Do you want to abandon everything and join West High? Just then, a West High subordinate reports to Jang Ji Huk. Ju Hawk Jong has returned

to West High, and North High's Territory has been returned to West High. Hi Wus entire strategy has turned to nothing. He asks Chiian Ho, "Are you really going to betray Joe Yun and join West High?" After getting Chante Ho's affirmative answer, Han Wu has already made his decision. Jang Ji Huk is pleased he can quickly assess the situation. Now his only way out is to surrender to West High. But Hassan Wu says coldly, "I'm confident I can escape from here and confident I can achieve Victory again with Chante Ho. And the reason Han Wu chooses

to surrender is because when Chante heard he was captured, he charged into West High alone. Even without knowing what traps there are, he would sacrifice himself to save Han Wu. He can't refuse the request of such a good guy. So, Hian Wu will also join Gangbook West High together with Chian Ho. Meanwhile, Ryui Kyouong is also holding a meeting with his officers. This is a meeting about Capturing Hanj Ha, but Ryui Kyouong is late. Jean Wu Chan reminds them the opponent is Hanj Ha. If we let our guard down even once, we're the ones who

are finished. Lie Chen Xi is also curious what tricks Hanj Ha, who's been preparing for months, will pull. However, they heard Hanja is still relaxed now with no movement from his forces or officers. In that case, Ryui Kyouong also plans to leisurely wait for West High's arrival. But he suddenly Receives an attack from Li Chen Xi and Xong Wu Chan's attack follows immediately after. Caught off guard, Ryu Kyouong quickly falls. He wonders what his two officers are doing. Just then, a familiar voice comes through the phone. Han Ha asks him if he received his gift.

Coming to his senses, Ryu Kyouong asks Hanj Ha, "When did you make them betray me? A month ago or a week ago?" Hanja says mockingly, "What nonsense are you talking about?" The day after Ryuong Betrayed Han Ha, he started planning. Hanja carefully prepared all of this to take revenge on him. He advises Ryuiong from today on don't trust anyone because he's already arranged everything around Ryuiong. Hanja has no interest in unifying Ganguk. He just needs to kill this traitor Ryu Kyouong. Hanja will make Ryui Kyouong regret betraying him. The main quest also updates at this

time to deal with Ryui Kyouong. The first step is to make Hanja's first strategy Succeed. He will slowly torture Ryuiong until death. Ryuyouong exclaims in admiration worthy of being Hanja. Truly impressive. But what Hanja doesn't know is guys like these can't hurt him at all. Making these officers of Ryuskiong betray him has thoroughly angered him. Ryui Kyouong tells Hanja to use his brain more. No matter what, you absolutely can't beat me. Hanja smiles. That's not necessarily true. The main quest updates to make his second Strategy succeed. Ryu Kyouongs other officer, Jungu Huk, hears the commotion

and immediately runs in to check the situation, but he's grabbed by the throat. Ryuyouong questions him. You're also Hanja's man, right? Jungu Huk hastily says, "I also know what the situation is because I came over after dealing with those traitors. These personal forces of Ryuong were preparing at the entrance to attack him. They must have turned to Hanji Ha before." Jungu Huk reminds Ryu Kyouong, "This is not a small matter. It's become a situation where you can't trust anyone. In that case, Ryui Kyouong can't trust that he hasn't betrayed him either. Jungli Huk directly says

that Hanja also tried to recruit him. He knew Jungli Huk joined North High so long ago, but only became Ryui Kyouongs officer. So, Hanj Ha invited him to join Gangbuk West High. After all, North High's hierarchy is set in stone. No matter how hard Jungui Huk Tries, he can't climb. Joining West High will have better prospects. But Yongu Huk still coldly told Hanj Ha to get lost. You have to know he and Ryukiong have been good friends since kindergarten. Jungu Huk says solemnly, "I'm not an ungrateful bastard. I'll stand by your side. Ryusi Kyouong apologizes

for his earlier suspicion. He asks Yongui Huk what the plan is next and Jungi Huk says they need to clean up the internal traders. Only then can they Deal with Han Ha with peace of mind. Meanwhile, Hanj Ha is still leisurely playing pool. Suddenly, a subordinate hurriedly reports, "This is bad." Ryuyouong is reorganizing internally. He seems to want to execute all traders. This is calmer than Guuhajun imagined. He thought Ryu Kyouong would rush over in agitation. However, all of this is within Hanja's expectations. Hanji Ha tells everyone to relax for now. Jungli Huk is following

Ryu Kyouong to execute Traders. Soon all the traitors are cleaned up. Jungi Hyuk wonders, "How did Hanji Ha convinced these guys? He actually persuaded over 100 personal forces. Ryui Kyouong thanks him. Without Jungui Huk, he might have lost his mind. Now Ryuong only needs to deal with Han Ja." Then another subordinate arrives, shocked, "What's the situation here?" Ryukiong furiously questions him, "Where is Han Ja?" The subordinate asks in terror. Ryuyouong, "What's going on?" Ryukiong says coldly, still acting even after it's all over. Just then, Jungli Huk says, "The boss is calling." Ryuiong wonders, "Did Jo

Yun call because he knows the situation?" Jungu Huk grins wickedly. It's the new boss, Hanj Ha. A familiar voice comes through the phone again to Ryuong. Hanj Ha asks mockingly, "How did you get fooled again? Didn't I tell you not to trust anyone?" Although Jungu Huk did refuse Hanj Ha's invitation the first time, but right After he told Hanj Ha to get lost, Hanja told this fool to think carefully. Jungu Huk only became an officer because he kne for 10 years. But North High won't leave someone with average abilities alone. Even if Ryuong objects, he'll

eventually be eliminated. Hanja promises him, "If you come to West High, you won't have these concerns. I'll make you into West High's Ryusiqong because I only want revenge. Ryui Kyouung asks, "Did Hanja incite my subordinates this Way?" Hanji Ha asks back how he could possibly incite over 100 forces. Actually, he only incited three of Ryus officers. What Hanja finds most distasteful is that Ryuyouong betrayed him and received 100 personal forces as a reward from Jo Yun. He must eliminate Ryuongs 100 personal forces, but he doesn't have many forces himself, so he used his brain. Thus,

Ryu Kyouong personally cleaned up his own 100 subordinates because he was deceived By Yongi Huk, who was following Hanja's instructions. Ryu Kyouong roars out Hanja's name in fury. Hanja grins wickedly. Don't start exerting yourself so soon because the real show is just beginning. This is a squad Hanja specially created to capture Ryui. Ryuiong scoffs, "Will wearing masks make a difference? Don't be ridiculous." Hanja asks him, "You don't think there are only small fries inside, do you? It's been so long. Why don't you greet Your former comrades?" Ryui Kyouong is struck hard by a headbutt. Yong

Chang Wong has been waiting for this day for a long time. The next second, a figure uses Jet Kune against Ryu Kyouong. Seo Dong Jong is utterly disgusted by this guy who destroyed Gangbuck East High. A powerful kick follows immediately. Rauyong, formerly ranked number two at East High, has also arrived, but Ryu Kyouong laughs at this moment. He's finally tasted the flavor of betrayal. He's going to get serious. Ryu Kyouong will definitely kill Han Ha. His potential starts struggling against its limits. Two months ago, Hanj Ha formed the people from the former East High into

the Hanj Ha squad. Although a long time has passed, everyone is still not used to it. But there's no helping it. After they were defeated, they became part of Gangbook West High. Hanj Ha tells everyone this is all because of Ryu Siong. Gangbook East High became Like this because it was betrayed by a once-rusted officer. Gangbuk East High must return this humiliation. Starting today, Hanj Ha will conduct training to deal with that guy. He created this lineup to study all of Ryu Kyouongs weaknesses. However, Hanj Ha says those who want to give up should give

up. This will be extremely difficult training. Everyone at West High has been waiting for this day to come. Ryu Kyouong asks disdainfully, "So, what do you want?" He Thought he had already defeated this guy. But the situation isn't as he thought. The guy who took his hit actually didn't pass out. Ryuiong clearly heard the sound of bones breaking. He doesn't know how the opponent stood up. And of course, East High made preparations before the battle. Each of them is wearing a reinforced spine protector belt. The people from East High know Ryus fighting power. Today, they'll

make Ryuyoung die at their hands. Hearing this, Ryuiong laughs mockingly. He asks, "Do you really know my fighting power?" Two months ago, Ryu Kyoukong successfully completed his undercover mission. So, Jo Yun bestowed a reward, which was 100 strong personal forces. they would have become a major combat power for Ryu Kyouong. After announcing this reward, Jo Yun hesitated somewhat because he didn't know whether to give Ryu Kyouong six training cards. After Thinking, Joy Yun still trained Ryu Kyouong. At that time, he was surprised. How did his strength suddenly explode? Joy Yun tells Ryuyouong to demonstrate his

value. If he's just worthless trash, he'll abandon Ryuiong at any time. Aong Chang Wong is shocked that the squad created to deal with Ryuyouong was actually wiped out. This is different from Ryu Kyouong's strength they saw last time. The lineup prepared for months turned to nothing like this. SEO Dong Jong doesn't understand how can a person get this strong so fast. They don't know what to do now. At this moment, Rauong flying kicks toward Ryu Kyouong again. However, Ryukiong doesn't want to play with him anymore. He only wants to know where Hanj Ha is. On

the other side, Kimu Hyun finally finds a place with no one around. He's going to see what use the newly obtained card buffet skill has. As his thought moves, a humming sound rings out. An option Appears before Kimu Hyun asking whether to enter the card buffet. He chooses to enter without hesitation, and what meets his eyes is a large array of arranged cards. The quest pop-up indicates as long as Kimu Hyun pays buffet points, he can take the cards he wants. After picking up a card, he can learn the required buffet points. The ultimate power

leap card requires 100 PG. Completing quests will earn points, and the buffet points Kimu Hun has Accumulated so far total 32,800 PG. On the other side, Yong Chang Wong and the others, of course, won't reveal Hanj Ha's location. Ryuyouong can just go die. Seo Dong Jong still wants to go forward to support. Ryu Kyouong says furiously, "If you don't talk, I'll kill you all. I'm only sparing you for old times sick." Hearing the word old times, Yong Chong Wong immediately bursts out laughing. He asks after Ryu Kyouong lost his mind for revenge, did he forget

Something? Just then, Ryuis phone rings. A subordinate at North High headquarters reports to him, "This is bad." Ryukiong, "All your territory has been taken." While he was fighting the enemy, Hanja easily took all the territory. North High's top officers are very angry. Therefore, Ryu Kyouong is now at the center of enemy territory with West High's officers eyeing him hungrily, and the reward after Hanja's third strategy succeeds is to reduce Ryusiongs stats. The furious Ryusiong roars out Hanja's name again. Just then, a tall figure gradually approaches. 2 months ago, he got a good taste of Ryusi's

suplex. Although Ryui Kyouong has no idea who this person is. He says coldly, "Hey kid, I'm not in the mood for jokes right now. Where exactly is Hanja?" Guh Jun orders Ryui Kyouong to shut up. Go ahead. The main quest also updates at this time to defeat Ryu Kyouong. Guha Jun won't let Ryu Kyouong successfully reach Hanj Ha, but Guuha Jun and Rau appear and block his path. Ryu Kyouong doesn't want to waste time with them. Right now, he only wants to know where Hanja is. Guh Jun immediately starts throwing punches with Return of the

Overlord. Raug attacks with kicks as well. Ryuyouongs face twists in utter disgust. Before the battle began, Hanja predicted that Ryu Kyouong, having fallen for all his schemes, would be agitated. And Emotional control is the most crucial element in combat. An agitated Ryu Kyouong won't be able to utilize all his techniques. When they're almost done fighting, Hanji Ha will appear. He said, "If it's too hard to beat Ryu Kyouong, just holding him down is fine. An agitated opponent is weak." Hanja told Guha Jun and Rau they could release all their accumulated stress because Ryuyouong would make

an excellent toy. Ryuyouong can't help but curse inwardly, Damn it. Because if he focuses on just one person, he'll get attacked from the other side. But if he attacks the other guy, he'll get attacked by the first one. Realizing something's wrong, Ryusi Kyouong forces himself to calm down. If this continues, he won't be able to do anything. Seeing this, Guha Jun signals Rau to stop as well. He can tell Ryu Kyouong has calmed down, so they need to guard against Ryu Kyouongs next move. Between the three of them, lies a Collapsed west high underling. Ryusiong

suddenly kicks him toward Guha Jun. Caught off guard, Guh Jun is momentarily restricted. Ryuyouong instantly turns and runs. Seeing this, Rau immediately gives chase, but Ryus footsteps suddenly pivot. Then he viciously locks on to Raw Guyom. Ryu Kyouongs escape was an act all along. His battle plan succeeded. Guh Hajun can't make it in time to provide support. Rauom is slammed hard onto the ground. Guhajun Realizes they fell into his trap. He immediately grabs the just risen Ryu Kyouong. But with just Guhajun alone, Ryui Kyouong doesn't consider him a threat at all. Guh Hajun reminds him,

did you forget something? Because we prepared motorcycle spine protector belts in advance. Everyone from Gangbook West High can stand up twice. Rauom immediately uses terabyte thrust kick on the restrained Ryuong. He instantly falls into a stiffness status. Guhajun's Fists follow immediately. The return of the overlord effect allows him to throw multiple punches per second before Ryu Kyouong can even react. Rauugium starts charging up. A low kick containing triple critical damage strikes Ryuiong brutally. The powerful momentum sends his body into the air. The final finishing blow comes from Guhun. In the end, Ryuyouong still loses. Unable

to move his body, he feels utterly unwilling to accept this. Meanwhile, Guha Jun has already started reporting the situation to Han Ha, but Ryusiong refuses to accept losing like this. He's supposed to kill Hanja. Ryuski Kyouong won't let it end this way. his potential starts battling against his limits. On the other side, Jo Yun watches all of this. You see, he has a card that can force the target to transcend. However, members who are forcibly transcended won't receive exclusive transcendent cards. Jo Yun uses force transcendence On Ryu Kyouong without hesitation. Hearing the commotion, Guha Jun

and the other turn around in confusion. At this moment, the transcended Ryuong has already stood back up. Soon, Hanji Ha receives the news. Both Guhaj Jun and Rauong have been taken down. This is different from what Hanja predicted. After that, Ryuong disappeared. Just in case, the underlings suggest Hanja should hide as well. But before they can make their next move, Ryui Kyouong has Already burst in alone because he misses Han Ha so much. Ryuki Kyouong almost thinks he has a crush on him. Now it's time for the two of them to settle things properly. On

the other side, Kimu Hyun just learned he has 32,800 buffet points and is utterly shocked. In that case, he's going to start shopping like crazy. Just then, Kimu Hyun sees a card he desperately needs. The magic key skill can unlock his sealed stats and it only costs 100 buffet points. With this, Kimu Hyun can grow again. Suddenly, he realizes now isn't the time for shopping. Through the camera card, Kimu Hyun discovers an astonishing scene. Ryu has actually transcended. Then Hanj Ha is in danger. He has no idea what's going on. According to Han Ha's plan,

Ryui Kyouung should face the two of them in an extremely exhausted state. How could he defeat them and still make it here? But Hanja can't think about that now. Ryu Kyouong is right in front of Him. Hanja will definitely kill this guy today. But Hanj Ha freezes as his attack lands because Ryuyouong blocks it very easily. He says coldly to Hanj Ha, "If you want to kill someone, you need to at least send them flying like this." Ha said before that he'd kill Ryu Kyouong slowly. So Ryuyouong is quite curious. When exactly will he die?

Ryuyouong's slaps keep landing on Han. He roars, telling this bastard. Hanji Ha to keep playing tricks, but Hanj Ha says coldly, "I just did." The stunned Ryui doesn't know when a wound appeared above his eye. Then blood flows into his eye, blocking his vision. Ryukiong instantly realizes Hanja's kick was for this purpose. And because he's lost his vision, he can't dodge Hanja's attacks. He says coldly, "Is this your limit, you idiot?" Hanja's chance to end the fight has arrived. Victory will ultimately be his, but Ruskiong asks stdainfully if this can even kill anyone. You see,

Ryuyouongs level is different from his. He's going to make sure Hanj Ha can never wear brass knuckles again. The enraged Hanj Ha immediately counterattacks with his other hand, but Ryu Kyouong takes the opportunity to break that hand. Next, he's going to [ __ ] Hanja's waist. And Hanja is extremely unwilling to lose like this. He must kill Ryuong. After crippling Hanja's arms and waist, there's one more thing left. Ryu Kyouong will make sure He can never walk again. Since childhood, Hanja couldn't tolerate anyone betraying him. In kindergarten, someone promised to play with him, but went

to play with someone else instead. Hanja beat that person to a pulp. He'll do anything to take revenge on those who deceive him. After that repeated many times, no one dared to mess with him casually. This is also why Hanji Ha became the leader of Gangbook East High. That's when he met that guy Ryu Kyoukong Who was strong in many ways voluntarily joined East High. Hanj Ha thought that with this guy they could accomplish anything. Then he was ruthlessly betrayed to take revenge on the guy he once trusted. Hanji Ha had no time to feel

frustrated. He started preparing from the day after he was betrayed. Hanj Ha lives to take revenge on that guy. As for unifying Gong Book and such, it doesn't matter to him at all. Jang Ji Huk understands that Hanj Ha has a Strange madness obsessed with revenge like a lunatic. If someone deceives him, he'll chase them to hell, unable to understand why anyone would betray his perfect self. Jang Ji Huk thinks Kimu Hun should thank Ryui. Because if not for Ryuong, Hanja's fury would be directed at Kimu Hyun. His potential starts battling against his limits. One

second before Ryu Kyouongs attack lands, Hanja's potential successfully transcends his limits. Caught off guard, Ryuyouong is momentarily repelled. He says mockingly, "Why did you suddenly revive?" Having successfully transcended, Hanja recovers his memories and obtains an exclusive transcendent card, revenge Wraith. become a ghost crazed with revenge growing stronger the deeper the hatred for the revenge target. Not only does he lose the sense of pain, but his attacks also inflict abnormal status effects. Han Ja viciously hurls the bowling ball in his Hand at Ryu Kyouong. He instantly falls into a stiffness status. Han Ja laughs maniacally in

a bowling alley. We should play bowling. Ryuyouong also raises a bowling ball and hurls it at him viciously. He also loves bowling very much. Hanja raises another bowling ball to attack. Ryusiong caught in abnormal status has his stats reduced. Hanja compliments that his bowling isn't bad. Ryusi Kyouong returns the compliment without hesitation. The West High Underling watching from the side is dumbfounded. He's not sure if this is really okay. If they keep this up, someone will actually die sooner or later. Both of their bowling balls completely shatter under the tremendous force. Ryuyouongs speed is still

faster. Just when he thinks it's all over, Hanj Ha, who feels no pain, won't fall just like that. Ryu Kyouong is instantly dumbfounded. He doesn't understand how after being beaten this Badly, why hasn't he fallen yet? Hanj Ha roars maniacally because I'm going to kill you today. Feeling the intense killing intent, Ryusiong instantly understands the madman before him is serious. Until he kills him, Hanja absolutely won't fall. Fear gripping him, Ryusi Kyouong starts overthinking. There's only one way he can think of to end this, that is to let himself die. Ryusi Kyouong, having executed a

perfect suplex again, smiles smugly. However, Hanj Ha clings to him again like a demon. Chong Chion arrives at the bowling alley under Jong Ji Huk's instructions because Jang Ji Huk understands that Hanj Ha alone against Ryu Kyouong is far from enough. But the scene that greets the anxious Chong Yong when he pushes open the door is bizarre. Han Ha is standing there alone. He asked Chongyong, "Can you tell me where Ryu Kyouong is because blood is blocking my vision." Ryuki Kyouong got away. Ryu Kyouong, not far away, shouts angrily, "You psycho lunatic. What is this

all for? I was just following orders from above. Does that deserve this much?" And Hanj Ha finally locates Ryusiong by following his voice, but Ryusiong has lost his will to fight. He admits he's lost. He doesn't want to fight anymore. Ryusiong truly regrets it. He shouldn't have betrayed him in the first place. He finally understands one thing, that is, he must never betray Hanj Ha. Hanj Ha Has won this battle. Ryusiqyouong apologizes for everything he's done and atones for all his actions. He keeps apologizing to Hanj Ha, so please stop. Hanja finally smiles again. With

his revenge complete, he only feels exhilarated. If it ends here now, Hanja should do what he needs to do. Ryuyouong is a talent it would be a shame to miss. So Hanja invites him to join West High. Looking at the hand before him, Ryuong is completely dumbfounded. He thinks to Himself, "This guy is truly a madman. For defeating the transcended Ryuong, the reward is a master card. This crushing victory greatly boosts West High's morale. Kim Su Hian exclaims excitedly, "Han Jay Ha really did it." But after dealing with Ryu, Sikyouong, the final battle with Joun

draws even closer. The woman inside Gangbook North High also reminds Joun that time is running out, but she didn't expect Joun could still smile, and that's because The quest pop-up's favoritism has finally ended. Now Jo is free. He can act as he pleases. He's been waiting for this moment all along. Joun's quest pop-up has finally updated. First, the quest is Gangbuck unification, and the first step is to reclaim all the stolen territory. Joe Yun will personally attack Gangbook West High and eliminate Kimsu Hyun. Ryu Kyouong asks in confusion, "You can treat even your enemy like

this." Han says, "Seriously, This is who I am. Whether someone is my enemy or not, if they have abilities I want, I'll obtain them." Ryuyouong asks again, "What if I betray you again?" Ha smirks wickedly. Then I misjudged you and of course I'll take revenge again. Somewhat relieved, Ryu Kyouong asks Hanj Ha to give him some time to sort things out. Just then, a West High underling reports to Hanja, "We have a problem. Our people in zone C have been attacked." Hanji Ha says strangely, "There shouldn't be anyone attacking us now. Don't tell me it's

you again, Ryu Kyouong." But Ryuong doesn't even have any subordinates to command now. He has no idea who did it either. Chongy Chan tells Hanja to rest for a bit. He'll go check it out first. Hanja tells him to be careful because he feels something isn't quite right. The new master card is called Elixir. Kimu Hyun doesn't know if this is a good thing, but he must hurry and finish shopping to get back. Kimu Hyun buys a large number of training cards to help everyone grow. Just as he's shopping enthusiastically, a special card catches his

attention. It's a trade card that burns a member's potential in mind to explosively increase combat power. Kimu Hyun instantly realizes that Hiokyong Tay was hit by Joe Yun using this card. Although this card is very dangerous, Kim Su Hun hesitates but still purchases it. Meanwhile, Jang Ji Hyuk is looking for The suddenly disappeared boss. After that battle, everyone's condition isn't great. Jonte Ho went back to the office first to regroup and should return with Hian Wu. Just then, another underling reports, "We have a problem. People in zone B have all been attacked." Jiun Hyong asks

in confusion, "Wasn't this war over? Who's doing this now?" Jang Ji Huk immediately orders to find out who the attacker is. At this moment, a low voice says, "That shouldn't be necessary Because I've come in person." Everyone present is instantly dumbfounded because the newcomer is Daniel, ranked number two at Gangbook North High, he mutters, "He's not here either." Jun Hyong didn't expect Daniel to appear at a time like this. They must buy time now until Cho arrives. But the next second, Daniel appears right in front of Jun Hyong. Seeing through Jun Hyongs little scheme at

a glance, he asks in confusion, "Will Chhos arrival Change anything?" Jun Hyong immediately throws a sneak punch, but by the time he realizes it, his own body has already been flipped over. Daniel tells him something. Know your limits. The other West High officers immediately swarm forward. However, they're all too fragile. No one can withstand even a single move from Daniel. He says coldly. I won't show any more goodwill. Whether you live or die is your choice. I'll just ask one question. Where exactly is Chungl Chiian? Daniel hopes to get the answer he wants. But Jang

Ji Huk tells him he absolutely won't see Chonglian because Jang Ji Huk knows that meeting him would be dangerous for Chongiel Chian. West High will protect Chonglian even if it means death. And the reason Daniel won't see Chung Chan is because Jang Ji Huk has already informed him that Daniel appeared and told him to flee quickly. Daniel says in a deep voice, "Then I'll keep asking around." However, the next second his body is also flipped over because Chongy Chon used copy to replicate Daniel's iikido. Chung Chian apologizes to the strategist because they all said they

protect him with their lives. So Chung Chion can't bring himself to run away. He greets Daniel whom he hasn't seen in a long time. And seeing Chung Chion again, Daniel finally smiles. He asks Chong Yil Chion how he's been lately, but Chongy Chon still questions Daniel, "Why are You on Jo Yun's side?" Daniel asks back, "What answer do you want to hear?" Chung Ilchian wants to know why he became like this back when it was the three of them. They were so happy. Why did Daniel betray Kang Sachen? And why did he become Jo Yun

subordinate? Chong Il Chion really wants to know what grand plan he and Joun are preparing. But Daniel doesn't want to say much. He can forget about the past. Now, as long as Chung Chan returns to Gangbuck North High, otherwise even Daniel can't be responsible for the consequences. He's giving Chong Yian a chance to choose, and Chongyian responds by using Capoera. He absolutely won't return to North High. Daniel says lightly, "You've grown quite a bit, but you're still far from enough." He laughs. Worthy of Chongyo Chon, still attacking with no defensive value whatsoever. Chongya Chon ignores

him and quickly adjusts his position, then delivers a powerful left hook. He Asks in confusion, "Didn't you say it had no defensive value? Why did you defend?" Daniel recognizes this as the hook that Kungik Jun excels at. Chong Yil Chian uses ancient flow martial arts Téjun again to push him away. Daniel says in surprise, "Chung Yun can actually use copy." He wonders, "Did Chongy Chan originally have this ability?" Chong Ji Huk can hardly believe it either. Chongy Chon is actually gaining the upper hand. Daniel Is actually being suppressed, seeing his attacks taking effect. Chongy Chon

from now on must use all of that person's techniques. But Daniel still says lightly, "This won't do. You almost scared me Chun." Chongy Chan can't see Daniels attack at all. He's casually knocked down. Chongy Chong can't believe that even after becoming this strong, it's still not enough. Daniel asks him, "Changed your mind?" Chong Yil Chan can't stay at West High. Daniel will do everything to bring him back to North High. Jang Ji Huk immediately orders to save Chong Chon. All the West High underlings immediately swarm forward. Hanji Ha who's rushing back took too much damage

from fighting Ryusiong. He understands that in this situation there are only two people he can rely on. Hanja calls Hassan Wu for help and Hun Wu has already sent Chiho over. Chiho shouts excitedly, "Daniel is mine." Han Ja only hopes Chongyong can Hang on. A strange commotion gradually wakes him up. Chongy Chon wonders, "What's that sound?" At this moment, the West High underlings are continuously begging for mercy. Chung Chan is instantly stunned. Daniel explains to him that he's breaking their arms until you agree to return to Gangbook North High. So, do you want to come

back now? Jang Ji Huk understands it's all over. Chante Ho is too far away. Before he arrives, they'll be completely wiped Out. There's no way out. At this moment, a hand appears on Jang Ji Huk's head. He freezes for a moment. Then tears flow out. Jang Ji Huk had forgotten. He had forgotten there was still the boss. Daniel didn't expect Kimu Hyun to come either. The woman beside Jo Yun asks in confusion, "Will Kimu Hyun coming change anything?" because she completely sealed Kimu Hyun back then. So from that point on, Kim Su Hyun couldn't grow

anymore. Joy knows That's true. However, he's discovered there seems to be a slight variable. Daniel might be in danger. The classmates at Gangbook West High who once respected Kim Su Hyun now have their arms broken and fall in agony. Kim Su Hyun starts using all training cards on himself. He tells Daniel, "You shouldn't have done this." And Daniel just finds him more interesting. Has Kim Su Hyun gotten stronger again. Daniel regrets Joun's decision. They should Have dealt with Kim Su Hun before, but it makes no difference now. Daniel understands that once Joun makes a move,

West High is finished, and Kimu Hyuns new quest is still to survive Daniels attack. Daniel tells him, "Gangbook West High will disappear today and this will be your end. I'll be taking Chunyqin with me." As his attack lands, Daniel feels something strange because he didn't adjust his power to a level Kimu Hyun could block. Daniel can Feel that the guy before him is different from before. Kimu Hyun's rate of growth is unreasonable, whether external or internal. Major changes have occurred in a short time. Daniel doesn't understand what's going on. What trick did Kim Su Hyan

pull? Chongy understands. This is different from his own situation. Kimu Hyun is truly gaining the upper hand, but the person fighting knows something's wrong. Kimu Hyun isn't gaining the upper hand Because he's not landing any effective hits at all. Daniel is completely different from X-rank Shante Ho. Kim Su Hun is shocked. XX stats are actually this much stronger. And Joe Yun clearly knows there's a world of difference between X-ranks. From 1 X to double XX requires a tremendous number of training cards. Daniel's stats are the result of using a tremendous number of training cards. Now

Joe Yun will reclaim the lost territory on his own. He's not worried About Daniel because Kimu Hyun can't possibly defeat him. The difference between levels can't be erased. Joe Yun understands that Kimu Hyun's only hope of winning was the callover card, but that card was already used in the showdown with Kyong Jinn. However, contrary to his expectations, Kim Su Hyun calls over Kong's invincible wrestler. He roughly knows the reason for the huge gap between him and Daniel. If there's a big difference in stats, Just level up, right? Kim Su Hyun stats will gradually increase thanks

to invincible wrestler. And his words are directed at Jo Yun. On the other side, Jo Yun wonders what's going on. In fact, after Kimu Hyan purchased a bunch of training cards, he started looking at other useful cards. Then he saw a skill that could reset card cooldown times. Joun didn't expect Kimu Hyun to have such a card. He instantly guesses that Kimu Hyan obtained the card buffet. After that, Kimu Hyun calls over revenge wraith, then takes out a wooden sword because he also called over Jig and Rayu. This is now Kimu Hyun's peak condition. He

only has two minutes. Within these two minutes, Kimu Hyun must bet everything. And his sudden massive power increase makes Daniel sense something's wrong. Just as Kimu Hyuns attack is about to land, Joe Yun, watching from the other side, gradually starts to smile because Daniel's exclusive transcendent skill is softness conquers strength. He can ignore the opponent's attack and nullify it and can counterattack with double damage after defending. This skill is a perfect match against Kim Su Hyun. Because having lost stamina from Jigin Ryu, he can't withstand the counterattack at all. Chong Yil Chi is instantly dumbfounded

due to the softness conquer strength effect. Kim Su Hyun's invincible wrestler and revenge Wraith are both canceled. Joe Yun knows it's all over. The woman behind him will go bring Kim Su Hun because Jo Yun will be very busy from now on. The quest pop-up warns Kim Su Hun again. If the main quest fails, all rewards will be confiscated and quest will no longer appear in the future. Kim Su Hyun doesn't want it to end like this. Daniel pulls him up, then speaks in a voice so quiet even Kimu Hyun can barely hear. He tells

Kimu Hyun to quietly answer his Question, "Are you the same? Do you have the same thing as Jo Yun?" Kimu Hyun immediately plays dumb and asks Daniel, "Do you have delusions or something?" But inwardly he's shocked. How did Daniel figure it out? How could a normal person possibly guess that something like receiving quests exists? But just a moment ago, when Daniel was speaking, Kim Su Hun sensed his hostility toward Joun. However, since Kimu Hyun denied having the same thing as Jo Yun, Daniel Is about to end all this directly. Kim Su Hyun immediately activates his

negotiation miss skill. Within the mist, not only does the probability of persuasion increase, but he can also become invisible. Daniel wonders, "Why is there suddenly such thick fog?" Kimu Hune doesn't waste words and asks directly, "What did you see with Joe Yun? And who exactly are you?" Seeing this bizarre scene, Daniel realizes he must have guessed correctly since Kim Su Hyun sensed his hostility toward Joe Yun in that instant. This might be an opportunity for both of them. Kim Su Hyun asks Daniel, "Want to have a proper talk?" At this moment, the others from West

High also can't see the two of them because the fog is too thick. Suddenly, another subordinate reports, "Bad news." Joe Yun from Gangbook North High has broken in alone. The woman beside Joe Yun wonders why did he suddenly stop? This is because Jo Yun can no longer see Daniel. Just like when Maung Du couldn't catch Kim Su Hun, Jo Yun begins to suspect what they're discussing using negotiation mist and he must return first. 5 minutes later, the thick fog finally clears and the figures of Kim Su Hyun and Daniel reappear. Daniel says disdainfully as expected.

It won't work. You're of no help to my plan since you can't match Joe Yun. The negotiation has failed. Just as Daniels attack is about to land, he greets someone he Hasn't seen in a long time. Giant Ho exclaims excitedly, I felt Daniel's sincere fist. So, are we fighting now? But Giant Ho alone is clearly not enough. Ryuong, feeling a bit unwell, also arrives because he feels Hanji Ha is more frightening than Joun. Kim Su Hyian tells Daniel to think carefully with that smart brain of his. Can you really defeat all of us? Daniel exhales

and asks, "So, should I run away?" Jo had told him before that if things don't Look good, retreat immediately. Daniel has already successfully stalled for time. During this time, Joun has already reclaimed all the stolen territory, so it's time to end this. Finally, Daniel says goodbye to Chong Chong. Gianong urgently tells Ryuyouong, "We can't let Daniel go since Joe Yun has already taken back the territory. We should at least capture North High's second in command." However, Ryuyouong knows this is impossible. Even though Daniel says He's running away, if they fight now, Gangbook West High will

be completely annihilated. And North High doesn't just have Daniel. If the executives ranked four through six also start moving, things will get difficult. Kim Su Hyun suddenly tells Jun Hyong not to worry because this battle is definitely not a defeat. The next day, gang book West High holds another meeting. This war is both a victory and a defeat. It's a defeat because June took back all the Territory West High had seized. But compared to territory, West High gained something more valuable, which is recruiting talent from Gangbuck North High. Chi and Tjo is happy to meet

everyone and ready to fight anytime. After Hiang Wu introduces himself as Chion Tjo's friend, he suggests putting on a shirt. After Ryusiqong introduces himself, he asks for everyone's support going forward. Hanji Ha size, these are all reliable newcomers. However, one Person is still missing. Kimu Hun wonders, still haven't contacted him. It turns out to be Kyooyong Jin, ranked ninth in Gangbook north high. They indeed can't reach him now, but they can't just keep waiting because the final battle with Joe Yun is about to begin. Kimu Hyuns quest updates again. It's the exact same Gangbook unification

quest as Joe Yuns, with the first step also being to reclaim lost territory. Kimu Hyun begins using the Greeting card. The challenger card realizes Kim Su Hian obtained the greeting card through card buffet and praises him for having grown considerably. The challenger card also understands that Kim Su Hyun is using the greeting card for the final battle with Joe Yun and now it's truly time to end this. Meanwhile, after reclaiming his lost territory, Jo Yun's quest updates to the second step. Daniel returns after confronting Kim Su Hyun. He explains, "Ciente Ho and Ryuong have joined

the enemy camp. I retreated when the situation turned bad, just as you instructed." Joun says calmly, "You've worked hard. He'll give Daniel a reward based on his achievements." However, Jo Yun has one more thing to ask. What exactly did you discuss with Kim Su Hyun? His slime is already behind Daniel, ready to devour at any moment. But Daniel suddenly warns Joe Yun. You need to be careful. Kim Su Hun seems to Possess a strange ability. At this moment, Joe Yun begins using his lie detector, which can detect lies within 1 minute. Daniel continues, "Kimsu Hyun

seems to have some kind of superpower, though I can't say exactly what it is. I'm worried he might become an unpredictable variable because you cannot lose to Kim Su Hyun." The lie detector shows Daniel isn't lying. Joe Yun murmurs. Seems like not yet. He tells Daniel, "War is about to begin. I Won't delay any longer. Go prepare for allout war with Gangbuck West High." Daniel bows his head respectfully and accepts the order. Then he seems to hear something strange. Daniel appears to have noticed something. At this moment, Kimu Hyun is requesting some power from the

challenger card. Although they also hope Kimu Hyun will deal with Joe Yun. Kimu Hyun has already received a lot during this time and the challenger card can't give anymore. However, he can give Kimu Hyun a little tip. Your squad members can become even stronger. There's another stage beyond transcendence. However, that stage can only be reached by certain individuals. The challenger card asks Kim Su Hun to believe in his squad members. Transcendence will ultimately transcend. At this moment, Guha Jun can't understand why things have turned out this way. He's lost to Ryu Kyouong again. Guh Hajun

can't figure out why. How did he become so weak? Refusing to accept defeat, he desperately yearns to become stronger. Back home, Kimu Hyun begins contemplating this final battle, but Little Cloud suddenly tackles him. He wonders, "What are you thinking about? You don't look well." Kimu Hyun is of course thinking about Joe Yun. Little Cloud complains, "Why that jerk again? Think about me too, will you?" He tells Kim Su Hyun not to worry. If Jo Yun comes, I'll teach him a lesson for You. Kim Su Hyun says helplessly, "Don't do that. I don't want you to

get hurt. Promise me if you encounter danger, you'll run away." The next day, Gangbuck West High's strategist squad has new members. Jang Ji Huk looks forward to Hassan Wu and Chante Hos future contributions. After a brief welcome, Kimu Hyun asks what the next plan is. Jang Ji Huk says bluntly, "There isn't one." Because Joe Yuns combat power exceeds their imagination, making it Impossible to formulate a proper plan. To think he could reclaim all the territory alone. Xion Hyong can't think of any way to counter such a monster. Hi Wu tells them that's not all. Gang

Book North High has other executives too. Hi Wu has intel on those guys and begins introducing them. First is Hong Jiuang, ranked sixth in North High. He's currently 18 years old, 1.91 m tall, weighing 112 kg. Moreover, Hongji was originally a loyal follower of Konguchan, but one day he suddenly became Joe Yun's lackey. It's a long story. Hi Wu continues Hongji's fighting technique is close quarters combat, but the others present suddenly freeze. Hi Wu wonders, are you scared by close quarters combat? Kimu Hyian points behind him and asks, "Is this guy the Hong Ji Guang

you mentioned?" Hong Ji Guang says calmly, acknowledging your question. Hi Wu is somewhat surprised. How did he get here? Coming here is Actually quite simple for Hong Xi Guang. All the West High members present immediately rush forward. Daniel didn't expect that guy to go to Gangbook West High alone, though. There's nothing too to worry about. It's been a long time since he gathered with these people like this. Jung Jun and Seg1 ranked fifth in North High. Jung Jun says impatiently, that's not important. Get to the point. Seg1 feels this place is boring as expected. He

should have gone to West High with Hongji Guang. That said, Daniel reminds them Hongji Guang acting without permission should probably be dealt with. Majung Du says in a deep voice, "I'll educate him properly." Then Daniel gets straight to the point. "Jo Yun is going to wage allout war directly with Gangbok West High, then unify Gangbuk. Only these five remain in Gangbook North High. Their mistakes could lead to North High's defeat. So now advance southward and attack Gangbok West High." Seoji1 wonders, "What about Joe Yun?" Daniel explains he's already moved ahead, going alone to attack Gangbook

West High. Joyou Yun's second quest is to deal with Gangbook West High's 25 executives. The final battle has fully begun. Meanwhile, West High's executives launch an attack on Hong Jiuang, but to Hanj Ha's surprise, he dodges so many attacks. Hongji Guang says indifferently, "Didn't expect Gangbok West High to have so many Strategists, though I just came to say, "Hello, since I'm here, I should eliminate some nuisances." Kim Su Hyun immediately blocks Hongjis attack with his wild skill. He asks coldly, "Who gave you permission to eliminate them?" These are strategists I worked hard to gather, but

Kim Su Hyun doesn't understand is that his speed is clearly faster than Hongji Guangs, so how did he dodge? Hongji Guang has also been wanting to meet Kimu Hyun because he's Curious about the strength that defeated Jonte Ho, but this disappoints him as he didn't expect Jon Ho to be so weak. Kimu Hyan wonders, "What are you talking about? I'm only just getting started." Activating knockout feast, he successfully hits Hongji Guang, who will be immobilized for 3 seconds. Kimu Hyun seizes the opportunity to draw his twin swords. It's time to end this battle. However, Hongji

Guang suddenly laughs and using some unknown card, he removes The abnormal status. Kimu Hun can't understand what kind of person he is, but he acted so confident just now. Yet, now he's running away. Actually, Hongji Guang wants to continue, too. But if those two combined forces, he might be in danger. Hongji Guang actually leaps backward and falls. Kimu Hyan shouts, "Falling from the fourth floor will seriously injure him. We must catch that guy." But the subordinates who came to support find it strange because they Didn't see anyone downstairs, but Hungji Guang really did fall just

now. Kimu Hyun instantly thinks of a possibility. At this moment, a subordinate reports again, "Bad news. Joe Yun has broken in alone, just like before. He's sweeping through our territory by himself and including Daniel. North High's executives are all heading south, targeting West High's territory. Kimu Hun decisively orders, "Gather all executives." Joe Yun coming in alone is West High's opportunity. He's too immersed in his power and has made an arrogant decision. Kimu Hyun needs to know Yun's location now because such a good opportunity might not come again. But Han Ja understands. The remaining North High

executives are a problem. If they unite with Joe Yun, West High will be in serious trouble. The method to prevent them from meeting is simple. Just sacrifice one person. West High needs to send one executive North to stall for time. This will be a difficult mission that will result in severe injuries. Ryui Kyouong and Chiian Ho can't go because they're crucial forces for dealing with Joe Yun. At this moment, a deep voice speaks up. He'll take on that role. Soon after, Hongji Guang receives a message. This is West High's plan to send someone to stop

North High's executives from meeting Joe Yun. However, the identity of the executive West High sent hasn't been Revealed yet. So, Hongji Guang plans to eliminate that person before they can interfere. Hong Xi Guang can't help but be curious who West Hai sent. Meanwhile, Jang Ji Huk is very anxious because that person isn't suitable for this role. He thinks it would be better to send the fast Chongil Shan. That person is too reckless. But Kim Su Hun has already decided. He believes in the guy who volunteered to go north. North High's people have already heard West

High will Send an executive to stall for time. But they didn't expect them to come alone without any forces. And he is Guha Jun ranked third in Gangbook West High. Daniel who soon gets the news finds it interesting. He knows there are only two outcomes for Guhun trying to stop these executives alone. If he doesn't become crippled, this will become a new legend. His potential has somehow reverted to awakening status. After obtaining 10,000 buffet points, Kim Su Hun opens card Buffet again. Then he sees a card that can revert a squad member's awakening status to

the previous stage. Thus, Guhajun's potential changed from transcendence back to awakening status. The battle quickly begins. Guhajun, who refuses to accept defeat, has only one thought. He must win. He's unwilling and won't lose again. Guhajun understands he needs to improve even more. He must continue progressing constantly so he won't be eliminated again. Hungji Guang, Ranked sixth in North High, soon gets word that Guha Jun is indiscriminately attacking North High's territory. If this continues, Guh Jun will hinder the other executives progress. Hongji Guang immediately finds this interesting. He'll handle this personally. However, there's no need for

that because Guhun will deal with him first before continuing. In that case, Hongji doesn't need to go through the trouble of finding Guhun. He's curious. Does Guhajun, who couldn't even beat Ryuong, really think he can stop all of North High's executives alone? Guh Jun doesn't answer, but quickly throws a punch. Then he understands one thing. This guy has exceptional endurance. Hungji Guang complains. Weren't we still talking? This is really rude of you. If this is all there is, Hongji can't help but feel disappointed. This unbelievable striking power makes Guuhajun realize he's not just exceptionally durable.

Hungji Guang Sits back down and tells Guajun to stand up. He can wait a moment. Guhajun tells him not to worry. I wouldn't have come if I'd fall this easily. I believe I'll win. But Hungi Guang is curious how he could possibly win. On the other side, Joe Yun is still attacking Gangbook West High alone. Ju Huk Jong believes that no matter how strong he is, he's just one person and absolutely can't face so many forces at once. However, beyond Ju Huk Jongs understanding, human wave Tactics have no effect on Jo Yun. Ju Huk Jong

doesn't understand what's happening. Is June really human? How can a human possibly be this strong? Ju Huk Jong feels despair because strategy has no meaning against this kind of monster. Just when he thinks everything will end, Shantae Ho excitedly attacks Jo Yun. He roars, "I betrayed you. That means you have to fight me now." West High's people immediately get excited. Now they finally don't have to worry about Surviving because someone who can fight June has arrived. Chinti Ho has been waiting for this day. He asked Jo Yun, what type of fight do you prefer? However,

before Chanti Ho finishes speaking, Doun Yun's single strike drives him head first into the ground. West High's people are completely dumbfounded. With this, Chante Ho realizes Joun likes the direct type. So now it's his turn. Chant-ho is excited to have another perfect fight. His Punching power begins to explode. Each strike containing terrifying impact force. Chant-ho tells Joun to show his real strength. He knows Joun is just going through the motions. Since Chanto wants to see it so badly, Joun Yun will grant his wish. As Joun Yun activates his card skill, Chant Ho instantly flies backward

and crashes hard into a wall. West High's people are left in complete shock because Chante Ho didn't even last one minute. He didn't expect to be so Far behind Jo Yun. He's never encountered anyone like this. If he'd known, Chant Ho would have betrayed Joo Yun sooner. The time he stalled is also important because Kim Su Hyuns tactical scheme skill was successfully activated. It makes the opponent's ability values plummet temporarily and can't be removed with cards. Since Joe Yun looks down on Gangbuck West High so much, Kimu Hyun will lead West High's executive to take

down Joe Yun. Now Kimu Hyun can finally see Joe Yun's drastically reduced ability values. On the other side, Guh Hajun must win because he has someone he must defeat. At least before that, he doesn't want to lose. Hungji Guuang says unhappily, "Seems you really look down on me. Then please begin, Mr. Guha Jun. I'll give you a miserable feat." Guh Hajun is confident in his strength because he's worked really hard. Hungji Guang absolutely won't be able to withstand It. However, things don't go as planned. Hungi Guang wonders, "Is this your strength?" Guh Hajun didn't expect

his endurance to be this strong, but even so, it's not difficult. He just needs to accumulate damage. Guh Ha Jun has gone through thousands of weight training sessions. Now he'll use speed to accumulate damage, but the next second he freezes because Hongji Guang's transcendent skill can temporarily swap any desired stat with another. His speed Is far faster than Guhun's. Now it's Hongji's turn to attack. Guhajun believes that after thousands of training sessions, he definitely has the endurance to withstand it. But reality slaps him hard in the face. Hungji Guang uses his exclusive transcendent skill again.

His strength isn't something Guhun can endure. Hongji Guang isn't just strong in power. Even his speed is incredibly fast. No matter what Guh Jun does, it's useless. He begins to doubt. Is he going to lose? Is he going to lose this easily again? Hongji fulfills his promise. He gives Guuh Hajun a miserable defeat. North High's people praise as expected of Hungji Guang. They mock Guuha Jun. Not such a great guy after all, huh? The fallen Guh Jun refuses to accept this. Not long ago, when he trained to exhaustion at the gym, a man suddenly appeared

and offered to help Guhajun. He's a boxer just like Guhajun. To Guhajuns question, the man says He's Li Jin Sung. The quest pop-up prompts. Guhajun's potential begins struggling with its limits. Then, Guh Hajun achieves transcendence again, but the quest pop-up issues another warning. Guhajun's potential shakes violently once more. Finally, Guhun actually opens the path of mastery. He tells Hongji to try again. Hongji Guuang attacks with full fury. North High's people are surprised. Why is Hongji Guang suddenly so agitated? Actually, Hongji Understands he was almost in danger just now because Joe Yun told him about that

state. He almost got defeated due to carelessness. Hong Jiuang tells the others to finish this guy off. As for him, he needs to go elsewhere. At this moment, Jo Yun is facing an assault from West High's executives. What Han Ja finds unbelievable is that Jo Yun takes down three people in an instant. And even more surprisingly, Jo Yun uses boxing, Muay Thai, and wrestling. He's Actually using all fighting techniques. Han J Ha is shocked. Is this even possible? Chante Ho roars, "Let's go another round." Ryuki Kyouong quickly locks Jun from behind as he exerts force

to perform a suplex. June easily breaks free. Ryuyouongs wrestling has no effect on him. Kimu Hyun understands the longer this drags on, the worse for West High. They must end this before Joun subordinates arrive. At this moment, Hongji suddenly appears on the Battlefield. He explains that situation to Joe Yun. Kimu Hyun doesn't understand how he got here. Given Hongji's distance from here, it's impossible to arrive this quickly. Combined with all the previous strange occurrences, Kim Su Hyun is now certain Hongji is copycloud. On the other side, North High's subordinates surround Guh Hajun. They mock this

foolish guy who dared to recklessly break in alone. Just as North High's people are about to finish off Guha Jun, a powerful left hook knocks one down. The newcomer needs to know immediately what's most urgent for Gangbook West High. Kyooyong Jyn has no time to explain to Guhajun. He needs to know the battle situation. Guhajun briefly explains, "West High's main force is battling June. We must stop North High's executives from joining Joe Yun. But Guh Ha Jun understands that in this situation, Kyooyongjin alone isn't enough. Kyooyongjin responds oddly, who Said, "I'm alone." From now on,

the 318 member Kyongjun squad declares entry into battle. The news quickly reaches Gangbok West High. The Kyongjin squad appeared and save Guha Jun. Now Kyooyong Jin is taking his 318 personal forces to intercept North High's executives. Dangji Huk understands the Kyooong Jin squad can't handle all of North High's executives, but they can stall for time. Now they can only hope their leader deals with Ja Yun quickly. Chongiel Chiian and Raugu also arrive at the battlefield to support. And because they now have to deal with both Joe Yun and Hongji Guang, West High's executives must split

into two groups, but Joun feels frustrated. He doesn't understand why the enemy can't sense the difference in power. Joun tells Hongji Guang to step aside. He alone is enough. Chiian Ho feels Joun is really arrogant, but Joun doesn't think so. He wonders why is something I can do called arrogance. Kimu Hun seizes the opportunity to use Filipino stick fighting in a sneak attack, but Joo Yun also possesses guardians feast. He also has knockout feast. Kim Su Hun is immediately immobilized for three seconds. Joe Yun then uses Taekwondo to force out Kim Su Hyun's restore. Ryui

Kyouung seizes the chance to grab his left leg and Kanguk immediately grabs Joun's right leg. Raug follows with a thrust kick but Jo Yun blocks it with Kyokushin karate. He Casually lifts the two people holding him then finishes them with just one strike each. Before Rauom can react, Joun Yun uses Jundo to finish him. Joun has mastered so many fighting techniques, not just Taekwondo but also Kyushin karate. Just as Hanja attacks him with Taekwondo, Joun even uses iron mountain lean. Chungl Jian immediately uses copy to replicate Iron Mountain Lean and attacks. Li Ji Huns attack

follows immediately and her Jigan Ryu Strikes fiercely at Jo Yun. However, Lii Hyun's strongest strike has no effect and she's sent flying by Joe Yun's punch. Chungl is also kicked away by Jo Yun's taekwondo and even Gildo is knocked away by Joe Yun's Kyokushin karate. The quest pop-up prompts Lii Hyun's potential begins struggling with its limits. A few months ago, Lii Hyun sought help from her master because she hadn't stopped training but somehow couldn't progress. The master Understands she's hit a plateau. The sword is a very fickle thing. Sometimes no amount of training brings progress.

To break through, one must confront mortal danger. The master tells Li Ji Hun, "You can overcome it by facing an enemy beyond imagination. There's no plateau in the face of death." Li Hyun's potential transcends its limits. Joe Yun begins walking toward her, and having achieved transcendence, Lii Hun receives an exclusive transcendence card, Lightning quick draw. Draw the sword with aggressive godspeed to attack the enemy. Li Ji Hyun successfully delivers this incredibly fast quick draw slash, but the next second she's knocked down by Joe Yun's punch. Hongji Guang says, "You've worked hard, Yo Yun. To think

you could defeat everyone alone." Now Jo Yun can finally achieve his first objective, which is to absorb Kimu Hyan. Just as Jo Yun is about to grab Kimu Hyan to Hongi Guangs surprise, Kimu Hyan Grabs Jo Yun first. He's been waiting for this moment all along. Kim Su Hyan bought cards specifically targeting Jo Yun from card buffet. One is the restraint card that can briefly stop the opponent's movement, and another is the prohibition card that can disable one of the opponent's cards. Joe Yun shouldn't have been careless at this final moment. Kim Su Hyun successfully

restrains him and designates Jo Yun's drain magic skill to be disabled. But the quest Pop-up indicates failure because the opponent doesn't have the drain magic card. Joun asks Kim Su Hun coldly, "Do you understand now? My star absorbing art can absorb the opponent's stats and life force to permanently increase my own stats and can be used on very strong enemies." Now Joan asks Kimu Hyun, "Do you understand how Kong Suchan became like that?" He's already begun using star absorbing art on Kimu Hun. Kimu Hyan can feel his strength being drained Bit by bit. He's completely

helpless now. If this continues, Konguchan's fate will become his. Kimu Hyan refuses to accept ending like this, but there's no one who can save him now. But CopyCloud suddenly self summons and applies a rear- naked choke on Jo Yun. He tells Kim Su Yian, "Run quickly. I'll stall for you." He figures since he's a summon type, if there's danger, he can just return. Hungji complains, "What are you doing?" He didn't expect Copic Cloud to Appear and apologizes to Joe Yun. Hongji Guuang will dispose of Kimu Hunss Coplow immediately and will absolutely not interfere with your

feeding. Little Cloud struggles to fight back, but Hongji Guang is very disdainful. Although Little Cloud wants to save his master, the difference in power between him and Hongji Guang is far too great. Just as Hong Xiuang is about to finish Little Cloud. Joun tells him to move aside because Little Cloud still has Uses. Joe Yun begins using star absorbing art on him. Seeing this, Kimu Hyun hurriedly tries to recall Copy Cloud, but the quest pop-up indicates recall failed because star absorbing art has a higher level than copy cloud. So, Copy Cloud cannot be recalled while

star absorbing art is active. Seeing Joun has already begun absorbing Little Cloud's life force, Kimu Hyun immediately attacks Joun in fury. But no matter what technique he uses to attack, Joe Yun Remains completely unmoved. The quest pop-up begins warning. Copy Cloud is in danger. In desperation, Kim Su Hian kneels and apologizes to Joe Yun. It's all my fault. Please stop. Just spare Little Cloud. Copy Cloud was Kim Su Hyun's first diamond card. After CopyCloud gained independent consciousness, Kimu Hyan already treated him as a living person. Even celebrating Little Cloud's birthday, although Little Cloud didn't understand

what a birthday Was at first. Seeing his master care so much about him made him happy. One day, he asked his master a question he was curious about. What is family? Kimu Hun explains, "It's people who share the same blood. Then it seems little Cloud can't have family." But Kimu Hyun continues, "That's not the only way to be family. Relationships as close as sharing blood are also called family. What matters most is hearts connected. We're already family. As Joun finishes Using star absorbing art. Little cloud falls silently to the ground. No matter how Kim Su

Hyun calls to him, there's no response. Not long ago, when Kim Su Hyun met with the challenger card, he asked this question. What would happen if something happened to Copy Cloud? After a brief silence, the challenger card answered, "It's just a card. You can think of it as a consumable card. This means it will vanish when its life reaches the end." Finally, CopyCloud, Regaining a bit of consciousness, apologizes to Kim Su Hyun. Because before being summoned, he was always in an empty darkness where only loneliness and emptiness existed until one day, Little Cloud saw a

ray of light in the darkness. From then on, Little Cloud had been living happily. He's grateful that Kimu Hyun always called him Little Cloud during this time. At this moment, Kimu Hun has completely despared. However, the indifferent Joe Yun obviously can't Understand what this is about. In his eyes, Kimu Hun merely lost a card. Joun tells Kimu Hyun, "Don't worry, I'll send you to reunite with him right away." But at this moment, the quest pop-up issues a warning to Jo Yun. Then a powerful force strikes him and Jo Yun is sent flying caught off guard.

At this moment, Kimu Hyun has achieved transcendence and because of his esgate potentials transcendence, he receives two exclusive transcendence cards. One allows him to Use true ancient flow martial arts tun after attack specialization while increasing strength by grade three and decreasing endurance by grade three. The other ability awakening makes all his stats equal to his highest stat. Kimu Hyun stats surge in extreme grief. Hongji sneers, "What can you change by standing back up?" The next second, Kim Su Hyun gives him the answer. This terrifying striking power shocks Hongji, but he's also confident in his own

Strength. After swapping his stats, Hongji Guang punches hard toward Kimu Hun. Joys expression finally becomes serious because Hongiangs punch has no effect on Kimu Hyun at all. Realizing something's wrong, he immediately retreats. However, Kimu Hyun appears behind him in an instant, then takes Hongji down with a single punch. He tells Joun, "Little Cloud isn't just a card. He's both my good friend and my family. Since you say Little Cloud is Just a card, why don't you try experiencing it yourself?" Kim Su Hun begins absorbing Hongji's stats. However, the next second he's kicked away by Joe

Yun. Kimu Hyun wonders, "Didn't you say it's just a card? Does this mean Hong Xi Guang is also an important card?" Joe Yun coldly tells Kim Su Hyun, "Don't get it wrong. I'm just stopping your stats from rising. They're all just cards to me." Joe Yun begins using starabsorbing art on Hong Xi Guang. Kimu Hyun immediately uses true ancient flow martial arts to Yune to repel him. He didn't expect that for stats. Joe Yun could even absorb his own subordinates as nourishment. It seems Yun is beyond redemption. Kim Su Hyun isn't a hero or a

police officer, but he believes this kind of person can't be allowed to remain in the world. Then let's end this today. Kim Su Hyun begins attacking with true ancient flow martial arts, Teun. This speed surprises Jo Yun Somewhat. He sees Kimu Hyun is different from before. Could it just be because of transcendence? In that case, Jo Yun needs to get serious. He begins using boxing to attack Kimu Hyun. Both simultaneously use knockout feast on each other. Kimu Hun is immediately immobilized for 3 seconds, but Jo Yun is also immobilized for 3 seconds after they both

use nullify skills. The two, having removed abnormal statuses, fiercely punch at each other again. A Pure melee battle, Kimu Hyun can now withstand Jo Yun's punches. However, thinking of the departed little cloud, Kimu Hyun's fury burns even hotter. Then he actually sends Joe Yun flying. Charging forward, Kimu Hyun begins using call over and card chapter skills, he calls over Guhajun's return of the overlord and Rauyong's thrust kick. The explosive power from combining the two is terrifyingly powerful. Kimu Hyun understands he can't drag this out. He Must use his full combat power. He uses terabyte low

kick to deliver triple critical damage to Jo Yun. Even the powerful Joe Yun is moved by this. Next, Kim Su Hyun will use true ancient flow martial arts Teun to end the battle. At this moment, the quest pop-up prompts. Tactical schemes duration has ended. Joe Yuns stats have been restored. Kimu Hyun once again becomes powerless to fight back. Joe Yun coldly asks if he was dreaming about winning. News from The West High battlefield quickly reaches North High. A North High subordinate reports to Jang Jun, ranked fifth, we won. The battle isn't over yet, but Kim

Su Hun is definitely about to lose. The same news has already spread within West High. Jang Ji Hugh greavves. Is this how Gangbook West High ends? On the other side, Jen Jun finds Daniel saying, "Jo Yun is about to defeat Kimu Hyun and Gangbook North High's victory is within reach, but Daniel replies calmly." "It's too early to celebrate. He hasn't completely won yet, has he?" Jen Jun asks, puzzled, "Are you saying our leader will make a mistake?" Daniel suddenly laughs. He points out that the leader is human, too, and might suddenly return to this place.

Hearing this, Jung Jun grows even more confused. Would the leader come back without finishing off Kimu Hune? Why would he do that? But Daniel already said it. Joe Yun is human, too. If There's someone here he wants to kill, he might just come back. Seeing Jong Jun still doesn't understand, Daniel gives an example. For instance, if a traitor appeared, Jang Jun hasn't even processed this yet. Daniel already finishes him off. The other North High members gasp in shock. Why did Daniel suddenly attack Jung Jun? Daniel simply states, "It's nothing, just betraying Joe Yun." He asks

the air, "Jo Yun, do you hear me? Aren't you curious what I told Kim Su Hun in the mist?" The quest pop-up warns Joe Yun at this moment. If Gangbuk North High falls into Daniels hands first, the main quest for Gangbuk unification will fail. Daniel continues speaking to the air. If you want to know, don't touch Kim Su Hun and come back here. Otherwise, I'm taking over Gongbuk North High. It turns out that last time after Kim Su Hunu's negotiation missed, he told Daniel that he could receive quests and obtain Rewards. Though Daniel found this

explanation hard to believe, the truth is exactly that. Kimu Hyun grew stronger because of quests that suddenly began one day. He asked Daniel, who demanded proof, if there could be any other possibility? How could a weakling like me possibly become the boss of Gangbook West High in such a short time? And according to Kim Su Hyun, Joe Yun is the same. He was originally just a model student who was good at studying. Even If Daniel can't believe it, he must believe it. The reason someone like Joe Yun could become the boss is because we can

obtain rewards by completing quests and then grow stronger. Hearing this, Daniel can't help but laugh. He thinks this world has truly gone mad. Daniel isn't sure if he can trust Kimu Hun and Kim Su Hians words end there. Since he's being sincere with Daniel, from now on, Daniel must respond with sincerity as well. Kim Su Hun asked Daniel what his True purpose really is. This might be a once- ina lifetime opportunity. The two of them might be able to help each other. After brief consideration, Daniel also reveals his purpose and the story of North High.

Kim Su Hyun is stunned after hearing him out. Now Daniel asks Kim Su Hyun the most important question. Are you sure you can really defeat Joo Yun? Can you defeat Yo Yun using the quest you receive? After a brief silence, Kim Su Hyuns answer is I Will win. With that, Daniel is certain. From now on, he'll stand on Kim Su Hyun's side. After the mist clears, they must work together to deceive Joe Yun. And before that, Kimu Hyun welcomes Daniel to Gangbook West High because he has to fight people he knows. Daniel feels somewhat unpleasant.

He tells the North High people to obediently drop their weapons because the North High people themselves know clearly that facing Daniel they don't have the Slightest chance of winning. At this moment, Jo Yun is already furious. He gives Hongji Guang the authority to finish off the exhausted Kim Su Hyun. Before leaving, Jo Yun also feeds Hongji Guang many cards. Kimu Hyun still wants to stop Jo. Hongji won't give him the chance because the leader said it's already over. Just as Kimu Hyun grows frustrated, a deep voice calls out to Hongji Guang, "Since you're so eager

to end this, let's start by ending me. Go, Kimu Hyun, hurry and do what you need to do. I'll handle things here." Guhajun arrives to the rescue. He's here to defeat Hongji Guang. At this moment, Jung Jun at North High struggles to his feet and attacks Daniel. He's been dissatisfied with Daniel from the very beginning. Daniel asks, puzzled, "What would you do if you were satisfied? Confess your love to me? And why are you standing up again? Wouldn't it be more comfortable to keep lying down?" Jeng Jun demands, "Why betray Yun?" Daniel counters, "Why can't

I betray him?" Jang Jun also understands that direct attacks won't work on Daniel. But before long, Jo will arrive. So, what Jang Jun can do now is attack vital points. He wants to be of help to Jo. However, reality doesn't go as Jang Jun wishes. His intentions are far too obvious. Daniel's strength completely overwhelms him. But Jen Jun's purpose is achieved because that person has already rushed back. Gangbook North High's leader, Jo Yun, admits it's his mistake. He should have dealt with Daniel earlier. Daniel says coldly, "This is your limit as a leader." Joun Yun

begins attacking with boxing, but to his surprise, Daniel actually dodges. Logically, with such a huge difference in stats, dodging should be impossible. Joe Yun continues attacking with taekwondo, then with Kyushin karate, but Jo Yun can't figure out what trick Daniel is using to dodge His attacks. And as Daniels hands rotate, Jo Yun immediately loses his balance due to Iikido. He wonders, is Daniel using Kim Su Hun's cards? But if there were cards to counter me, Kim Su Hyun would have used them himself. So Daniel isn't using cards. Seeing this, Daniel understands he guessed correctly. Next,

he'll show Yun a battle that can be won without quests. On the other side, Sogg1, North High's fourth ranked, also receives news of Daniel's betrayal. According to the messenger, Jen Jun has been defeated by Daniel. Daniel is now confronting June. Cog1 suddenly finds things getting interesting. At this moment, someone appears and tells him something even more interesting. The traitor isn't just Daniel. There's me. Kyooyong Jin 2. Seoji 1 asks, confused, "Didn't Daniel take care of you?" Regarding this matter, Kyong Jinn has something to say. Jo Yun is watching all of us. If we just keep

following Joe Yun, we'll all be in danger. It turns out that when Daniel fought Kyooyong Jin earlier, he deliberately turned off the light so Kyooyong Jinn could escape. Daniel whispered to Kyooyongjin, "If we just keep following Jo Yun, we'll all die. You must believe this fact." Afterward, remember to persuade the other executives to betray Joe Yun. But SEOG1 obviously won't believe a traitor's words. Kyongjin asks him, "Don't you really think Jo Yun is Strange? That guy's various behaviors are all bizarre." Gang book North High is becoming stranger and stranger. Before Kungik Jyn finishes speaking, COG1

strikes. Of course, he won't believe the traitor before him and doubt the powerful Joe Yun. However, if Kyongjin can make things interesting, he might consider it. Then Kyongjin understands. He'll make Sogg1 feel a good rush of dopamine. At another battlefield, Jo Yun still pretends not To understand what quests are, but Daniel has already heard from Kim Su Hyun about completing quests to obtain rewards. Joun asked Daniel, "Do you believe it? Do you really believe Kimu Hyun can defeat me?" Joun says coldly, "You're wrong, Daniel." Kimu Hyun can't beat me. It's not too late. I can

tolerate one betrayal. Return to Gangbook North High. My plan needs you. However, Daniel's answer is straightforward. I refuse. Then from now On, the two are completely broken. To Joe Yun's surprise, Daniel dodges his attack again. He continues attacking with Juno, then Muay Thai, but Daniel evades them all. This defies all logic. Daniel says coldly. During my time following you, I've memorized all your moves. Joe Yun's first attack is boxing. Then comes Taekwondo or J Kundo. Joun obtained his fighting skills through chance. This means he has a fatal flaw. Lack of experience. Daniel Has already seen

through June with his exceptional mind, but he understands this alone isn't enough. This alone still can't defeat Jo. Although Joun has less fighting experience. His base stats are too high. Daniel knows there's only one way to win. His hands begin rotating again. Jun, his balance broken, is sent airborne again. And Daniel's only way to win is to use Jo Yun's own strength against him. Just as Daniel's attack is about to land, Jo Yun extends his hand Against Daniel's abdomen. Now everything should end. Joun Yun knows he absolutely can't withstand this strike. Daniel seems stunned, too.

Then he laughs because he deliberately showed an opening. Daniel's transcendent skill can nullify an opponent's attack and counter with double damage with the drawback that it can only be used once every 3 days. Daniel's hands begin rotating again. He's already memorized this move of Joun's two. He's won this battle. Even Joun can't withstand an attack twice as strong as his own. The next second, Daniel is truly stunned. Joun Yun praises Daniel's plan as perfect, but this alone isn't enough. Daniel didn't memorize June's strategy because he's never used strategy. Joun Yun activates his artifact skill again.

This time, Daniel has no way to respond. The battle seems to end just like that. June begins using starabsorbing art on Daniel. Daniel never expected he would Ultimately lose. In his final moments, two people appear in his mind. Daniel apologizes to Kong Chan and Chongl. Not long ago, Kimu Hyan learned shocking news in the mist. Daniel revealed that Kang Chan already knew he would end up that way. That guy's intuition has always been accurate. Before that day came, Kanguchi Chan asked Daniel for a favor. At that time, he told Daniel that something might happen to

him soon. Although Daniel had no idea what he was Suddenly talking about, Kanguchi Chan already had a premonition. He told Daniel that if something happened to him, suspect Joun first. It's complicated to explain. Kingsuch Chan knew Daniel wouldn't believe him even if he explained. Finally, he asked Daniel to promise him one thing. If something happens to me, I'm entrusting Chung Chun to you. If it's you, you can protect Il Chian well. And not long after Daniel finished saying those words, the Powerful Joe Yun indeed began to make his move. He used starabsorbing art on Kang

Sea Chan until Kang Such Chan's life force was nearly depleted. Joun Yun finally stopped using star absorbing art. That day, Daniel could only watch helplessly as all this unfolded. He witnessed Jo Yun take Kangai Chan's life with his own eyes. Because of fear, Daniel couldn't do anything. No one believed his words. Everything became part of Jo Yun's scheme. Daniel wasn't Sure if Joun saw him at that time or what kind of person that guy really is. Most importantly, Daniel didn't know what he should do now. Then, he remembered Kangai Chan entrusted him to protect Chong

Yil Chi well. So Daniel pretended to betray Kanga Chan and turned to join North High's new leader Jo Yun to protect Chung Yun. He had no choice. After that, Daniel became North High's second in command. There was something Jo Yun needed him to do. Select the guys with potential in Gongbuck North High because I'm hungry. This is something that must be done for Gangbuck unification. Daniel keenly sensed danger and Chung Chan happened to have great potential. He didn't know what would happen if Jo Yun found out. So Daniel began distancing himself from Chungl Chan. He

harshly humiliated Chungl Chian as worthless. And Jo Yun's grand plan doesn't need worthless people. So Chung Ilchian was assigned to North High's outskirts to monitor other factions. This was the only way Daniel could think of to protect him. Only this way could ensure Chong Ilchian's safety. For this, Daniel was willing to let him hate him. Last time Daniel called Chung Chon back to North High, he just wanted to hide him. Daniel asked Kimu Hyun for a favor. Don't let Chung Chan know the truth because if he knew Daniel, betrayed for his sake, he would definitely

be heartbroken. Daniel Doesn't want to make that guy sad. Kimu Hyun can't help but ask him, "What's the reason for doing this much for Chungil Chi?" Actually, after Kang Sean asked Daniel to protect Chong Chian. Well, Daniel also asked the same question as Kim Su Hyun, Kang Sean said somewhat sheepishly, "You should have already noticed, right?" Because I like Chong Chian. Daniel was somewhat hesitant to speak, but of course, he had to agree to his good friend's request. Kim Su Hyun Can't help but feel incredulous. Daniel made such a sacrifice just because of a friend's

request. He also knows this reason is strange, so he should tell the truth. Daniel isn't protecting Chung Chion only because of Kong Chan's request. He struggles free from Joy Yuns control. The reason Daniel protects Chung Chun is that Kong Chon isn't the only one who likes Chung Chon. Joun is truly terrifying. Daniel is afraid he'll become like that, too, but This is something he must do. Daniel roars out Joe Yun's name. The quest pop-up issues a warning at this moment. Daniel's potential begins wavering again when the resolve in his heart becomes unshakable. Daniel finally opens

his path of mastery because he opened the path of mastery. Daniel recovers his stamina and obtains an exclusive mastery card, sacrifice. The longer a designated team member takes damage, the more stats increase. Daniel's hands begin rotating Again. Joe Yun's balance is instantly broken and he sent airborne. Daniel actually knocks him down with one punch, protecting Chungil Chion. This is Daniel's most important quest. Joun grabs his ankle and slams Daniel to the ground. This is the first time anyone has knocked Jo Yun down. Daniel didn't expect he would fall from that move either. For this, Jo

Yun will stake everything in a duel with Daniel. And of course, Daniel is the same. He knows his Opponent is the unreasonably strong Jo Yun. The moment of failure means death, so Daniel must defeat him before he dies. During this time, Daniel extensively studied Joe Yun's attack patterns. Daniel can already predict his next move. He roars at Jo Yun, you're finished. Knowing Joe Yun's fighting formula, Daniel will definitely win this battle. For Kang Sean and for Chung Chion, Jo Yun seems to truly be falling behind. Daniel's attacks follow Closely. This will be a battle where

everything is at stake. On the other side, Guh Jun has also begun his battle. But what's incredible to him is Hongji Guang is somehow much stronger than just moments ago. Guh Jun doesn't understand what's happening. His attacks are all ineffective. Guh Jun can't figure out what trick Hongji Guang is using. He's clearly already gotten stronger, but Hongji Guang is now using his transcendence skill to crush him. Guh Hajun only knows this isn't right. He must win. There must be a way. He absolutely won't lose again. However, Guuha Jun still can't beat Hungi Guang. He tells

Guuh Hajjun that continuing like this will only make him more miserable. Give up and accept your defeat. Guh Hajun can't go on anymore. His body can't move anymore. He can't believe it. Did I lose again? Li Jin Sung once told him, "If you lose, just win next time. If you're impatient, you Can't do anything. Believe in yourself. You'll see the light someday." These were words Liongs teacher said to him, "There are many more chances. Don't fixate on the immediate result." Li Jins was indeed right. Just win next time. Han Jay Ha appears and blocks Hongjis

attack. He taunts that Guh Jun looks pathetic right now. Kang Sek also appears and grabs Hongji Guang. He asks Guha Jun, "Are you giving up already? You actually want to win next Time. That's not like you, Guha Jun." Guuha Jun doesn't understand what this means. What am I to you guys? Hona and Kung Suk's answer is the one who always wins. The boss of Gangbook West High, the overlord who faced all of us alone. That was after Leg said those words to Guha Jun. Guh Hajun apologized to him. Although he's grateful to Legian Sunsung, the

path he described doesn't suit Guuh Ha Jun. Guh Ha Jun only wants to win and must win. This is the real Guh Hajun. Liin Sung can't help but laugh. He feels Guh Ha Jun is truly a fundamentally different kind of guy. Hanji Ha and Kang suck together still aren't Hongjis match, but the quest pop-up suddenly issues a warning. Guuhajun commands Hongji, "Come light my cigarette." His potential begins wavering again. Hongji Guang asks strangely smoking in the situation, "Are you really crazy?" Hongji Guang punches him in the jaw again. However, Guuha Jun Asks if he didn't

hear, "I told you to come light my cigarette." Guh Jun also opens his path of mastery. Hongji Guanguang shouts angrily, "Stop bluffing." However, Guha Jun, having opened the path of mastery, has recovered his stamina and obtained an exclusive Guh Jun Mastery card. Hongji Guang is actually knocked down with one punch. Just one strike makes him lose consciousness. Guh Hajun takes the lighter from him and lights one for Himself. His mastery card increases stats based on the number of opponents defeated so far and cannot be affected by the callover skill. And from childhood until now, Guhun

can't even count how many people he's defeated. On the other side, Kyongjin and Seoj1 also begin their battle. Though on the surface, the two seem evenly matched, Kyong Jyn understands SEOG1 is holding back. He's just toying with Kyooyong Jinn. In reality, there's a huge gap in Their levels, but Kyong Jin feels fortunate because of this. Because this way, Seo G1 will let his guard down. Kyooyong Jin's left hook actually lands successfully just as he thinks the attack worked. Seo G1 counterattacks completely unaffected. He wonders, wasn't Kyoo Jyn supposed to make him feel dopamine? Right now,

he's just making him feel worse. And Seo Gi1's transcendent skill randomly inflicts status ailments when attacking. Each of His strikes can inflict status ailments on Kyoojin. Seo Gi1 as North High's fourth ranked executive is someone chosen by Joe Yun. Yet Kyong Jin is telling him to betray Jo Yun. Seoji1 asks strangely, "Are you brain damaged?" eliminating the traitor Kyong Jyn. This was the order Yun gave Daniel. Seoji1 is honored to complete this task in his place. At this moment, two people suddenly leap out and interrupt him. The newcomers are two of Kyooyong Jyn's Executives. They

were busy dealing with North High's remnants, so they're late. The others have also arrived. All of Kyong Jyn's personal forces are here. They want revenge for their boss. Next, SOG1 needs to face Kyong Jyn's force of over 300 people. Now, he finally feels the dopamine rising. Kyooyong Jyn's troops swarm forward, but Kyong Jyn doesn't understand what they're doing. He wants his subordinates to stop fighting because this is his own war. Kyong Jinn, having exceeded his potential limit, apologizes to him because this kind of battle is truly pathetic. Seo Gi once sincerely praises, "You're pretty cool,

kid." Kyong Jinn, having exceeded his limits, also obtains an exclusive transcendence card. Stats rise or fall based on the number of personal troops and cannot be affected by the callover skill. Kyooyong Jyn throws his left hook again, stronger than ever before. He also knows he's Really super cool. CG1 is excited. This is dopamine. Now, Kyooyong Jinn can counterattack, too. They're both addicted to the thrill of battle, so they must fight until the very last moment. On the other side, Guu Ha Jun just finished off Hongji Guang. Kimu Hyun knew he could do it. A subordinate

quickly brings news of the outcome between Kyong Jin and CG1. The two of them fell at the same time. Everyone is shocked that Kyong Jinn actually Defeated North High's fourth ranked SEO1. With this, North High's morale will surely drop. Now is the chance to deal with Jo Yun, but bad news arrives quickly. Daniel has been defeated by Joun. Hungji Guang knew this would be the result. In his eyes, no one can defeat Joun. The next second, his neck is grabbed tightly. Kim Su Hyun coldly uses drain magic on Hong Jiuang. Thus, Hongjis stats rapidly decline

as his muscles atrophy. Correspondingly, Kim Su Huns stats begin to rise. Only when Hongji Guang completely loses consciousness does Kim Su Hun stop draining magic. Hanji Ha asks, confused, "Did Hong Xiang get choked out?" Kim Su Hun tells everyone, "Now we're going to rescue Daniel and take down Joe Yun." Ha reminds Kimu Hun that there's something to do before that gangbook high still has remaining executives. They must first deal with that guy. North High is Mount Thai Ma Jung Du. The good news is Joe Yun was seriously injured after his duel with Daniel. Needing to

recover, he can't move for now. Jo Yun has a skill that can slowly restore his stamina within 2 hours and reset all card cooldown times. He orders Ma Jung Du to block all enemies and Maong Du's answer is, "I will complete the mission flawlessly. He's already waiting in formation with his subordinate executives and all his forces. Although Kimu Hyun wants to avoid a duel with Ma Jung Du. He's guarding the only path to Jo Yun. Going around might also lead to an ambush. Hanji Ha tells Kimu Hyan not to worry so much because Jang Ji

Huk said he's already made arrangements. After Ma Jungdu receives Yo Yuns orders, a subordinate brings news that Gangbook West High is attacking. This time, they've gathered all of West High's forces, too many to count. Ma Jung Du tells everyone to listen carefully. This is the only path Gangbook West High can take. If we're breached, Jo Yun will be attacked, so we must hold them back. All subordinates immediately respond in unison. They immediately set out to intercept the West High forces. Only Ma Jung Dus two executives remain and ask him a question. Is it true that

Joe Yun was seriously injured in the duel with Daniel? And after hearing the affirmative answer, the two executives immediately launch a sneak attack on Ma Jong Du. They finally believe what Jang Ji Huk said. Gangbook North High has no future. However, their attacks have no effect on Ma Jungdu. Just as they think they're dead, Maungdu simply embraces them gently and expresses understanding for their actions. You've had a hard time during this period. Ma Jung Du tells them to leave slowly. The two executives immediately flee in terror. Ma Jung Du is also ready. He will defend

Joe Yun to the death. Gangbook West High Quickly clears out Maungdu's forces. Then Kimu Hyun has a question. Are you really going to face all of us alone? Ma Jungdu Gangbook North High is almost finished. No matter how strong you are, you can't stop all of us. Jo Yun is just using you to buy time. Join Gangbook West High. I won't use you. If you join now, this long war can end. I'll treat you well. Majong Du coldly asks Kim Su Hyun, are you trying to make me feel ashamed? Kim Su Hun apologizes to him.

Then there's no need to waste more time. Gang Book West High's executives swarm forward. However, they're all too weak. Not even one person can withstand a single strike from Majung Du. Anj Ha and Jun Hong exclaim in amazement, "Worthy of being Mount Thai." At this rate, all of West High will be defeated. But there is someone who can deal with Mount Thai. Kimu Hun successfully uses tactical schemes. He's going to defeat North High's Mount Tai. Maung Du says coldly, "Truly overestimating yourself." But he also understands Kim Su Hyun is no longer the person he was

before. However, this is no problem. Maung Du believes he can hold out until Jo Yuns wounds recover. But with his stats greatly reduced, Maungdu is no match for Kimu Hyun. He also quickly realizes something's wrong. He can't withstand Kimsu Hyians attacks at all. But Majungdu absolutely won't let himself fall. Kimu Hyun apologizes to Majung Du because he's in a bit of a hurry, so he must end all this quickly. Majung Du is finally beaten to his knees. The West High people immediately burst into cheers. Next, they'll go together to take down June. But the battle

here isn't over yet. Maung Du won't allow himself to fall. That was when Joun asked Ma Jungdu, who was bullied for being weak. Do you want power? Although Majungu didn't know what Jo Yun was talking about. He truly Desperately craved power. Then Jo Yun granted his wish. However, the price is that you must become a mountain and protect. Majung Du will protect Joun. No matter who the opponent is, he must hold them back. Majung Dus transcendent skill is death struggle. Stats increase greatly as the situation becomes more unfavorable. He is Jo Yun's blade, Mount Thai.

Kim Su Hun didn't expect there to be such a broken card as Death Struggle. It's completely a special card made for Fighting multiple opponents. Although Gangbuk West High has many people on their side, Kimu Hyun understands this won't work against someone like Ma Jung Du. Numbers are meaningless. Gangbuk West High with hundreds of people present. Can't do anything against Ma Jung Du alone. Jun Hyun reminds Kimu Hyun, "We don't have time to deal with Maungu." Before long, Joe Yun will recover from his injuries. We must get past Majungdu and leave quickly. But There's a problem

right now. Who will handle Ma Jungdu? Aside from Kim Su Hyun, no one is a match for Majung Du. But at this moment, Gildu steps forward. Facing Kim Su Hyun's objection, Gildu states his purpose isn't to win. He just needs to hold back Maong Du so Kim Su Hyun can go to Ja Yun. Kim Su Hyun must also consider the bigger picture. However, he leaves some executives to help Gild Du hold back Ma Jung Du. The others follow Kimu Hyun to Joun, but Majong Du won't let them succeed. Chante Ho and Ryui immediately attack. Chant-ho

can't wait to play with Mount Tai. Ryuiong tells Hanj Ha to hurry. Kimu Hyun seizes the opportunity to penetrate deeper into North High with four executives. He tells Gildo to be careful too. Although the opponent is called Mount Thai, Gild believes he's ultimately human, too, and he can at least hold him back. However, reality doesn't go as Gildu wishes. He doesn't Understand what's happening. Majung Du is equally surprised. Gang Buck West High second in command is surprisingly weak. After taking one hit, Gild's body can't move anymore. He wonders, can everyone else still keep fighting? Can

they actually keep fighting this monster? Gild finally understands. Everyone has gotten stronger. Everyone has been working hard. Gild doesn't know what he's been doing. Was he just dating? Gild as West High's second in Command feels deeply ashamed. What is Yanguk G? the dark lord anyway. Is he trash who can't even hold back one person? Gild is very disappointed in himself. He's let everyone down. As the man ranked second in Gangbook West High, he's actually this disappointing. Ryu Kyouong seizes a chance to grab Maung Du just as he's about to use his specialty wrestling. Ma Jungdu

easily breaks free from his hold. Ryui Kyouong instantly realizes a possibility. They simply Can't beat Ma Jung Du. This guy is a monster. Having dealt with two more West High executives, he moves on to the next, but a voice comes from behind Ma Jungdu, he says calmly. Although I'm not someone who enjoys fighting, fighting you is really boring. Gildo doesn't know why he's standing up again either. His body is starting to feel strange, although the opponent is insurmountably strong. Gildo's blood feels like it's boiling. Yangukji's father once Asked his wife, Yamazaki Tako, a question. Haven't

you forbidden Gchi from fighting since he was little? But kids grow through fighting. Why did you do that back then? Yamazaki Tako's answer was because Guji carries the blood of the Yamazaki clan. Once awakened, it never sleeps again. It's the cursed blood of violence, meaning the blood could go berserk at any time. So Yamazaki Takaco forbade Gukji from fighting since childhood because the Yamazaki blood must not awaken. As a mother, she only wanted her son to grow up safely and normally. However, Yamazaki Tako told her husband not to worry because no strong opponent would appear

who could awaken the Yamazaki blood. Under Lii Hun's shocked gaze, Majungu's fist is blocked. Gildo's potential begins struggling against its limits. At this moment, Kimu Hyun is heading toward the final battlefield. He's always believed in Gildo. That was After the rankings of Gangbook West High's executives were decided. Hanj Ha came to Kim Su Hune on official business because he couldn't understand Gildu being ranked second. Everyone was dissatisfied. Why make Gildoo second in command? He doesn't have any particularly outstanding qualities. Kim Su Hyun doesn't deny Hanj Ha's words. The current Gildu may not be strong enough

yet, but he believes that someday Gildu will fulfill a major role no one Else can. Kimu Hyun believes in Gildus potential. When Gildus potential successfully exceeds its limits, the power of the Yamazaki bloodline within him finally awakens. Ma Jung Dus punch shatters Gilds glasses. Although he doesn't know what's happening, instinct makes Majung Du sense danger. The quest pop-up notifies. Gildo's potential begins wavering again. He's actually also beginning his path of mastery. Because Gild's potential is Srank, he obtains two transcendence and mastery cards. Majung Du becomes more serious than ever before. And because Gildu is unconscious,

he can't recover stamina. His transcendent skills are Yamazaki bloodline and kill on sight. His mastery skill is dark lord stage 2. And when unconscious in battle, he awakens into an unconscious state that feels no pain. Stats also rise based on the actual combatants abilities. Gild's power completely erupts. Majung Du can Feel it. After passing out and standing back up, his entire aura has changed. Is his body moving purely through his obsession with fighting? Maungdu has an ominous feeling. His instinct tells him, "This guy is dangerous." So, Ma Jungdu wants to end it with one strike,

but he doesn't understand what's happening. Gildu actually dodges it. Gild's Dark Lord stage 2 ability raises his own stats while reducing surrounding enemy stats by two levels. He begins using Yamazaki style, Kyokushin Karate. Majung Du can also feel himself slowing down, but he can't just take the hits. To protect Joun, Majung Du is willing to become his mountain. He activates Death Struggle again. His stats rise once more, nearly matching Gildoo in his unconscious state. The others from West High never expected Gildu to be this strong. After all, his opponent is someone revered as Mount Thai.

Yet, Gild's strength matches his evenly. However, West High's officers can see it. The difference is actually quite obvious. Gild's situation is very unfavorable. Ma Jung Du had heard from Jo Yun before that unconscious state means fighting using all your combat techniques while unconscious. Therefore, you must learn many fighting techniques for the unconscious state to be powerful enough. But even entering unconscious state is useless for Gildu because he only knows Kyokushin karate. Maung Du Can feel this man is dangerous. For Jo Yun's sake, he must eliminate all possibilities. This is a lethal strike. To put the

unconscious state to sleep. Just when Maung Du thinks he successfully dealt with Gildu. The kill on sight ability activates. After receiving the opponent's lethal attack, it counter strikes with double the damage. This powerful strike catches Maung Du offg guard. Li Ji Hun immediately uses lightning quick draw Which unconditionally hits enemies. She won't miss this golden opportunity. Yong Chang Wongs attack follows right after. The West High crew launches another group assault. Yang Chion begins using thunder suplex, planning to end Maung Du with this move. As West High's underlings watch in shock, Gangbuck North High's Mount Tai

finally falls. The entire arena erupts in cheers. Majung Du wonders, "Have I already lost? I absolutely cannot lose." Jun Hyong Starts directing. Li Ji Hian takes care of Gildo. Everyone else regroups with Kimu Hyun, but to West High's surprise, Maung Du, desperate to repay his debt, stands up again. He became strong from weak almost overnight. Maung Du doesn't know what Jo did to him. He's nothing more than an experiment Yun conducted. If Jo Yun doesn't want it, he can revert Majung Du anytime. Majung Du instantly recalls his past self, enduring endless humiliation. He wholeheartedly wishes

to Become the mountain protecting Jo Yun. The quest pop-up issues a warning. Majung Du's potential begins to waver again. He's actually unlocked his own path of mastery. Even under Dark Lord's debuff, his stats are still terrifying. But at this moment, Kyooyong Jinn arrives with over 300 people. His stats are equally formidable. Meanwhile, Kimu Hyun encounters resistance. He warns the white-haired woman beside Joe Yun to get lost. But the white-haired woman has Already been ordered to stop West High's people. At her command, figures emerge from the darkness. Kangsei wonders, "North North High still has forces left.

Must be just small fries, right?" But Kim Su Hyun, who can see stats, freezes when he used negotiation mist last time. Daniel told Kim Su Hyun that Jo Yun has personally trained forces because Joe Yun doesn't just want to unify Gong Book. He wants to unify all of Soul. Therefore, the elites Joun personally Trained might only be slightly weaker than Daniel. This was Daniel's first time seeing those guys in Gangbuk 2, but they're still away. In any case, Kimu Hyun must be careful. Hanja worries that at this rate, Joe Yun will recover from his injuries.

However, because Daniel gave them a hint, Kim Su Hyun and Chung Iljian found help and he's now appeared. The white-haired woman is instantly stunned. Because that legendary man has appeared, Chen Wuhan, who unified Gang Book in one day with the Imperial Dog Alliance, his stats are unprecedentedly terrifying. Not long ago, Chen Wuhan refused Chung Yian's request for help without hesitation because he'd already made it clear before. That was the last time, even for relatives, there won't be a next time. He told Chuny Chan to endure hardship on his own if he wanted to. But another

voice makes the request again. Kim Su Hyun as West Hai's leader humbly begs Chen Wu Han for help because At this rate Joun Yun will take over Gangbuk. Kim Su Hyun isn't asking Cheng Wuhan to help him stop June. If he loses, everyone will be in danger. Kimu Hyun wants to protect the people important to him. He'll do anything, but he can't let his people get hurt. Chen Wuhan asks Kimu Hian one question. If I help this once, you won't bother me again. For this, Kimu Hyun is willing to bet his own sister. Chen Wuhan

is somewhat exasperated. He tells Kimu Hyan Not to bet family members, and this help will absolutely be the last time. Because Chen Wuhan doesn't want to get involved in messy affairs. These elites, personally trained by Joe Yun, can't even touch Chen Wuhan, and no one can withstand even one of his strikes. The white-haired woman doesn't understand what's happening. Why would Chen Wuhan appear here? She knows this won't work because this guy is a true monster. The white-haired woman roars, "He's an Opponent we'll have to fight eventually anyway." Everyone attack together. However, numerical advantage has no

effect whatsoever. Joe Yuns trained elites are quickly dealt with. Kimu Hyun is amazed. As expected, someone who unified Gangbuk is different. Even he having become this strong can only follow Chen Wuhan's movements with his eyes. Kim Suian thanks him. Next comes the final battle. Now only Jo Yun remains. Meanwhile, Majung Du is still Fighting. He's lost count of how many people he's taken down. Majong Du won't allow himself to fall. He won't let anyone get to Jo Yun. No matter how many there are, he must stop them because he is Mount Thai. Death struggle activates

again. Westai's people are shocked. How does this guy keep getting stronger? Suddenly, they feel their bodies growing stronger, too. Because Kimu Hun used Battlefield's call. It raises Allied forces stats for 30 minutes. Kimsu Hyun Absolutely cannot let Maungu regroup with Joe Yun. He can only hope West High's people can win. Gildu and Li Ji Hun are ready. Yang Chan Se knows Nicha said to capture Ma Jung Du. Jon Hyong doesn't remember Nicha saying that. Chiian Ho shouts, "Don't let Majungu fall." Ryuyouong corrects him. He needs to fall. Next, Maungu must face a fully enhanced gang

book west high. Soon, Kimu Hyun reaches North High's headquarters because there might be traps. It's Better to search for Jo Yun together, but someone still stands at North High's entrance. Kimu Hyun tells everyone to be careful. Joe Yun might have used another scheme, but once they see who that person is, everyone freezes because the person in front of North High is Daniel. Kimu Hyun exclaims excitedly, "He's alive." However, before Kimu Hyun can get close, Daniel punches him down because Jo Yun has already used the trade card on Daniel. His potential and Mind have been burned

away. Kim Su Hyun never expected things to turn out this way. Joun is truly inhuman. The others are confused. Isn't Daniel on West High's side? How did he become an enemy? How to defeat Daniel is now a huge problem. However, as a lighter flicks on, Guh Jun appears to save the day again. He wonders, "What's happened to Daniel? This really pisses me off." Guhaj Jun tells Kim Su Hyun to go ahead, go do what you need to do. It turns out That back then, Jo Yun was nearly defeated. Daniel made plenty of preparations to win.

However, against Jo Yun with his cheat system, this is as far as it goes. So now Daniel will pay the price for his betrayal. Joe Yun begins using brainwashing rope on him. But as Joe Yun expected, it fails again because brainwashing rope cannot be used on targets with higher intelligence. Daniel smiles. Doesn't seem to be going well. Joe Yun grabs him by the throat, Demanding what he's so proud of. Not being controllable by brainwashing rope is your misfortune. because I have other suitable cards to use on you. Thus, under the trade cards effect, Daniel becomes

a monster. Guhajun wonders, "Are you really Daniel? You're not on drugs, are you? This isn't what I expected. I don't want to fight Daniel like this." Guhajun is thrown off by Daniel's iikido, but things are different now. Guajun is strong enough now. However, he Can also feel. Daniel is faster than before, but Guhajun can still keep up. If the opponent keeps dodging, there's only one method. Just pin his legs down. Just as Guajun's fist is about to land, Daniel uses Aikido to throw him off again. Guajun never thought I could be used from that position.

This won't work. Daniel sees control of the fight's rhythm. At Guajun's speed, it's hard to catch Daniel. Even if he catches up, Daniel will throw him off with Aikido. Guajun doesn't know how to win for the moment. Is there no way now? After burning his potential in mind, Daniel's stats have greatly increased. Just as Guajun is thinking about what to do, Daniel stutters out. You don't give up. You must defeat me. On the other side, Majung Du is still fighting. No matter how many opponents there are, he must win. He absolutely cannot let anyone reach

Joe Yun. The prolonged battle exhausts Ma Jung Du, but he won't fall Like this. Gild tells him to give up. Mongdu only finds it laughable. I'm Jo Yun's shield. I absolutely cannot give up. A barrage of attacks from West High's officers rains down on Ma Jung Du. Just when they think it's all over, Majungdu still hasn't fallen. But now Li Ji Hyun is in danger. Gildu rushes to block Majung Dus attack, but Majung Dus attack never comes. Kyooyong Jinn can't help but exclaim, "What a tough son of a gun." Because Majung Du Has passed out

standing up. Gildu feels no sense of victory whatsoever. All of Gangbook West High's fighting force came at him together, yet couldn't take down Majungdu alone. The remaining forces can't continue either, making it unlikely they can help Kimu Hun fight Yun. Majung Du actually held the line. He created a legend in Gungbuk. Now the time has finally come to end everything. Kim Su Hyun successfully finds Jo Yun. But Jo Yun says coldly, "The ending is Decided by the strong. You can't handle me with just this." The quest pop-up issues a warning to Kimu Hyun. If Joo

Yun cannot be defeated, all rewards gained from the quest will disappear. Kimu Hyuns fourth quest, win the showdown against Jo Yun. Likewise, the quest pop-up issues a warning to Jo Yun. If Kimu Hyun cannot be defeated, all rewards gained from the quest will disappear. Joe Yun's fourth quest, win the showdown against Kimu Hyun, what Begins now will be the final war. Guhajun stands back up, though he doesn't know what happened to Daniel. The only thing Guhajun knows is he must win and take Daniel down. This is the only way to save him. Daniel's speed is

extreme, and all Guhajun can do is keep throwing punches. Just as he's about to land a hit on Daniel, Guhajun is sent flying by Aikido again. The current Daniel is simply too strong. Guh Jun is now at a deadlock because every time Daniel takes a hit, he counters with Iikido. But Guuhajun has no choice. The only thing he can do is keep throwing punches because only this way can he successfully corner Daniel. This time, he cannot dodge. Just as Guhajun's fist is about to come down again, Daniel is about to use Aikido again. But Guh

Hajun suddenly stops. Because he's figured it out, Iikido is simply a technique for grabbing people. If that's the case, then it's simple. Guhajun uses Overlord's descent to first break Daniel's wrist, then uses Return of the Overlord, hammering his fists into Daniel repeatedly. The final finishing blow comes down to end it all. However, Daniel still has the softness conquer strength ability. It nullifies the opponent's attack and counter-strikes with double damage. Guhajun had no idea this technique existed. He can barely breathe now. Am I going to lose like this again? I've become this strong, and It's still

not enough. At this moment, the quest pop-up alerts fatal damage received from the enemy. Activating the Overlord series combo effect. This is the combo skill from collecting all three Overlord cards. After receiving fatal damage from an enemy, restore all stamina and return all previously received damage with the wrath strike. Daniel finally goes down. Guhajun, who unleashed the wrath strike, is now gasping for breath. He said it before, He won't lose again. The battle inside North High's headquarters has already begun. Kimu Hyun begins using the chapter card, lower grade enhancement, and the childhood friends ability. He

can feel it. Joe Yun is strong, but that's fine. Everyone from Gangbook West High has also gotten stronger. Childhood friends raises allied forces stats in the area based on closeness. Kim Su Hyun believes they will win. Joe Yun begins using the lion's roar ability. Its Effect unleashes powerful energy, blasting surrounding enemies away. Kimu Hyun is shocked. This is Jo Yun's fighting power. Joun begins using flash step to attack Kimu Hyun. Kimu Hun simply cannot dodge Jo Yun's fists. He can only block at best, completely unable to counter. Hanj Ha begins attacking with taekwond do. But

what he finds unbelievable is Jo Yun can actually block attacks from his blind spot. He sends Hanj Ha crashing down With just one strike. Kangok seizes the moment and charges at Jo Yun with wrestling, but infinite suplex is only a faint. Rauom's terabyte thrust kick follows right after. But all of this is feudal because Jo Yun uses indestructible Vajra, blocking it with ease. He takes down Kang in one strike with Muay Thai, then kicks at Raw with Jundo. This terrifying striking power is beyond what Rau can take. Joe Yun scoffs. Is this all gangbuck West

High Has? Do you really think this is enough to beat me? Joe Yun begins using fist spirit unity. Its effect raises stats based on the number of combat technique cards in hand. Joe Yun understands that Kimu Hyun fights his way through with strategy no matter who the opponent is. So he's curious how does Kim Su Hun plan to beat him? Seeing Jun's unasurable stats, Kimu Hun is also taken a back, but it's only just beginning. Kimu Hyun spent every last point for This final battle. He understands that West High's combined stats still can't match June.

So Kimu Hyun made many preparations for today. Today is Jo Yuns end. His only weakness is that he stands alone. But Gangbuk West High is not. We share a deep bond. Kimu Hyun uses a card to restore allied forces stamina in range and raise their stats. Kong Suk roars, "My name is Kong Suk, the king of Gangbuk South High, who will rise again one day." Hanja tells Kong Suk to calm down. Stop going on about being the king of Gangbuk South High. We need to deal with Jo Yun first. Rauy attacks in his usual silence,

equally desperate not to lose. Joun instantly closes the distance with Rauy, but Chongy Chan uses copy and unleashes Lion's roar. Joun is stunned. Isn't that my technique? Chung Chan tells everyone to focus on the fight. Kimu Chan begins attacking with true ancient flow martial arts day gun. He can tell the tide is Turning because West High's attacks are landing. Keep surrounding and attacking Jo Yun like this, then find the opening to end the fight. This attack, Jo Yun absolutely cannot block it. However, Jo Yun uses the data exchange ability. It temporarily swaps any desired stat

with another. Kim Su Hun is shocked. Isn't that Hongji Guang's card? It turns out Jo Yun also prepared for this battle. He also spotted the call over ability at the card buffet. Joe Yun calls over CG1's jackof alltrades ability. Attacks can randomly inflict status ailments on the opponent. After being hit, Kang falls into a faint status, temporarily unable to act. After being hit, Hanji Ha falls into a silent status, temporarily unable to attack. Rauugyong falls into a weakness status, his stats temporarily dropping. Chong Yil Chong falls into a sluggish status, his speed temporarily slowing. The

three in status ailments are helpless against Joy Yuns Attacks. Kimu Hyun immediately uses recovery peach. It restores stamina for himself and up to three teammates, usable only once per month. Hanja, Rauom, and Chong Chion instantly recover their stamina, but Jo Yun begins using lethal damage. It prevents the opponent from recovering stamina, usable only once per day. Hanji Ha is sent crashing down by Jo Yun's punch again. Kangi seizes the chance again and grabs Jo Yun with wrestling. He roars. Joun Yun is Nothing special. I'll just slam you straight into the ground, but Jo Yun uses

activate and slams Kang Suck into the ground instead. But Kang Sak won't fall like this. He begins using invincible wrestler. Taking no damage for 2 minutes while stats continuously rise. Kimu Hune immediately seizes the opening and attacks Joe Yun who is held by Kang. He uses the call overability calling in return of the Overlord, Overlord's descent, and Jigan Ryu. This Powerful strike drives straight down toward Jo Yun's head, but Jo Yun calls in Daniel's softness conquers strength ability, nullifying the opponent's attack, then countering with double damage. Kim Su Hyun is sent flying hard by softness

conquer strength, but he still has cards he hasn't used. Jo Yun says coldly, "In the end, there's still no way to beat me." Kim Su Hyun also understands. Conventional methods truly won't work, So he has no choice but to use an unconventional one. While Jo Yun is still puzzled, Kim Su Hyun, refusing to let it end this way, stands back up. He knows exactly what will happen if someone like Jo is left to keep completing quests. First, it was Kang Chan who suffered and next it could be his brothers, sisters, mom, and dad. Kimu Hyun

won't let someone like Jo Yun who treats lives as a joke go free. The quest pop-up suddenly issues a warning To Jo Yun. Kimu Hyuns stats are skyrocketing. It turns out he used the trade card on himself, burning his own potential in mind. Jo Yun never imagined Kimu Hun would do this and after using the trade card, Kimu Hun stats have also reached unmeasurable. Before Joun can even react, Kimu Hun drives his fist straight into his face. Joe Yun can feel the gap between them. Even though both are at unmeasurable status, Kimu Hyun is simply

stronger than Jo Yun. Jo Yun Simply cannot touch him. Now it's Kimu Hyuns turn to fight back. Not long ago, he used the greeting card again to meet with the challenger card. Kimu Hyun asked, "What exactly is the trade card?" The challenger card explained. "It's a card that grants enormous power by burning your mind and potential. The higher your potential in mind, the greater the boost." Kimu Hune asked, "How can I use the trade card on myself?" But the answer he received Didn't change at all. The challenger card curiously asked Kim Su Hyun, "Why are

you working so hard to deal with Joe Yun? Is your agreement with us that important, or do you have other reasons?" Kim Su Hyun has no obligation to stop Jo. But Kimu Huny knows that only he can stop Jo. The challenger card sincerely praised him. You truly are kind. That is exactly why we chose you, Kimu Hyun. Jo is being completely overwhelmed. He doesn't understand why. Why would Kimu Hyun go this far? Just to stop me, he's willing to sacrifice himself. He must pull himself together now. If he's defeated like this, Joe Yun's quest will

fail. His mind races, searching for a way to turn the tide. Suddenly, Joe Yun has a flash of inspiration. He immediately uses activate to push Kimu Hyun back, then focuses all his cards while charging forward. Jo Yun's most powerful attack card. The ancient marshall technique Overlord's Fist. The devastating force sends Kimsu Huns body flying backward. Joun knows he cannot beat the current Kimsu Hun. So, there's only one way to turn things around, that is to return Kimu Hyun to the state before he burned his potential in mind. Joun also purchased the Mastercard Elixir at the

card buffet. A legendary remedy that restores all status effects and stamina. A vial of liquid instantly appears in June's hand. He begins using the elixir On Kimu Hyun, then launches Overlord's Fist at Kimu Hyun again. Kimu Hyun takes the hit. Before he can recover, Jo Yun uses Overlord's fist again, aiming to end the fight. But the next second, Joe Yun is stunned because Kim Su Hyun actually blocked it. After all, a healed Kim Suyun with restored stats shouldn't be able to block Joun's Overlord's fist. To Jo Yun's shock, Kim Su Hyun stats are still unmeasurable.

It turns out all of this was within Kim Su Hyuns Calculations. Back then, he asked the challenger card one final question. If I use the elixir while under the trade card's effect, what happens? The challenger card answered, "The elixir is a legendary remedy that can heal anything. If used while in the trade state, it restores the burned mind and potential." So Kim Su Hian understood as the strongest recovery card in existence, the chance Yun wouldn't buy the elixir is extremely low. If I use The trade card, I can definitely overwhelm Jo Yun, and Jo Y

Hun absolutely cannot allow the possibility of failing his quest. This time, Kimu Hyuns gamble paid off. The cold-blooded Joun had never once used the elixir before this. Kimu Hyun pulled off a checkmate through strategy. This battle, he's the one who wins. Joe Yun never expected things to turn out this way. He is stunned from the moment Kimu Hun used the trade card on himself. Had He already sealed my defeat, Jo Yun knows he can't win anymore. The current Kimu Hyun is too strong. There are no other options. Jo Yun stats can no longer beat Kimu

Hyun, he wonders. Is the quest really going to fail just like this? Am I going back to how things were before? Those dull, boring days, I despise them. The quest pop-up issues a warning to Kimu Hyun. Jouns potential violently surges once again. Kimu Hyun is instantly sent flying with Tremendous force. Joe Yun at this very moment has unlocked his own path of mastery. He refuses to go back to his old life. Joys path of mastery cards are strategy seal and master factory. He will show Kim Su Hyun who the final winner will be. Kim Su

Hun has no idea how strong Jo Yun has become. So, his only option right now is to watch for an opening and strike first. But before Kimu Hun can make a move, he's already taking hits. Jo Yun is Blindingly fast. Kimu Hyun can't react in time. Jo Yun is even stronger than he imagined. And Kimu Hyun is at a complete loss. And keep in mind, Jo Yun hasn't even used his mastery card yet, yet his stats are already this overwhelming. Suddenly, a furious shout brings Yun to a halt. Li Hyund ranked 17th at Gangbuk West

High, arrives with backup. The West High crew quickly surrounds Joe Yun. Kim Su Hyun is stunned. Li Hyund, what are you doing? Aren't you supposed to be Guarding the inside? Get back before you get hurt. Lie Hyund replies calmly, "We're not here to win. We're just here to buy some time. Because we're the weakest of Gangbuk West High. There's only one reason we came here. To sacrifice ourselves for you, so please restore your stamina as fast as you can. Come up with a strategy to take down Jo Yun and win just like you always do."

Joe Yun sends Li Hun Dong crashing to the ground with a single punch. Jun Sneers. What a waste of breath. Kim Su Hun immediately seizes the opening and launches at Jo Yun, but he can no longer match Jo as he is now. Joy Yun moves in to end it. Li Hyund snaps. Who said you get to end this? I'm not done yet. Li Hyund's potential begins to clash against his limits. He says in a low, steady voice, don't get in the way of something great. This is the moment for Kimu Hun to unify Gangbuk. Li

Hyund achieves transcendence. His Transcendence skill is weakest body. His attack power rises in proportion to the stat gap between him and his opponent. Lie Hyund knows he doesn't have what it takes to unify Gangbuk. So stay out of Kimu Hyun's way, you bastard. For Kimu Hyun's cause, Li Hyund will hold the line no matter what, but he's still too weak. And this is as far as Li Hundong can push himself. Jo Yun grabs him and starts using star absorbing art. Kim Su Hun, burning with rage, launches another Attack at Joe Yun. In the past, every

time Kim Su Hyan returned to Gangbook West High, Li Hyund would line up all the guys to salute and greet him. Before the fight with Jo Yun even began, Lie Hyund had already congratulated Kimu Hian on unifying Gangbook. Kimu Hyun was a little embarrassed. He hadn't unified it yet, but Liandong believed he would. Kimu Hian told everyone saluting him to get back to their posts. He told Li Hundong to stop putting everyone through This every single time. Li Hyund was puzzled. Torture. Everyone does this voluntarily, but I'm sorry. I haven't been much help lately. I

really wanted to be useful to you. I'm sorry for letting you down. I just can't keep up with everyone else's growth. But Kim Su Hyun shakes his head. You've done more than enough. Without you, West High would have fallen apart from the inside. Everyone has their own role to play. Without you, there would be no me. Those Words hit Li Hyund right then. He made up his mind. One day, he would truly become someone Kimu Hun could rely on. Kimu Hyun absolutely cannot let Jo Yun land another blow. The pain from Little Cloud's departure is

already overflowing inside him. The quest pop-up suddenly flashes a warning at Joun. Kimu Hyuns potential is surging violently once again. Joun immediately shifts his focus. But by now, Kim Su Hyun has already activated his path of Mastery. Joun is caught completely off guard and sent flying with a kick. As Jo Yun gets back up, he hears laughter because Lie Hyund knows Joun is finished because Kimu Hun is genuinely angry now. It's time for that man to return, the one Li Hyund has always missed. Kimu Hyians mastery cards are indomitable in Tanktop Kimu Hun. He quickly

tightens his tank top and tank top Kimu Hyun makes his return. Joy Yun says coldly, "How pathetic. You're Treating this fight like a joke. I never liked you from the very start." Their fists crash hard into each other's faces. In the heat of the fight, they can both feel it. They are perfectly matched. Their stats are equal. And right now, it's a dead even fight. One moment of carelessness from either side, and it will mean lethal damage. This is the first time Kimu Hyun has faced an enemy this strong. But he won't lose. Since their

stats are equal, the winner Will be decided by which mastery card they choose to play. Kimu Hyun opens with True Ancient Flow Martial Arts Teun. But Jo Yun just laughs before Kimu Hyun can react. His True Ancient Flow Martial Arts Teun is already sealed. Kimu Hyun never saw this coming. Joun has a card like that. Fine. Kimu Hyun switches to boxing, but the next second, boxing is sealed, too. No matter. Kimsu Hyun immediately goes in with Taekwondo, but the next second, Taekwondo is sealed As well. Kim Su Hyun is stunned. Joe Yun got a totally

broken card like that. His beast mode and Filipino stick fighting are sealed right after. It turns out Jo Yun's mastery card lowers the opponent's stats and absolutely seals every attack card he knows for 5 minutes. Kimu Hyun thinks it's over. Every single one of his attack cards is sealed. Lie Hun Dong watches anxiously. Why isn't he fighting back? But there's nothing Kimu Hun can do. He has no fighting techniques left. Joe Yun is really moving in for the kill now. His other mastery card, Master Factory, scales damage with the number of cards he holds. An

unstoppable blow that cannot be dodged. A devastating strike slams into Kimu Hyun with terrifying force. His body is sent flying like a cannonball. Lie Hyundes in agony. Joun knows it's over. Kimu Hyun's quest has finally failed, but Kimu Hyun suddenly snaps upright and launches a surprise attack. Joe Yun is baffled. You Took a hit from Master Factory. How are you still standing? Is that your mastery card, too? It turns out Kimsu Hyun's mastery skill, indomitable, lets him endure up to three of his opponents attacks through sheer willpower. But right now, that skill is completely useless.

Without any fighting techniques, Kim Su Hyun looks like a total mess. Joun tells him, "This is who you really are. Victory will be mine. Indomitable activates again." But Kimu Hyun doesn't know what to do. He still has one mastery card left, but he can't use it yet because that card is the key to turning everything around. The tank top Kim Su Hyun card, once activated, not only restores stamina, it also upgrades one of his attack cards. That upgraded card's damage then scales with the total number of cards he holds. Joe Yun finds it strange. Why

isn't Kim Su Hyun using his remaining mastery card? He can only think of two reasons. Either The mastery card he got is an attack card or it's a type that powers up attack cards. Kim Su Hyun activates indomitable and stands up again. He will defeat Jo Yun within 5 seconds and he believes he can do it. It's not that Kim Su Hun is avoiding combat because his attack cards are sealed. Among the techniques he has drilled thousands of times, there is one he can still use. The jab. The very first move Kimu Hun ever used

when he started fighting back. But even that does nothing against Jo Yun. That's enough, Kim Su Hun. If this keeps going, you're going to die. It's okay if Gongbuk doesn't get unified. But for himself and for everyone else, Kim Su Hyun has to see this through. Even as Joe Yun completely dominates him, Lie Hyun Dong cannot figure out how Kimu Hyun is supposed to beat Jo Yun in 5 seconds. Then suddenly, it hits him. This scene looks just like that time. Kimu Hyan keeps throwing himself at Jo Yun. Now it's time to end this. Joun

unleashes overlord's fist straight at Kimu Hyun. The sheer force of the blow seems to knock Kimu Hyun unconscious. He finally falls. Jun knows Kimu Hyian has nothing left. His recovery cards are all used up and whatever remains can't touch Joe Yun. Jo begins using star absorbing art on Kim Su Hian. Then Jo Yun freezes. Kimu Hyun is holding him and Jo Yun can't move. The reason Jo Yun assumed Kimu Huns attack cards were all Combat techniques is because he never witnessed Kimu Hyuns very first fight. Kimu Hunss attack cards aren't limited to fighting techniques. It's

one specific card that allowed him to grow this far. This familiar scene brings it all rushing back to Liun Dong. Back then to defeat Guha Jun, Kimu Hyun used the exact same method he's using now. Kimu Hyun's exceed limits card allows him to gain 100 kg of mass within 5 seconds. Boosted by the tank top Kimu Hyan card, that number jumps to 500 kg. This is what Kim Su Hian has been holding on for. Joy struggles and fails. He's completely stunned. Kim Su Hian roars, "What's your core card?" Mine is this one. Kim Su Hyian's

current weight is 568 kg, and his striking force matches every single kilogram of it. This is a chance Kimu Hyun will never get again. He has to hit with everything he has. Lie Hyunds there, jaw on the floor. He snaps back to reality and Shouts for Kimu Hyun to stop because if this keeps going, Joe Yun will actually die. Kimu Huns exceed limits runs out at the same moment. The quest pop-up confirms it. Joe Yun has fallen. Li Hyian Dong immediately rushes toward Kim Su Hyun in excitement. The final quest for the unification of Gangbuk.

Defeat the formidable rival Joe Yun is complete. An exhausted Kim Su Hyun tells the quest pop-up to bring the rewards. He has finally unified Gangbuk. News of Jo Yuns defeat spreads fast. Everyone at Gangbuk West High has pulled off something huge. The remaining forces of Gangbook North High surrender with Jo Yuns fall. This victory belongs to Gangbuk West High. Guu Ha Jun size that guy really has no limits. Gildu never doubted for a second that Kim Su Hyun would win. Jang Ji Huk bursts out, "My lord, you actually did it." Gangbuk is finally unified. Joyou

Yun regains consciousness and accepts his defeat Without a word because his main quest failed. Every reward he received is confiscated. Joyou Yuns muscles begin to shrink and the height his cards had granted him fades back to normal. Having lost everything, Jo Yun simply feels bored. So now he's curious. What will Kim Su Hyun do with him? Honestly, Kim Su Hun has never thought about that. But Jo Yun has to face consequences. Though even if Kimu Hun calls the police, they won't believe anything About quests. Before any of that, Kimu Hyun needs to undo the damage

Yun has caused. Even if his rewards were taken away, the harm he caused remains. Kim Su Hyun doesn't know how many people Jo Yun has harmed. What about Esio Gente? He uses the elixir. Things have to be dealt with one at a time. Kimu Hyun silently pleads, "Please wake up, Daniel." True to its reputation as the most powerful healing card, Daniel regains consciousness almost immediately. He Looks at Kimu Hun and has no idea what just happened. Kimu Hun tells Daniel, "It's all over because I took down Jo." Then someone else calls out to Daniel. Chung

Chun is here, too. He now knows that Daniel never actually betrayed anyone, but Daniel had specifically asked Kimu Hyun to keep it a secret. Kimu Hyun doesn't care about that. As long as the outcome is good, that's enough. Chung Chan throws his arms around Daniel and breaks down in tears. Kimsu Hyun watches from the side with a quiet, warm smile. Before long, everyone at Gangbook West High gets the news. Kimu Hyun has actually unified Gangbook. Word spreads that Kimu Hyun tore Yo Yun apart and scattered the pieces in every direction. Most importantly, they heard Kimsu

Hyun doesn't flush. It's been a while since Kimu Hun has heard rumors like that. Li Hun Dong, just like always, lines up all the guys to greet him. Congratulations on unifying gang Book. You're amazing, but please remember to flush. Kimu Hun thanks everyone from the bottom of his heart. Everything he's achieved is because of them. He hopes to continue counting on them from here on. Then more people arrive. It's Kang Such Chan along with Daniel and Chung Il Chiong. Kang Such Chan congratulates Kim Su Hian on unifying Gangbuk. After the fight ended, Daniel and Chong

Ilchian had gone to visit Kang Such Chan and brought him the News that Kim Su Hyan had defeated Ja Yun. Chungl Chan doesn't know how much longer Kong Chan plans to stay in bed, wake up already and celebrate with us. Just then, Kimu Hun shows up too. No matter what, he has to try and save Kong Chan. Daniel picks up on the queue and takes Chung Chun outside. It took Kimu Hun a while to obtain a new elixir. Kongi Chan has been unconscious for too long. Whether the elixir will even work is still uncertain, but

Kongi Chan wakes Up smoothly and he can already guess. Kim Su Hun used that power to save him. Kim Su Hyun shakes his head just like Daniel said. Sharp instincts. Things have gone quiet on Joe Yuns end because Kong Chan had told everyone to leave him alone. Kimu Hyun still doesn't know what to do about Jo Yun. Then one of the guys comes running. We've got a problem. Kimu Hun is stunned at this point. What else could possibly happen? Meanwhile, at Gangbuck North High, every Single person looks up toward the roof because someone is standing

at the edge. Joe Yun takes one last calm deep breath. Teachers are desperately pleading for him to come down, but Jo Yun takes the step anyway. In the horrified eyes of everyone watching, Joun Yuns body plummets. He admits Kim Su Hun won. That's all there is to it. Jo has no regrets whatsoever. He only regrets that he could have kept playing. Could have done more interesting things. Kimu Hun And Kanga Chan arrive too late. As Joun's breathing stops, Kimu Hyun receives a new main quest. He never expected Joun to die like this. Joun committed terrible

things, but Kimu Hyun can't help feeling hollow about how it ended. He doesn't know if showing up here was the right thing to do. Then Kong Such Chan arrives at the funeral with the others. None of them really wanted to be here, but they came anyway. Even if Jo Yun was a bad person, a Person still died. Kim Su Hyun leaves the funeral arrangements to Kong Chan. He has something he needs to think over because a main quest appeared the moment Joun died. This time, all the quest requires is using the greeting card. After the

war, everything returns to peace. Kimu Hyun hopes it stays this way, but things are so peaceful that no quests are coming. Kimu Hyun has no idea how to get the greeting card. It isn't showing up in the card buffet, and Crafting it through cardmaster feels too risky. Just then, Bake Chay Ryong asks Kim Su Hyun why he's spacing out alone. Kim Su Hyun's brain glitches and he says, "Long time no see." They literally saw each other yesterday. Bake Chry thinks he doesn't look good sitting alone like that. There's actually something she's been wanting to ask.

She heard that gang book or whatever has been unified, so she asks if he's finally free. Be Shay Ryan invites him To grab a meal together this weekend. Kim Su Hian says they could just eat at the school cafeteria. Bake Chang flushes slightly. Do you really not get what I mean? Either way, we're having a meal together this weekend. I'll let you know the time and place later. When Kim Su Hun gets home, his sister Kim Dehyan cuts straight to the point. That girl is trying to confess, even though that's usually the guy's job. I

seriously don't get it. What does she even see in you With all your flaws? Kim Su Hyun asks if she has a death wish, but honestly, he doesn't know what to do. Kim Dean tells him to stop being an idiot and go. But first, what does he actually think of her? Kim Su Hun answers honestly. She seems assertive, but she's kind once you're talking with her. She's pretty and she's fun to be around. Kim Dean tells him to just date her. Then Kimu Hyan starts thinking about what it would mean to accept the confession. Would

I Actually have a girlfriend? Bake Sher Ryong would be my girlfriend. The weekend comes fast. Be Shay Riyong mutters, "Where is that guy? Why isn't he here yet?" She starts worrying he might ghost her and she dressed up carefully for today. Then a low voice calls out to her and she's led away. Meanwhile, a late Kim Su Hyun is sprinting at full speed toward the meeting spot. He bought a new outfit especially for today. But suddenly, Someone attacks him out of nowhere. Things are very different now. The attacker is sent flying with a single kick.

The startled attacker is confused. Are you remnants of Gangbook North High? But if they were North High remnants, there'd be no reason for masks. The only reason to wear masks is so Kimu Hyun can't recognize them. That tells Kim Su Hyun these are people he knows. His opponent says, "Impressed, quick as always, but it won't matter because Today is the day you die." Meanwhile, Bech Rayong is following someone who claims Kimu Hyan sent them to pick her up. She wonders where Kim Suan is and why he isn't picking up. Could he be planning a surprise?

But she quickly realizes she's been tricked. The one leading the group tells the others to keep a close eye on her because she's essential to our plan. Kimu Hun takes down everyone surrounding him in no time. But when he sees the faces under The masks, he freezes. Then someone he never expected steps forward. He has no idea what's going on. Why is Yang Soha here? It turns out she's behind all of this because she found out that bake Chay Rayong and Kimu Hyun were meeting this weekend and it was Kim De Hun who told Yang

Soha as a friend when Yang Ha learned Kimu Hyun might accept the confession. She went completely still after hanging up. Yang Soha didn't know what to make of it. She didn't know what She would do if those two started dating. She was the one who liked Kimu Hyan first. She must not have made it obvious enough. Yang Chan S hears something and knocks on the door asking if everything's okay. But Yang Soha has already made up her mind. She'll make sure Kimu Han knows how she feels. Meanwhile, Kong Sack gathers everyone still loyal to him

because he's going to betray Kimu Hyan. Since Gongbuk was unified, Kim Su Hyan has gotten very Lax. Kong plans to revive Gong Book South High while he has the chance, restart his operation, and reclaim his throne. But Kangsaw can't figure out how to get past the swarm of officers protecting Kim Su Hyan. Then the part-timer from the Taibaki shop comes looking for him. Yang Soha wants in on his plan. She has information. She tells him Kim Su Hyun is meeting a woman named Baked Cherang this weekend. No officers will be with him that day. Kang

takes in The information and asks, "You want something in return, don't you?" Sure enough, she wants Kang to lure Bake Chery away so she can be alone with Kimu Hyun what happens to Bake Cheryong is not her concern. Finally, Yang Soha asks Kang Suk, "Do you understand what I'm asking?" And Bake Cheryong trusted the situation because she recognized Kanguk as one of Kimu Hyuns people, but now it's clear something is very wrong. Bake Cheryong demands, "What is this? Where is Kim Su Hyun?" The next second, she's grabbed. Kang snars at her to shut her mouth.

I was never loyal to that guy. I was never his underling. If he could, Kangse would crush her, too. But for the sake of what comes next, he holds back. Kang orders his men to keep a close eye on her because Kim Su Hyun will come looking. At this point, Kimu Hyun has no idea what's going on. Why is Yang so high here? And then she just goes ahead and confesses to him. I've Liked you since we were kids more than anyone else. I liked you first. Kim Su Hyun feels like everything around him has

gone completely off the rails. He doesn't have time for this right now. Hanja quickly gets word of Kong's betrayal. He sigh. That lunatic. He actually went and did it. Hanja tells Kimu Hun to hold on. He's already rallying people to move out. After all, Kong may have spent a long time laying traps for exactly this moment. But Kimu Hyan tells him it's too late for that. He's already there. Kimu Hyun thought he treated them well. He doesn't understand why they would betray him. Why betray me and follow Kang Suk? It turns out the former South

High members prefer the old way of doing things. Kang Suk is the only leader they recognize. Hearing that, Kimu Hun can't help feeling a pang of sadness. He asks Kang Suk, "Are you really going back to dealing drugs? Do you honestly think you can beat me?" Kang can feel the overwhelming pressure radiating from Kimu Hyun, completely different from back when West High and South High were at war. Kang realizes he might actually die. He roars. He refuses to give up. Even if he can't win, he'll still fight. That's just who Kang is. Kim Su Hyun

tells him to come. He never expected Kang to be his final quest. The reward for defeating Kangse is the greeting card, but Kang tells Kimu Hyun to get a grip on the situation. Don't You care what happens to be Cheryong? Kang Suk of Gangbuk South High. There's nothing he won't do. Kimu Hian already knows. Kang is exactly that kind of person, but Kang couldn't care less about playing dirty. He has been waiting for this day all along. The day he reclaims his throne. From the side, a frantic bake. Cher Rang shouts at Kimu Hyun to

forget about her and fight back. Kangse knows that if this keeps up, he wins. No matter how strong Kimsu Hyun Is, he's still human. Enough damage will take him down. This victory belongs to King Sek. He has nothing personal against Kimu Hyun. He just wants to be king again. Just as Kangi moves to finish Kimu Hyun off, he hears something unexpected. Chong Yil Chi has taken out the men guarding Bake Cher Riyong. He shouts, "I'm so disappointed in you, Kang. Now Kimu Hun can fight back." Kang braces to take the punch encounter. Kimu Hyun says

coldly, still just as dumb as Ever. A single punch leaves Kangia completely dazed. Kimu Hun would never hand Gangbuk West high over to him because what they built was paid for with everyone's sacrifices. By now, Kangi feels like he's about to black out, but he absolutely refuses to go down like this. Kangi activates Invincible Wrestler. He will never be anyone's subordinate. Kangik uses Invincible Wrestler to attempt a suplex. Kimu Hyun can understand the ambition Behind it, but it's too late. The next second, Kong Sack is driven into the ground with one punch. The Kimu Hyun

of today is nothing like the pushover he used to be. Meanwhile, Han Ja is rushing toward the scene with Gildo and Guuha Jun, but they quickly realize they may have worried for nothing because the leader who unified, Gangbuk, is simply not someone who loses. Hanji Ha doesn't understand why Kang Suk did this. Can he really not let go of that era? Hanja Knows himself well enough to admit their level and Kim Su Hian are on completely different planes now. It might sting, but you have to accept what's true. Meanwhile, Gild watches Kimu Hyan with quiet

satisfaction because the moment for his own choice has arrived. Before long, word spreads through West High about Kang Socks rebellion. They always knew that squinty guy was bad news. They almost got dragged into dealing drugs themselves. Kimu Hyun knows it's over. The defeated Kong Seak disappears that same day. Kimu Hyun won't hold it against him. Maybe they'll never see each other again. Then bake Cherion calls out to Kim Su Hyun to come with her to the supermarket. Kim Su Hyun is not thrilled about being the one paying. Then their classmates witness something that leaves them

speechless. These two are only getting together now. They heard they already had kids together. Everyone wants to know what on earth Happened over the weekend. It turns out Kimsu Hyun turned Yanga down without hesitation. He had thought it over for a long time and it finally sorted out how he feels about Bake Chry. He doesn't know exactly when it started, but he can say it honestly now. I like you. Afterward, Yang Soha doesn't seem to be doing well. She really did love him after all. Kim Su Hyun completes the quest. The reward, a girlfriend. His

first thought, "What is wrong with this System?" Then Li Hyund comes rushing over. Kimu Hyun sigh. Don't tell me there's another problem. Lie Hyund groans. How many times have I told you? Did you forget again? Today is the day we commemorate the unification of Gangbook. All the officers of Gangbook West High have gathered. The photographer tells everyone to get into position. It's time for the photo. Kim Su Hyun thanks everyone from the heart. Gangbook was unified because of them. A Lot happened during this time and I'm just glad everyone is okay. Thank you for following

me even with all my shortcomings. Thank you for believing in me and for fighting alongside me. From now on, it's my turn to repay you. I'll be a leader you can be proud of. I'm counting on all of you from here on. You've all worked so hard. Thank you. Before long, Kimu Hyun uses the greeting card. It's time for the final conversation. The challenger card Connects Kimu Hyun to that man once again. Kimu Hyun has a lot of questions. And now that he has unified Gangbuk, he has finally earned the right to ask. First, Kimu

Hyun asks who he is. The man answers, "I'm human just like you. I once received quests the same way you did. Now I'm the one giving them. You may be able to meet me in person before long." Kimu Hyun then asks why the man chose both Jo Yun and him as quest players. The man says, "At first, I only Chose Jo Yun. He was sharp and intelligent, and he did reach the top in his own way in a very short time, but he was too evil." Thinking I could control him through quests was my mistake,

so I chose you, Kimu Hun, to stop him. Kimu Hyun asks flatly, "So, you picked me because I'm kind and stupid." After hearing the affirmation, he tells the man he didn't have to be quite that honest. Kimu Hun then asks what Joy Yun was supposed to accomplish in the first Place. The man says, "It's related to the final quest. I mentioned it the first time we met. I didn't trust you at first, so I gave you the task of unifying Gangbook." All of it was the foundation for what comes next because a great evil is

coming and it has finally shown its true face. The man tells Kim Su Hun, "What you have to do is stop that man, but you can't do it alone." The man tells Kimu Hyan there are people he can work with. They have already Begun moving against the threat. From here on, the road ahead will be incredibly difficult, but I believe that the person who stopped Joe Yun can do this. Now, I'll tell you the name. After the conversation ends, Kimu Hyun leads Gangbook West High to the meeting. Gild can't help feeling tense because of who

they're about to meet, but West High seems to have arrived a little late. Kim Su Hyun says, "Good to meet you. The GNUi Alliance first time meeting. Among Them, Ironclad Legion Sang, Blue Flame Hero Vasco, Son Anan Hyun Sang, Master Chen Ho Bin, and Young Master Hong Jayol. The leader of the GNUi Alliance slowly rises to his feet. He raises an eyebrow. Isn't this a bit too late for a first meeting? Kim Su Hyun apologizes. He had to take a dump, so he was late. And this man is the pride of the Gnui Alliance. Parkun

Park says he's glad to meet Kim Su Hyun. He has heard a great deal about him and thanks him for Agreeing to work with the Gnui Alliance. Gildu and Vasco look at each other and both think the same thing. The other one looks old. Guuhajun never expected Liin Sung to be part of the GNUi alliance and he still owes Li Jin Sang a favor. Chen Hoin squints at Chung Chong. Is this one a guy or a girl? If it's a guy, get lost. If it's a girl, leave your number first. Ha didn't expect to run

into Anun Sang here. He'd love to pick his brain about the liquor business. Raug and Hay Yo just stare at each other in silence. Nobody knows who decided to put these two in the same room, but introductions are done and there's no more time to waste. The enemy this time is someone who wants to swallow the entire world. The Gnui Alliance and Gangbook West High. It's time to move to the next destination.